Catalogue 2008 /2009 ifm electronic Position sensors and ...

537
Position sensors and object recognition Catalogue 2008 / 2009 www.ifm-electronic.com fluid sensors and diagnostic systems bus, identification and control systems position sensors and object recognition

Transcript of Catalogue 2008 /2009 ifm electronic Position sensors and ...

ifm article no. 7511234 · Printed in Germany on non-chlorine paper.We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. · 01.2008

ifm electronic –

www.ifm-electronic.com

visit our website:

Overview ifm main catalogues:

Position sensorsand object recognition

Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors,cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensorsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Fluid sensorsand diagnostic systems

Level sensorsFlow sensorsPressure sensorsTemperature sensorsDiagnostic systemsEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Bus systems

Bus system AS-interfacePower suppliesConnection technology

Identification systems

DataMatrix code-readingsystemsRF-identification systemsPower suppliesConnection technology

Control systems

Control systemsfor mobile vehiclesConnection technology

Position sensors andobject recognition

Catalogue 2008/2009

ww

w.if

m-e

lect

ron

ic.c

om

fluid sensorsand diagnostic

systems

bus,identification

and control systems

positionsensors

and objectrecognition

Cat

alo

gu

e 20

08/200

9if

m e

lect

ron

icPo

siti

on

sen

sors

an

d o

bje

ct r

eco

gn

itio

n

Small designs with longsensing ranges up to 70 mm.

Various designs fordemanding applications.

Extended temperature rangefor universal use.

Useable for both flushand non-flush installation.

High switching frequenciesfor different applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Damping magnet · M 1.0 · samarium cobalt E10749

Damping magnet · M 3.0 · barium ferrite E10751

Damping magnet · M 4.0 · barium ferrite E10752

Damping magnet · M 5.0 · barium ferrite E10753

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M8, group 22 m black, PUR cable, LED E11492

Socket, M8, group 25 m black, PUR cable, LED E11493

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic proximity switches3-wire DC PNP normally open

Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 60 60 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 1 ME5010

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M8 / L = 50 60 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 2 ME5011

M12 / L = 50 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 3 MFS201

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 31

M12 / L = 50 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 3 MFS202

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 60 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 4 MFS200

M18 / L = 60 70 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 5 MGS200

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M18 / L = 50 70 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 6 MGS201

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

28 x 10 x 16 60 PBT 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 7 MS5010

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

28 x 10 x 16 60 PBT 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 8 MS5011

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30 g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Hysteresis: 1...10 %Repeatability: 1 %Power-on delay time: < 2 msLED displays: 4 x yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 472

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensors For industrialapplications

162

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Magnetic sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

Pow

er s

up

plie

s

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

163

HeaderSection

Heading

Environment

Product group name

Heading repeated

Illustration

2

3

4

5

6

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

Navigation barCurrent heading

Current environment

Arrow = You are here

Other environments

Other headings

8

9

10

11

7

12

13

14

15

LeftSpecial features of the units

Recommended accessories

Recommended connectors

Notes for further details

13

14

15

12

16

17

18

RightTechnical data

Current section

Wiring diagrams of the units orcommon technical data

17

18

16

The easy way to find what you’re looking for

7 10 118 9

3

General information Notes and explanations

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensorsCylinder sensors

Photoelectric sensorsInfrared / red light sensorsLaser sensorsSystems for specific applications

Safety technology Fail-safe inductive sensors

Valve sensors Valve sensors

Object recognition Image sensors

Encoders Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analogue signal processing,transformer and switched-modepower supplies

Connection technology Complete ifm product range

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagramsScale drawingsTechnical glossaryifm information and ordering service

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

5 - 7

9 - 20

23 - 127

129 - 155

157 - 165167 - 185

213 - 263265 - 281283 - 297

187 - 195

197 - 211

299 - 309

311 - 333

335 - 391

393 - 422

425 - 441

444 - 449450 - 515516 - 525526 - 535

Notes and explanations

Environmental conditions,approvals and standards

6 - 7

General information

5

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Environmental conditions,approvals and standards

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

General information Notes and explanations

6

For oils andcoolants

Especially in the machine tool industry applications are extremely harsh.Influence by aggressive oils and coolants, high moisture, hot chips, strongimpacts and vibration or temperature shocks are only some of the stressesthe sensors are continuously exposed to. Sensors of our “efectorm” ‘C’(= coolant) range have been specially developed to cope with these highstresses. High quality materials, modular design of completely prefabricatedand tested functional components as well as continuous testing during andafter production guarantee a maximum degree of reliability and set newstandards.

For electro-magnetic fields

Electromagnetic fields place very high demands on the sensors. Electromag-netic field immune inductive sensors from ifm electronic are specially desi-gned to meet these requirements.Modern circuit technology and a new coil structure ensure safe operation inelectromagnetic fields. Due to these features electromagnetic field immuneinductive sensors from ifm electronic are the optimum choice for use in wel-ding systems. During welding these sensors guarantee a reliable function.The active face of these units is made of teflon© to protect them againstweld slag. Sensors with a scratch-resistant, anti-adhesive and sili-cone-freecoating of the metal sleeve provide a maximum of reliability.

For hygienicand wet areas

In all areas of process technology, especially in the food and pharmaceuticalindustry special regulations must be adhered to. Special materials are re-quired for the components.Important features for the sensors in these installations are a long life andgood resistance even where there is frequent and aggressive cleaning. Sen-sors from ifm meet these requirements due to the use of stainless steels,gold-plated contacts and selected plastics.

Industrial applications require robust and uncomplicated electronic units butwith a high level of technology. ifm makes sensors and evaluation electronicsin accordance with quality standards which are far above average.The production materials employed are subjected to demanding tests andhave been selected for a maximum long-term stability in universal applica-tions. The result of this production philosophy is an optimum resistance andreliability of all products used in industrial applications.

Sensors and switching amplifiers to 94/9/EC (ATEX):Inductive and capacitive sensors are available for hazardous areas (ATEX).The requirements of the applicable installation regulations must be strictlyfollowed by the user. Intrinsically safe sensors are only allowed to be operat-ed with suitable amplifiers holding an EC type test certificate. There are alsospecial requirements for the sensor wiring which must also be strictly adheredto. This is the user’s responsibility. Also note the EC type test certificate, ope-rating instructions and the technical data sheet.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

7

CE

UL / CSA or cULus / c us Units with this marking meet the requirements of UL (Underwriters Labora-tories Inc.) and CSA (Canadian Standards Association). In many cases thisapproval is necessary to access the North American market. cULus is a com-bined approval and corresponds to the two individual approvals CSA and UL.

With the CE marking the manufacturer documents that the units sold byhim adhere to the European directives for specified electrical equipment.

EHEDG The EHEDG (European Hygienic Equipment Design Group) prepares guideli-nes for Europe concerning the requirements for measuring systems in ma-chines of the food and pharmaceutical industry.Units with the EHEDG marking have been tested and approved for the foodand pharmaceutical industry in accordance with these guidelines.

LR

CCC CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certificationfor certain products put on the market in China. Which products are concer-ned is specified in a catalogue created by the Chinese authorities. Amongothers, proximity sensors with a voltage range of over 36 V fall under theduty of certification.

Ex The units of the categories 1 and 2 have been tested and approved by a noti-fied European body (e.g. PTB, EXAM) for use in hazardous areas.

For safetyapplications

In automation technology position sensors with safety functions are used foroperator and machine safety. Fail-safe sensors are interlocking devices asso-ciated with guards according to EN1088. Annex IV B of the Machinery Direc-tive mentions safety components, the so-called sensor-controlled protectivesystems for operator safety such as electromagnetic detectors, that are to besubmitted to a type test by a notified approval body. The independent bodyis to verify the adherence to the standards. The fail-safe sensors and evalu-ation units are certified up to category 4 to EN 954-1 and meet the require-ments to IEC 61508.

TÜV / BGIA TÜV is internationally recognised as an independent neutral certificationauthority. The term “TÜV” stands for “Technischer Überwachung-Verein”(Technical inspection association). TÜV is a body verifying and certifying theadherence to the applicable standards for functional safety technology. TheTÜV mark indicates tested safety.The BGIA (berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut für Arbeitsschutz) is an insti-tute for occupational health and safety. It is the German Federation of theinstitutions for statutory accident insurance and prevention and the higher-level verification body of these institutions in Germany. The BGIA checks theadherence to the applicable standards for functional safety technology andcertifies products. Thus each certified product has passed a complete prod-uct test.

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Position sensors and object detection systems 10 - 20

List of articles

9

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

AC2315 CUL 205

AC2316 CUL 205

AC2317 CUL 205

AC315A 211

AC316A 211

AC317A 211

AC326A 211

DA0001 363

DA0116 CUL 363

DA0122 CUL 363

DD0001 361

DD0008 361

DD0022 361

DD0116 CUL 361

DD0122 CUL 361

DD2001 351

DD2002 353

DD2003 CUL 351

DD2004 CUL 351

DD2005 CUL 353

DD2006 CUL 353

DD2103 CUL 351

DD2105 CUL 353

DI0001 365

DI0002 365

DI0004 365

DI001A 365

DI0100 365

DI5001 365

DI5003 365

DI5004 365

DI5005 365

DI5007 365

DI5009 365

DI501A 365

DI502A 365

DI503A 365

DI6001 CUL 365

DI601A 365

DL2003 CUL 375

DN0001 CUL 389

DN0012 389

DN0200 389

DN1020 CUL 391

DN1021 CUL 391

DN1022 CUL 391

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

DN2011 CUL 391

DN2012 CUL 391

DN2013 CUL 391

DN2014 CUL 391

DN2021 391

DN2032 CUL 391

DN2033 CUL 391

DN2034 CUL 391

DN2035 CUL 391

DN2036 CUL 391

DN2112 391

DN2114 CUL 391

DN2134 CUL 391

DR2003 CUL 357

DR2005 CUL 357

DS2001 355

DS2003 CUL 355

DS2005 CUL 355

DS2006 CUL 355

DS2103 CUL 355

DS2105 CUL 355

DS2106 CUL 355

DT0001 389

DW2003 CUL 359

DW2004 359

DX2001 367

DX2002 367

DX2003 367

DX2011 377

DX2012 377

DZ0101 369

DZ0201 369

DZ0401 369

E10013 403

E10014 426

E10015 426, 428

E10016 426

E10017 426, 428

E10058 406

E10076 426, 428

E10077 426, 428

E10136 401

E10137 403

E10154 426

E10155 426

E10188 400

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E10189 405

E10190 405

E10191 405

E10192 426

E10193 426, 428

E10200 405

E10204 426

E10214 400

E10215 401

E10216 401

E10221 426, 431

E10278 410

E10279 410

E10280 410

E10281 410

E10282 410

E10283 410

E10355 422

E10356 422

E10357 422

E10358 422

E10437 410

E10445 411

E10446 411

E10447 403

E10448 403

E10579 432

E10584 432

E10585 432

E10597 432

E10659 412

E10661 432

E10698 426, 428

E10730 426

E10734 426, 428

E10735 426, 428

E10736 426, 428

E10737 426, 428

E10741 426

E10742 426

E10743 426

E10749 431

E10750 431

E10751 431

E10752 431

E10753 431

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

10

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E10754 431

E10806 426

E10807 426

E10808 426

E10821 422

E10822 422

E10823 422

E10825 422

E10826 422

E10838 407

E10846 422

E10847 422

E10848 426

E10849 426

E10853 422

E10865 400

E10866 400

E10867 400

E10868 400

E10909 CRUUS 416

E10910 CRUUS 416

E10911 CRUUS 416

E10912 CRUUS 416

E10913 CRUUS 416

E10914 CRUUS 416

E10915 CRUUS 416

E10916 CRUUS 416

E10917 CRUUS 416

E10945 412

E10946 412

E10957 CRUUS 416

E10958 CRUUS 416

E10959 CRUUS 416

E10960 CRUUS 416

E10961 CRUUS 416

E10962 CRUUS 416

E10976 402

E10977 402

E11017 411

E11018 411

E11019 411

E11020 411

E11021 411

E11022 412

E11027 428

E11028 428

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E11030 428

E11031 428

E11032 428

E11033 428

E11034 428

E11035 428

E11036 428

E11037 428

E11043 406

E11047 426, 428

E11048 426, 428

E11049 426, 428

E11055 428

E11078 428

E11114 426

E11115 426

E11117 426, 428

E11118 426, 428

E11119 426

E11120 426

E11121 426, 428

E11122 426, 428

E11196 400

E11197 400

E11198 400

E11199 400

E11200 400

E11201 400

E11202 CRUUS 408

E11203 CRUUS 408

E11204 CRUUS 408

E11205 CRUUS 408

E11206 CRUUS 408

E11207 CRUUS 408

E11208 CRUUS 408

E11209 CRUUS 408

E11210 CRUUS 408

E11211 CRUUS 408

E11212 CRUUS 408

E11213 CRUUS 408

E11214 410

E11215 410

E11216 410

E11217 410

E11218 410

E11219 410

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E11220 418

E11221 418

E11222 418

E11223 418

E11224 418

E11225 418

E11226 403

E11227 403

E11231 402

E11232 403

E11243 432

E11248 CRUUS 405

E11249 CRUUS 405

E11250 CRUUS 405

E11251 CRUUS 405

E11267 CRUUS 408

E11268 CRUUS 408

E11273 406

E11274 408

E11278 432

E11310 432

E11311 403

E11412 CRUUS 408

E11414 CRUUS 408

E11415 CRUUS 408

E11416 408

E11417 408

E11421 408

E11422 408

E11426 408

E11427 408

E11431 408

E11432 408

E11452 CRUUS 408

E11454 408

E11455 CRUUS 408

E11472 CRUUS 408

E11474 CRUUS 408

E11486 CRUUS 400

E11487 CRUUS 400

E11492 CRUUS 400

E11493 CRUUS 400

E11504 CRUUS 407

E11505 CRUUS 407

E11506 CRUUS 407

E11507 CRUUS 407

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

11

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E11508 CRUUS 401

E11509 CRUUS 401

E11510 401

E11511 CRUUS 402

E11512 CRUUS 402

E11569 432

E11641 420

E11642 420

E11643 420

E11644 420

E11645 403

E11693 422

E11694 422

E11697 403

E11717 410

E11718 410

E11719 411

E11720 410

E11721 410

E11722 411

E11723 410

E11724 410

E11725 411

E11726 411

E11727 411

E11728 412

E11729 411

E11730 411

E11731 412

E11732 411

E11733 411

E11734 412

E11735 411

E11736 CSA, UL 404

E11737 CSA, UL 404

E11738 CSA, UL 404

E11739 CSA, UL 404

E11740 CSA, UL 404

E11741 CSA, UL 405

E11742 CSA, UL 405

E11743 CSA, UL 405

E11744 CSA, UL 405

E11745 CSA, UL 405

E11746 CSA, UL 405

E11747 CSA, UL 405

E11775 420

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E11796 178

E11797 178

E11798 178

E11799 178

E11801 178

E11803 431

E11816 178, 431

E11817 178, 431

E11818 178, 431

E11819 178, 431

E11820 178, 431

E11821 178, 431

E11822 178, 431

E11823 178, 431

E11857 419

E11858 419

E11859 420

E11860 420

E11861 418

E11862 418

E11863 419

E11864 420

E11865 420

E11872 178

E11877 178

E11890 178

E11891 178

E11892 178

E11893 178

E11894 178

E11895 178

E11900 432

E11912 178

E11913 178

E11914 178

E11928 178

E11929 432

E11930 432

E11957 178

E11958 178

E11959 178

E11960 178

E11961 178

E11984 432

E11988 178

E12004 178

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E12009 432

E12010 432

E17105 432

E17118 432

E17148 432

E17205 432

E17294 432

E17295 432

E17296 432

E17320 432

E17327 432

E17328 432

E20004 433

E20005 433

E20428 405

E20430 406

E20452 433

E20590 433, 436

E20717 433

E20718 426, 428

E20719 426, 428

E20720 433, 436

E20721 433, 436

E20722 436, 437

E20723 433

E20738 402

E20740 433

E20744 433, 437

E20811 426, 428

E20813 426

E20814 426

E20856 426

E20857 426

E20860 426

E20861 426

E20864 426

E20865 426

E20866 426, 428

E20867 426, 428

E20869 426, 428

E20870 426, 428

E20873 426, 428

E20874 426, 428

E20875 426, 428

E20938 433, 436

E20939 438

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

12

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E20940 433, 436

E20941 438

E20946 438

E20948 438

E20951 433, 436

E20952 438

E20970 433, 436

E20973 433, 436

E20974 433, 436

E20975 436

E20976 436

E20984 433

E20993 436

E20994 436

E21076 438

E21081 433, 436

E21085 433, 437

E21086 433, 437

E21087 433, 437

E21088 433, 437

E21095 433, 436

E21109 438

E21110 433, 438

E21111 438

E21112 438

E21113 438

E21116 433

E21117 433

E21120 433

E21125 433

E21126 433

E21144 433

E21145 433

E21200 433

E21201 433

E21202 433

E21203 433

E21204 433, 436

E21205 433

E21206 433, 436

E21207 433, 436

E21208 433, 436

E21209 433, 436

E21210 433, 437

E21211 433, 437

E21212 433, 437

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E21213 433, 437

E21214 433, 437

E21215 433

E21216 433

E21217 433

E21218 433

E21219 436

E21220 436

E21221 433, 436

E21222 433, 436

E21223 433, 437

E2D101 437

E2D106 438

E2D107 438

E2D108 438

E2D109 438

E2D110 438

E2D112 438

E2D200 438

E40075 422

E40076 422

E43900 428

E43901 428

E43902 428

E43903 428

E43904 428

E43905 428

E43906 428

E43907 428

E60006 439

E60022 439

E60027 439

E60028 439

E60033 439

E60034 439

E60035 439

E60036 439

E60041 439

E60062 439

E60063 439

E60064 439

E60065 439

E60066 439

E60067 439

E60076 439

E60095 439

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E60098 439

E60110 439

E60111 439

E60112 439

E60117 439

E60118 439

E60119 439

E60120 439

E60121 439

E60122 404

E60123 407

E60124 404

E60128 407

E60136 404

E60137 439

E60138 439

E60141 404

E60144 404

E60146 404

E60147 404

E60157 404

E60174 403

E60175 403

E65005 371

E70142 406

E70189 420

E70203 408

E70271 400

E80100 373

E80102 373

E80110 373

E80310 433, 436

E89005 369

E89010 441

E89013 441

E89150 377

EVC001 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC002 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC003 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC004 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC005 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC006 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC007 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC008 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC009 CRUUS 401, 414

EVC070 CRUUS 402

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

13

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

EVC071 CRUUS 402

EVC072 CRUUS 402

EVC073 CRUUS 402

EVC074 CRUUS 402

EVC075 CRUUS 402

EVT001 418

EVT002 418

EVT003 418

EVT004 418

EVT005 418

EVT006 418

EVT007 418

EVT008 419

EVT009 419

EVT010 419

EVT011 419

EVT012 419

EVT013 419

EVT014 419

EVT015 419

EVT042 419

EVT043 419

EVT044 419

EVT045 419

G15001 CUL 383

G15002 CUL 385

G15004 CUL 385

G15005 CUL 385

G1501S CUL 387

GG505S CUL 195

GI505S CUL 195

GM504S CUL 195

GM505S CUL 195

GM701S CUL 195

IA0004 CCC 65

IA0027 CCC 65

IA0032 CCC, CUL 65

IA5062 CUL 61

IA5063 CUL 61

IA5082 59

IA5108 CCC 63

IA5122 CCC, CUL 63

IA5127 CUL 59

IB0004 CCC 65

IB0016 CCC, CUL 65

IB0017 CCC 65

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IB0026 CCC 65

IB0027 CCC 65

IB5063 CUL 61

IB5096 59

IB5124 CCC, CUL 63

IB5133 61

IC0003 CCC, CUL 77

IC000A 127

IC5005 CUL 73

IC500A 125

ID000A 127

ID0013 CCC, CUL 77

ID0014 CCC 77

ID0049 CCC 77

ID5005 CUL 73

ID500A 125

ID501A 121

ID5026 73

ID5046 CUL 71

ID5055 CUL 71

ID5058 71

ID5059 CUL 99

IE5072 43

IE5090 CUL 41

IE5099 43

IE5121 43

IE5129 43

IE5202 55

IE5203 CUL 53

IE5215 111

IE5222 55

IE5238 55

IE5258 CUL 41

IE5287 CUL 41

IE5288 CUL 41

IE5295 111

IE5312 41

IE5327 CUL 41

IE5338 CUL 41

IE5340 CUL 41

IE5343 CUL 43

IE5344 CUL 41

IE5345 CUL 43

IE5346 CUL 41

IE5348 CUL 43

IE5349 CUL 41

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IE5350 CUL 41

IE5351 CUL 41

IE5352 CUL 41

IE5366 CUL 41

IE5367 CUL 41

IE5368 CUL 43

IE5369 CUL 43

IE5381 79

IE5382 79

IE5390 91

IE5391 91

IE9203 CCC 89

IE9902 CCC 89

IE9940 87

IF0001 CCC 57

IF0003 CCC 57

IF0005 CCC 57

IF0007 CCC 57

IF501A 123

IF5188 49

IF5249 49

IF5297 49

IF5313 CCC 49

IF5329 49

IF5345 49

IF5514 111

IF5594 111

IF5597 CCC 55

IF5598 CCC, CUL 53

IF5644 CCC 55

IF5645 CCC 55

IF5646 CCC 55

IF5647 CCC, CUL 53

IF5670 CUL 99

IF5675 CUL 99

IF5750 CUL 99

IF5751 CUL 99

IF5759 CCC 113

IF5760 CCC, CUL 113

IF5796 111

IF5813 111

IF5815 111

IF5851 CUL 111

IF6028 45

IF6029 45

IF6030 45

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

14

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IF6031 45

IF9222 CCC 89

IF9920 CCC 89

IF9924 CCC 87

IFC200 CUL 83

IFC201 CUL 83

IFC202 CUL 83

IFC203 CUL 83

IFC204 CUL 79

IFC205 CUL 79

IFC206 CUL 79

IFC207 CUL 79

IFC208 CUL 79

IFC209 CUL 79

IFC210 CUL 79

IFC211 CUL 93

IFC213 CUL 93

IFC229 CUL 79

IFC230 CUL 79

IFC234 85

IFC235 85

IFC237 CUL 79

IFC238 CUL 79

IFC239 CUL 79

IFC240 CUL 79

IFC241 CUL 79

IFC242 CUL 79

IFC243 CUL 79

IFC244 CUL 79

IFC245 CUL 91

IFC246 CUL 91

IFC247 CUL 95

IFC248 CUL 95

IFM203 E1 97

IFM204 E1 97

IFM205 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IFM206 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IFM207 E1 97

IFM208 E1 97

IFM209 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IFM210 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IFS200 CUL 51

IFS201 CUL 51

IFS204 CUL 37

IFS205 CUL 37

IFS206 CUL 37

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IFS207 CUL 37

IFS208 CUL 37, 51

IFS209 CUL 37, 51

IFS20A 123

IFS210 CUL 37

IFS211 CUL 37

IFS212 CUL 37

IFS213 CUL 37

IFS214 CUL 39

IFS215 CUL 39

IFS216 CUL 39

IFS217 CUL 39

IFS21A 123

IFT200 CUL 105

IFT201 CUL 105

IFT202 CUL 103

IFT203 CUL 105

IFT204 CUL 105

IFT205 CUL 103

IFT206 CUL 107

IFT207 CUL 107

IFT208 CUL 107

IFT209 CUL 107

IFT20A 123

IFT210 CUL 103

IFT211 CUL 103, 107

IFT216 CUL 105

IFT217 CUL 105

IFT229 109

IFT22A 119

IFT230 109

IFT231 109

IFT232 109

IFW200 CUL 101

IFW201 CUL 101

IG0005 CUL, CCC 57

IG0006 CUL, CCC 57

IG000A 127

IG0011 CCC, CUL 57

IG0012 CCC 57

IG500A 123

IG501A 123

IG503A 123

IG504A 123

IG505A 123

IG5202 111

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IG5221 49

IG5285 49

IG5397 49

IG5398 49

IG5399 49

IG5401 49

IG5533 CCC 55

IG5593 CCC 55

IG5594 CCC 55

IG5595 CCC, CUL 53

IG5596 CCC 55

IG5597 CCC 53

IG5602 111

IG5647 CUL 99

IG5667 CUL 99

IG5682 CCC 89

IG5718 CCC 55

IG5719 CCC 55

IG5772 CCC, CUL 113

IG5806 CCC 113

IG5813 111

IG5846 111

IG6083 45

IG6084 45

IG6086 45

IG6087 45

IG9983 CCC 87

IG9984 CCC 89

IGC200 CUL 83

IGC201 CUL 83

IGC202 CUL 83

IGC203 CUL 83

IGC204 CUL 81

IGC205 CUL 81

IGC206 CUL 81

IGC207 CUL 81

IGC208 CUL 81

IGC209 CUL 81

IGC210 CUL 81

IGC211 CUL 93

IGC215 CUL 93

IGC220 CUL 81

IGC221 CUL 81

IGC222 85

IGC223 85

IGC224 CUL 81

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

15

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IGC225 CUL 81

IGC226 CUL 81

IGC227 CUL 81

IGC228 CUL 81

IGC229 CUL 81

IGC230 CUL 81

IGC231 CUL 81

IGC232 CUL 91

IGC233 CUL 91

IGC234 CUL, UL 95

IGC235 CUL 95

IGM200 E1 97

IGM201 E1 97

IGM202 E1 97

IGM203 E1 97

IGM204 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IGM205 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IGM206 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IGM207 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IGS200 CUL 51

IGS201 CUL 51

IGS204 CUL 37

IGS205 CUL 37

IGS206 CUL 37

IGS207 CUL 37

IGS208 CUL 37, 51

IGS209 CUL 37, 51

IGS20A 123

IGS210 CUL 37

IGS211 CUL 37

IGS212 CUL 37

IGS213 CUL 37

IGS214 CUL 39

IGS215 CUL 39

IGS216 CUL 39

IGS217 CUL 39

IGS21A 123

IGT200 CUL 105

IGT201 CUL 105

IGT202 CUL 103

IGT203 CUL 105

IGT204 CUL 105

IGT205 CUL 103

IGT206 CUL 107

IGT207 CUL 107

IGT208 CUL 107

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IGT209 CUL 107

IGT20A 119

IGT211 CUL 103

IGT212 CUL 103, 107

IGT219 CUL 105

IGT220 CUL 105

IGT237 109

IGT238 109

IGT239 109

IGT240 109

IGW200 CUL 101

IGW201 CUL 101

II0005 CCC 57

II0006 CCC 57

II000A 127

II0011 CUL, CCC 57

II0012 CUL, CCC 57

II5166 49

II5256 49

II5284 49

II5300 49

II5346 49

II5369 49

II5436 55

II5488 CCC 55

II5489 CCC 55

II5490 CCC 53

II5491 CCC 55

II5492 CCC 53

II5493 CCC 55

II5503 CUL 99

II5689 CUL 111

II5733 CCC 113

II5751 CCC 113

II5776 111

II5913 45

II5914 45

II5916 45

II5917 45

IIC200 CUL 81

IIC201 CUL 81

IIC206 CUL 81

IIC207 CUL 81

IIC208 85

IIC209 85

IIC210 CUL 81

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IIC211 CUL 81

IIC212 CUL 81

IIC213 CUL 81

IIC214 CUL 81

IIC215 CUL 81

IIC216 CUL 81

IIC217 CUL 81

IIC218 CUL 91

IIC219 CUL 91

IIC220 CUL 95

IIC221 CUL 95

IIM200 E1 97

IIM201 E1 97

IIM202 E1 97

IIM203 E1 97

IIM208 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IIM209 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IIM210 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IIM211 CCC, CUL, E1 97

IIS204 CUL 37

IIS205 CUL 37

IIS206 CUL 37

IIS207 CUL 37

IIS208 CUL 37

IIS209 CUL 37

IIS210 CUL 37

IIS211 CUL 37

IIS212 CUL 39

IIS213 CUL 39

IIS214 CUL 39

IIS215 CUL 39

IIT200 CUL 105

IIT202 CUL 103

IIT204 CUL 103

IIT205 CUL 105

IIT206 CUL 107

IIT207 CUL 107

IIT208 CUL 107

IIT209 CUL 107

IIT20A 123

IIT212 CUL 105

IIT213 CUL 105

IIT21A 123

IIT223 CUL 109

IIT224 CUL 109

IIT225 CUL 109

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

16

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IIT226 109

IIT22A 119

IIT23A 121

IIW200 CUL 101

IIW201 CUL 101

IJ5002 CCC 69

IL5002 CUL 69

IL5003 CUL 69

IL5004 CUL 67

IL5005 CUL 67

IL5022 CUL 69

IM000A 127

IM0010 CCC, CUL 77

IM0011 CCC, CUL 77

IM0053 CCC 77

IM0054 CCC 77

IM500A 125

IM5019 CUL 73

IM501A 125

IM5020 CUL 73

IM502A 125

IM5037 CCC 75

IM5038 CCC 75

IM5046 73

IM5115 CUL 71

IM5116 CUL 71

IM5117 CUL 71

IM5119 CUL 101

IM5120 CUL 101

IM5123 CUL 71

IM5124 CUL 101

IM5125 CUL 101

IM5126 CUL 101

IM5127 87

IM5129 101

IM5132 CUL 101

IM5133 CUL 101

IM5134 CUL 71

IM5135 CUL 101

IM5136 71

IM5137 89

IM5138 89

IM5139 45

IM5140 45

IM5141 45

IM5142 45

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IN0073 CCC 77

IN0077 CCC 77

IN0081 CCC 77

IN0085 CCC 77

IN0108 CCC, CUL 203

IN0110 CCC 203

IN501A 125

IN502A 125

IN503A 125

IN504A 125

IN5121 69

IN5129 69

IN5186 69

IN5188 69

IN5207 CCC 75

IN5208 CCC, CUL 75

IN5212 CUL 67

IN5224 203

IN5225 CUL 203

IN5230 CUL 67

IN5251 203

IN5285 CUL 203

IN5304 203

IN5327 CUL 203

IN5334 CUL 203

IO5016 87

IO5017 89

IO5018 89

IS5001 CUL 69

IS5026 CUL 75

IS5031 CUL 69

IS5035 CUL 67

IS5070 69

IS5071 CUL 67

IT5001 59

IT5021 CUL 59

IT5034 CUL 59

IT5039 CUL 59

IT5040 CUL 59

IT5041 CUL 59

IT5042 CUL 59

IT5043 CUL 59

IT5044 CUL 59

IV5003 73

IV5004 73

IV5025 99

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IW5048 69

IW5051 69

IW5053 69

IW5058 69

IW5062 67

IW5064 CUL 67

IX5006 207

IX5010 207

IY5029 43

IY5036 CUL 43

IY5048 CUL 43

IY5049 CUL 43

IY5052 43

IZ5026 CUL 59

IZ5035 CUL 59

IZ5046 CUL 59

IZ5047 CUL 59

IZ5048 CUL 59

IZ5051 59

IZ5052 59

JAC201 47

JAT201 47

KB0025 CCC, CUL 149

KB0029 CCC, CUL 149

KB5002 CUL 147

KB5004 CUL 147

KB5062 147

KB5096 147

KD0009 CCC 153

KD000A 155

KD0012 CCC 153

KD500A 155

KD5018 151

KD5022 151

KD5039 151

KD5044 151

KF5001 CUL 135

KF5002 CUL 135

KG0008 145

KG0009 CCC 145

KG0010 CCC 145

KG5040 143

KG5041 141

KG5043 141

KG5047 CCC 143

KG5057 141

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

17

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

KG5065 139

KG5066 139

KI0016 CUL, CCC 145

KI0020 CUL, CCC 145

KI0024 CCC, CUL 145

KI0040 CCC 145

KI0042 CCC 155

KI5001 CUL 141

KI5002 CUL 141

KI5023 CCC, CUL 141

KI5030 CCSAUS, FM, IEC 155

KI5038 141

KI5065 155

KI5082 139

KI5083 139

KI5084 137

KI5085 137

KI5086 137

KI5087 137

KN5121 139

KX5001 CCSAUS, FM 155

ME5010 CUL 163

ME5011 CUL 163

MFS200 CUL 163

MFS201 CUL 163

MFS202 CUL 163

MFT200 CUL 165

MGS200 CUL 163

MGS201 CUL 163

MGT200 CUL 165

MK500A 185

MK501A 185

MK5100 CUL 175, 177

MK5101 CUL 175

MK5102 CUL 175, 177

MK5103 CUL 175, 177

MK5104 CUL 175, 177

MK5105 CUL 175

MK5106 CUL 175, 177

MK5107 CUL 175, 177

MK5108 CUL 175, 177

MK5109 CUL 175

MK5110 CUL 177

MK5111 177

MK5115 CUL 175

MK5117 CUL 175, 177

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

MK5300 CUL 183

MK5301 CUL 183

MK5302 CUL 183

MK5304 CUL 183

MK5306 CUL 183

MK5307 CUL 183

MK5310 CUL 183

MK5311 CUL 183

MK5312 CUL 183

MK5314 CUL 183

MS5010 CUL 163

MS5011 CUL 163

N0030A CSA, FM 379

N0031A 379

N0032A CSA, FM 381

N0033A 381

N0530A 379

N0531A CSA, FM, IEC 379

N0532A CSA, FM, IEC 381

N0533A 381

N0534A CSA, FM, IEC 381

N95001 IEC 209

N95002 209

NE5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

NF5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

NF5002 CCSAUS, FM, IEC 115

NF5003 CCSAUS, FM 115

NF5004 CCSAUS, FM 115

NF500A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NF501A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NG5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

NG5002 CCSAUS, FM, IEC 115

NG5003 CCSAUS, FM 115

NG5004 CCSAUS, FM 115

NG500A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NG501A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NI5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

NI5002 CCSAUS, FM, IEC 115

NI5003 CCSAUS, FM 115

NI5004 CCSAUS, FM 115

NI500A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NI501A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NM500A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NM501A CCSAUS, FM, IEC 117

NN5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

NN5002 CCSAUS, FM 115

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

NN5008 CCSAUS, FM 209

NN5009 CCSAUS, FM 209

NN5013 IEC 209

NS5002 CCSAUS, FM, IEC 115

NT5001 CCSAUS, FM 115

O1D100 CUL 293

O1D101 281

O1D103 293

O1D104 281

O1D105 293

O2D220 CUL 307

O2D222 CUL 307

O2D900 CUL 309, 438

O2D901 CUL 309, 438

O2D902 CUL 309, 438

O2D903 CUL 309, 438

O2D904 CUL 309, 438

O2D905 CUL 309, 438

O2D906 CUL 309, 438

O2D907 CUL 309, 438

O2D908 CUL 309, 438

O4E200 CUL 261

O4E500 CUL 263

O4H200 CUL 261

O4H500 CUL 263

O4P200 CUL 261

O4P500 CUL 263

O4S200 CUL 261

O4S500 CUL 263

O5E200 CUL 257

O5E500 CUL 259

O5E50A 297

O5G500 CUL 295

O5H200 CUL 257

O5H201 CUL 257

O5H500 CUL 259

O5H501 259

O5H50A 297

O5P200 CUL 257

O5P201 CUL 257

O5P500 CUL 259

O5P50A 297

O5S200 CUL 257

O5S500 CUL 259

O5S50A 297

OF5010 CUL 223

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

18

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

OF5012 CUL 225

OF5014 CUL 223

OF5016 CUL 225

OF5018 CUL 223

OF5019 CUL 223

OF5021 CUL 227

OF5022 CUL 227

OF5024 CUL 223

OF5025 CUL 225

OF5026 CUL 223

OF5027 CUL 225

OF5032 CUL 223

OF5048 CUL 223

OF5049 CUL 225

OF5050 CUL 223

OF5051 CUL 225

OF5052 223

OF5053 227

OF5059 CUL 223

OF5060 CUL 225

OF5061 CUL 223

OF5062 CUL 225

OG0028 CCC 237

OG0029 CCC 237

OG0030 CCC, CUL 235

OG0031 CCC 235

OG0032 CCC 237

OG0033 CCC 235

OG0034 CCC 237

OG0035 CCC 235

OG0038 CCC 237

OG0039 CCC 235

OG0040 CCC 237

OG0041 CCC 235

OG0043 CCC 237

OG0044 CCC 235

OG0047 CCC 237

OG5123 CUL 233

OG5124 CUL 233

OG5125 CUL 233

OG5126 CUL 233

OG5127 CUL 233

OG5128 CUL 233

OG5129 CUL 233

OGE200 CUL 229

OGE201 CUL 229

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

OGE500 CUL 231

OGE700 CUL 271

OGE701 271

OGH200 CUL 229

OGH500 CUL 231

OGH700 CUL 271

OGP200 CUL 229

OGP201 229

OGP500 CUL 231

OGP700 CUL 271

OGP701 CUL 271

OGS200 CUL 229

OGS500 CUL 231

OGS700 CUL 271

OGS701 271

OGT200 CUL 229

OH5001 241

OH5002 241

OH5004 241

OH5006 241

OH5008 241

OH5010 241

OH5015 239

OH5016 239

OH5017 239

OH5018 239

OH5019 239

OH5020 239

OJ5000 CUL 245

OJ5001 CUL 245

OJ5002 CUL 245

OJ5004 CUL 245

OJ5005 CUL 245

OJ5006 CUL 247

OJ5008 CUL 245

OJ5009 CUL 245

OJ5010 CUL 245

OJ5011 CUL 247

OJ5012 CUL 247

OJ5014 CUL 273

OJ5016 CUL 273

OJ5017 CUL 273

OJ5019 CUL 273

OJ5020 CUL 273

OJ5022 CUL 251

OJ5023 CUL 251

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

OJ5024 CUL 255

OJ5026 CUL 251

OJ5027 CUL 251

OJ5028 CUL 255

OJ5030 CUL 251

OJ5031 CUL 251

OJ5032 CUL 251

OJ5033 CUL 255

OJ5034 CUL 255

OJ5036 CUL 277

OJ5038 CUL 277

OJ5039 CUL 277

OJ5041 CUL 277

OJ5042 CUL 277

OJ5044 CUL 245

OJ5048 CUL 251

OJ5052 CUL 273

OJ5054 CUL 277

OJ5056 CUL 273

OJ5058 CUL 277

OJ5060 CUL 247

OJ5061 CUL 247

OJ5062 CUL 247

OJ5063 CUL 247

OJ5064 CUL 247

OJ5065 CUL 247

OJ5066 CUL 247

OJ5067 CUL 247

OJ5069 CUL 247

OJ5070 CUL 245

OJ5071 CUL 251

OJ5078 CUL 255

OJ5085 CUL 289

OJ5086 CUL 289

OJ5100 CUL 249

OJ5104 CUL 249

OJ5108 CUL 249

OJ5109 CUL 249

OJ5114 275

OJ5122 CUL 253

OJ5126 CUL 253

OJ5136 279

OJ5144 CUL 249

OJ5148 CUL 253

OJ5152 275

OJ5154 279

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

19

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

OJ5158 279

OJ5185 CUL 291

OJ5186 CUL 291

OJ5189 CUL 291

OJ5190 CUL 291

OJ5191 CUL 291

OJ5192 CUL 291

OJE200 CUL 243

OJH200 CUL 243

OJP200 243

OJR200 CUL 243

OJS200 CUL 243

RA6001 CRUUS 325

RA6007 CRUUS 325

RA6011 CRUUS 325

RA6013 CRUUS 325

RA6015 CRUUS 325

RA6029 CRUUS 325

RB6001 CRUUS 319

RB6002 CRUUS 319

RB6003 CRUUS 319

RB6004 CRUUS 319

RB6005 CRUUS 319

RB6006 CRUUS 319

RB6007 CRUUS 319

RB6009 CRUUS 319

RB6010 319

RB6011 CRUUS, UR 319

RB6012 CRUUS 319

RB6013 CRUUS 319

RB6014 CRUUS 319

RB6015 CRUUS 319

RB6016 CRUUS 319

RB6029 CRUUS 319

RB6044 CRUUS 319

RM3001 CRUUS 333

RM3005 CRUUS 333

RM6101 CRUUS 331

RM6104 CRUUS 331

RN6002 CRUUS 329

RN6010 CRUUS 329

RN6024 CRUUS 329

RN6026 CRUUS 329

RO6342 CRUUS 327

RO6343 CRUUS 327

RO6344 CRUUS 327

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

RO6345 CRUUS 327

RO6348 CRUUS 327

RO6349 CRUUS 327

RO6350 CRUUS 327

RU1016 CRUUS 321

RU1024 CRUUS 321

RU1025 CRUUS 321

RU1033 CRUUS 321

RU1036 CRUUS 321

RU6003 CRUUS 321

RU6010 CRUUS 321

RU6013 CRUUS 321

RU6016 CRUUS 321

RU6024 CRUUS 321

RU6025 CRUUS 321

RU6033 CRUUS 321

RU6036 CRUUS 321

RU6040 CRUUS 321

RU6045 CRUUS 321

RU6052 CRUUS 321

RV1016 CRUUS 323

RV1024 CRUUS 323

RV1025 CRUUS 323

RV1033 CRUUS 323

RV1036 CRUUS 323

RV1051 CRUUS 323

RV6001 CRUUS 323

RV6003 CRUUS 323

RV6009 CRUUS 323

RV6010 CRUUS 323

RV6013 CRUUS 323

RV6016 CRUUS 323

RV6018 CRUUS 323

RV6024 CRUUS 323

RV6025 CRUUS 323

RV6028 CRUUS 323

RV6033 323

RV6034 CRUUS 323

RV6036 CRUUS 323

RV6040 CRUUS 323

RV6100 CRUUS 323

ZZ0196 438

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order Position sensors and

object recognition

20

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

21

No matter whether steel, aluminium, copper or other non-ferrous metals: The new “K=1” sensors from ifm electronichave the same sensing range on all metals as opposed to conventional sensors.

K=1 / units without correction factor Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

The “ferrous-only” sensors feature a selective detection. They only react to ferritic metals.The units do not switch on non-ferrous metal or stainless steel. This feature is particularly useful

for machining aluminium. Swarf on the sensing face which leads to spurious switchingof conventional sensors is ignored by these units.

K=0 / Ferrous-only

The e1 type approval by the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt (German Federal Office for Motor Traffic) certifies compliance with theEMC regulations for road vehicles. Units with this type approval are allowed to be mounted on vehicles without invalidatingtheir operating permit. To obtain the e1 type approval the units must comply with special EMC conditions for noise emission

and immunity. The EMC compatibility of 100 V/m is well above the requirement of the regulations.

Units for mobile use with e1 type approval

The M12 sensor with a focussed, invisible light beam, plus a fixed range of 20 mm on almost all materials closes the gapbetween inductive sensors and photoelectric diffuse reflection sensors. The M12 sensor is just as robust and reasonably pricedas a standard sensor. A sensing range of 20 mm is achieved when referred to the shade RAL 9005 (deep black, semi-gloss).

Referred to the shade “Kodak white” it is 50 mm.

Photoelectric sensors

No matter whether it is icy cold or very hot: ifm offers sensors with an increased temperature rangeof 0 °C...100 °C and -40 °C...85 °C.

Increased temperature range

The two-colour LED setting display helps to optimise the settingof the increased sensing range during mounting. The uncertain zone of the sensing range

is indicated by a red LED. The assured sensing range, i.e. 81% of the nominalsensing range of a sensor, can be used in an optimised manner.

Setting display for increased sensing range

These two-wire units meet the requirements of the PLC standard for all three categories(1, 1+ and 2) and therefore can be directly connected to the inputs of a PLC.

Direct connection to a PLC

Special sensor featuresFor special applications or application areas ifm electronicoffers inductive sensors with special features.

frompage 90

92

96

46

frompage 102

frompage 36

frompage 50

Page

Sensors with integrated AS-i slave for direct connection to the field bus.You can find further AS-i components in the separate catalogue “Networking AS-interface”.

AS-interface

94

Page

Wherever tiny changes in distance require control with a precision of up to a tenth of a millimetre, analogue sensors can be used. Applications are fine positioning or monitoring of the thickness of steel sheets on presses and stamping

machines. These new sensors safely detect the tiniest distance changes and provide a linear analogue signal.

Analogue sensors

44

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

23

Inductive sensors

Inductive sensorsfor industrial applications

Inductive sensorsfor oils and coolants

Inductive sensorsfor electromagnetic fields

Inductive sensorsfor hygienic and wet areas

Inductive sensorsfor hazardous areas

System descriptionSelection chart

Threaded housingsCylindrical housingsRectangular housings

Threaded housingsRectangular housings

Threaded housingsRectangular housings

Threaded housingsCylindrical housings

Threaded housingsCylindrical housingsRectangular housings

Inductive sensors

Universal application

Special application

24 - 2526 - 35

36 - 5758 - 6566 - 77

78 - 9786 - 89

98 - 10198 - 101

102 - 113102 - 103

114 - 127114 - 115114 - 127

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive proximity sensors take advantage of the physical effect of thechange in the quality factor in a resonant circuit caused by eddy currentlosses in conductive materials. This is how it works: A LC tuned circuit gener-ates a high frequency electromagnetic field. This field is radiated from theactive face of the sensor. If a conductive material enters this field, eddy cur-rents will be formed in accordance with the law of inductance which drawenergy from the oscillator. This reduces the oscillation amplitude. Thechange is converted into a switching signal. The operating principle permitsdetection of all metals irrespective of whether they are moving or not.Important: The high frequency field causes no measurable heat in the objectnor is there any magnetic interference. The operation of the sensors iswithout interaction.The distance to the active face at which an electrically conductive materialcauses a change of signal in the sensor is called sensing range. The sensingrange of an inductive proximity sensor is defined by means of a target ofmild steel (Fe 360). If the switch is damped by other metals, e.g. aluminiumor copper, this is reduced. Using correction factors for every kind of metalthe user can calculate the attainable sensing ranges.

System descriptionInductive sensors Inductive sensors

24

IntroductionIn all automated processes sensors are absolutely necessary to provide thePLC with information. They supply the necessary signals on positions, limits orserve as pulse pick-ups for counting tasks or for monitoring rotational speed.Inductive and capacitive proximity sensors are nowadays indispensable forindustrial usage. As compared to mechanical switches they offer almostideal conditions: non-contact operation free from any wear and tear, highswitching frequencies and accuracy. In addition, they are insensitive to vibra-tion, dust and moisture. Inductive sensors detect all metals without contact,capacitive sensors almost all solid and liquid media such as metal, glass,wood, plastic, water, oil, etc.

Typicalapplication:Positioning sen-sing in automa-tion technology;proximity sen-sors operatereliably andwithout wear.

High frequencyelectromagnetic

field:The inductive

proximity sensordetects all metals.

common setting standard sensorscommon setting sensors withincreased snoptimised setting ifm sensors withsetting LED

Operating principle of inductive proximity sensors

A special series of inductive proximity sensors are the application sensorswhich are called “efectorm”. “m” stands for modular technology on thebasis of a new mechanical concept, new mounting technologies and aninnovative sealing system. It is based on an O-ring (made of Viton / EPDM)which is in the front cap and in the plug area. In addition, these areas aresealed using a special cast resin. The reinforced housing provides additionalmechanical stability. Manufacturing has achieved a high degree of automa-tion. This new production technology supplies high quality sensors. Duringproduction all components and the individual production steps are subjectedto a continuous function check. This severe quality test guarantees a perma-nent reliable operation even under extreme conditions.The feature shared by these proximity sensors is an increased sensingrange. It permits use where standard units meet their limits. All units have apermanent laser-etched type label. This allows clear identification of theunits even after many years.No sensor leaves production without a functional test. Furthermore eachunit is tested for full sealing. This philosophy is specially rewarding for appli-cations in wet areas.A universal connection technology has been developed so that the user canreact to his customers and markets flexibly. The switches can be used as 3-wire or 2-wire units. Thus one unit incorporates two connection variants.Pure 2-wire versions are also available. Particularity: The low leakage currentof less than 0.5 mA allows connection to every PLC types 1, 1+ and 2without problem.

Modular sensors

efectorm serieswith increasedsensing range.

incr

ease

d se

nsin

g ra

nge

[mm

]

non-flush proximity switchesM18M12

10

6

4

2

0

8

Inductive proximity sensors are also available in ATEX versions. In combina-tion with switching amplifiers these sensors can be used in zone 0 or 1 and20 or 21 hazardous areas. The amplifier is mounted outside the hazardousarea. Other versions can be used without amplifier in zones 2 and 22.

The specially designed housing increases mounting safety due to highertightening torques. The integrated setting LEDs reduce mounting time andensure utilization of the increased sensing range.Selected accessories for the application sensors simplifies mounting and set-up.

Inductive sensors

25

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Depending on the application the units have special features adapted to therespective requirements. The sensors can be divided into three groups: fac-tory automation, food industry and machining. The sensors for the foodindustry are extremely resistant to temperature shocks and offer a tempera-ture range of 0 to 100 °C. Only materials which comply with the regulationsof the food industry are used. The reinforced housing is made of 316L stain-less steel, the plastic of the sensing face of PEEK. The M12 connectors are fitted with gold-plated contacts for permanent corrosion resistance. Thehigh protection ratings of IP 68 and IP 69K ensure absolute sealing – alsowith respect to aggressive cleaning agents. This is confirmed in the indepen-dent certificate from Henkel.The application sensors for the severe operating conditions in machine toolsare distinguished by high quality materials such as Pocan or ceramics. Theyalso withstand permanent contact with oil, lubricants and coolants. Theceramic sensing face provides an effective protection against hotswarf.Depending on the operating conditions the sensors have a high vibrationand shock resistance.

Resistant:Permanent con-tact with aggres-sive media doesnot damage thesensor.

High excess gain:Safe detectioneven in case of

deposits, e.g.metal swarf.

Hazardous areas

As one of the leading manufacturers of inductive and capacitive sensors withthe trade name efector ifm electronic invested very early into a modern,innovative production technology which is mainly based on ifm‘s know-howof film technology for the sensor production. ifm electronic can thus gua-rantee excellent product availability even in case of increasing quantitieswith the high quality standard being maintained and ensured.

Particularity of the efectors from ifm

standard setting in practice

adjustment withsetting LED

sensing range [%]80 100

Quick setup:Optimum settingof the sensingrange is achievedwith the settingLEDs.

standard sensing rangeincreased Sn safe setting rangeincreased Sn unsafe setting range

In practise that means sensingranges more than 2.4 timesgreater than using standard sensors.

Selection chartInductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

26

type IZ

type IY

type IT

type IE

type IE

type IL

type IY

type IZ

Ø 4 0.8 b – 58 – – 58 – – – –

M5 x 0.5 0.8 b – 42 – – 42 – – –

Ø 6.5 1 b

Ø 6.5 1 b

– 58 – – 58 – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M8 x 1 1 b

M8 x 1 1 b

M8 x 1 1 b

M8 x 1 1 b

54 42 – 52 40 – – – –

– – – 86 – – – – –

– – – – 110 – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M8 x 1 1 b – 42 – – – – – – –

52 x 5 x 5 0.8 b – 68 – – – – – – –

M5 x 0.5 1.2 b – 42 – – – – – – –

Ø 4 1.2 b – 58 – – – – – – –

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Page Page Page

27

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

type IT

type IE

type IF

type IF

type IS

type IT

type IL

type IF

Ø 6.5 1.5 b – – – – 58 – – – –

M12 x 1 2 b

M12 x 1 2 b

M12 x 1 2 b

M12 x 1 2 b

M12 x 1 2 b

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

88 – – 86 78 – – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

– – – 112 110 – – – –

114 122 – – – – – – –

M12 x 1 2 b

M12 x 1 2 b

54 48 56 – – – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

28 x 10 x 16 2 b

28 x 10 x 16 2 b

74 68 – – 66 – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

Ø 6.5 2 b – 58 – – 58 – – – –

40 x 8 x 8 2 b – 68 – – 66 – – – –

M8 x 1 1.5 b

M8 x 1 1.5 b

M8 x 1 2 b

M8 x 1 2 b

– 42 – – – – – – –

– – – – 90 – – – –

– – – – 40 – – – –

88 – – – 78 – – – –

M12 x 1 0.2...2 b

Selection chartInductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

28

type IG

type IG

type IF

type IF

type IF

type IE

type IN

type IG

M18 x 1 5 b

M18 x 1 5 b

54 48 56 – – – 54 – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M18 x 1 5 b

M18 x 1 5 b

M18 x 1 5 b

M18 x 1 5 b

M18 x 1 5 b

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

88 – – 86 80 – – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

– – – 112 110 – – – –

114 122 – – – – – – –

M12 x 1 3.5 b

M12 x 1 3.5 b

– – – – 104 – – – –

– – – – 116 – – – –

M12 x 1 4 b

M12 x 1 4 b

M12 x 1 4 b

M12 x 1 4 b

– – – 50 36 – – – –

– 96 – 82 78 – – – –

– 106 – 102 102 – – – –

– – – 116 122 – – – –

M12 x 1 3 b

M12 x 1 3 b

– – – – 90 – – – –

– – – – 100 – – – –

M8 x 1 3 b – 40 – – 40 – – – –

40 x 12 x 26 2 b

40 x 12 x 26 2 b

74 68 76 – 66 – – – –

114 124 – – – – – – –

M18 x 1 0.5...5 b 44

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Page Page Page

29

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

type II

type II

type IO

type II

type IW

type IG

type II

type II

M30 x 1.5 10 b

M30 x 1.5 10 b

M30 x 1.5 10 b

M30 x 1.5 10 b

M30 x 1.5 10 b

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

– – – – 80 – – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

– – – 112 110 – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M30 x 1.5 10 b

M30 x 1.5 10 b

54 48 56 – – – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

26 x 26 x 39 10 b 88 – – 86 – – – – –

M30 x 1.5 12 b – 96 – – 96 – – – –

60 x 36 x 10 5 b – 68 – – – – – – –

M18 x 1 8 b

M18 x 1 8 b

M18 x 1 8 b

M18 x 1 8 b

– – – 50 36 – – – –

– 96 – 82 80 – – – –

– 106 – 102 102 – – – –

– – – 116 118 – – – –

M30 x 1.5 1...10 b 44

M30 x 1.5 14 b

M30 x 1.5 14 b

M30 x 1.5 14 b

– – – 94 – – – – –

– 106 – 102 102 – – – –

– – – 120 118 – – – –

Selection chartInductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

30

* available as 4-w DC

type IVE

type JA

type IDC

type IVE

type IMC*

type IMC

type II

type IME

40 x 40 x 18 20 b – – – – – – – 72 –

M12 x 1 50 b – – – – 46 – – – –

92 x 80 x 40 50 b

92 x 80 x 40 50 b

– – – – 70 76 – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

40 x 40 x 118 15 b

40 x 40 x 118 15 b

– – – – – – – 72 –

– – – – 98 – – – –

40 x 40 x 66 20 b

40 x 40 x 66 20 b

40 x 40 x 66 20 b

– – – – 70 76 – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

– – – 116 124 – – – –

40 x 40 x 66 15 b

40 x 40 x 66 15 b

– – – – 70 – – – –

88 – – 86 – – – – –

M30 x 1.5 15 b

M30 x 1.5 15 b

M30 x 1.5 15 b

M30 x 1.5 15 b

– – – – 36 – – – –

– – – 84 80 – – – –

– – – – 104 – – – –

– – – 116 – – – – –

40 x 40 x 121 15 b

40 x 40 x 121 15 b

– – – – – – 74 72 76

– – – – – – – – 126

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Page Page Page

31

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

type IE

type IZ

type IE

type IZ

type IS

type IJ

type IY

type IF

M8 x 1 2 nb

M8 x 1 2 nb

54 – – – – – – – –

– – – – 110 – – – –

Ø 4 1.5 nb – 58 – – 58 – – – –

M8 x 1 2 nb 54 42 – – – – – – –

Ø 3 1 nb – 58 – – – – – – –

28 x 10 x 16 3 nb – 68 – – – – – – –

27 x 10.5x 25 2 nb – 68 – – – – – – –

M5 x 0.5 1.5 nb – 42 – – 42 – – – –

M12 x 1 0.4...4 nb 44

Selection chartInductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

32

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

type IN

type IE

type IF

type IS

type IF

type IF

type IT

type IE

40 x 12 x 26 4 nb

40 x 12 x 26 4 nb

74 68 76 – 66 – – – –

114 124 – – 124 – – – –

M8 x 1 5 nb – 40 – – 40 – – – –

M12 x 1 7 nb

M12 x 1 7 nb

M12 x 1 7 nb

M12 x 1 7 nb

– – – 50 36 – – – –

– 96 – 82 78 – – – –

102 106 – 102 102 – – – –

– – – 116 122 – – – –

28 x 10 x 16 4 nb – 68 – – 66 – – – –

M12 x 1 4 nb

M12 x 1 4 nb

M12 x 1 4 nb

M12 x 1 4 nb

M12 x 1 4 nb

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

– – – 78 – – – –

– – – – 98 – – – –

– – 112 110 – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M12 x 1 4 nb

M12 x 1 4 nb

54 48 56 – – – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

M8 x 1 4 nb

M8 x 1 4 nb

– – – – 40 – – – –

– – – – 90 – – – –

Ø 6.5 4 nb – 58 – – 58 – – – –

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

33

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

type IW

type IG

type IG

type IA

type IG

type IG

type IG

type IF

60 x 36 x 10 8 nb – 68 – – 66 – – – –

M18 x 1 12 nb – – – 50 36 – – – –

M18 x 1 12 nb – – – – 100 – – – –

M18 x 1 12 nb – 106 – 102 102 – – – –

M18 x 1 12 nb – – – 116 122 – – – –

M18 x 1 12 nb – 96 – 82 80 – – – –

M18 x 1 10 nb – – – – 110 – – – –

Ø 20 10 nb 62 58 64 – 58 – 62 60 64

M18 x 1 8 nb 54 48 56 – – – 54 – –

M18 x 1 8 nb 114 – – – – – – – –

M18 x 1 0.8...8 nb – – – – 44 – – – –

M18 x 1 8 nb

M18 x 1 8 nb

M18 x 1 8 nb

M18 x 1 8 nb

M18 x 1 0.8...8 nb

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

– – – – 80 – – – –

– 110 – 112 110 – – – –

114 122 126 – 122 – – – –

– – – – 44 – – – –

M12 x 1 8 nb

M12 x 1 8 nb

– – – – 90 – – – –

– – – – 100 – – – –

Selection chartInductive sensors Inductive sensors

34

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

type IB

type II

type IME

type II

type II

type II

type IB

type II

Ø 34 30 nb – – 64 – – – – 60 –

M30 x 1.5 22 nb

M30 x 1.5 22 nb

M30 x 1.5 22 nb

M30 x 1.5 22 nb

M30 x 1.5 22 nb

– – – – 36 – – – –

– 96 – 84 80 – – – –

– – – – 100 – – – –

– 106 – 102 102 – – – –

– – – 116 122 – – – –

40 x 40 x 121 20 nb

40 x 40 x 121 20 nb

– – – – – – 74 72 76

– – – – – – – 124 –

M30 x 1 1...15 nb – – – – 44 – – – –

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

54 48 56 52 38 – – – –

– – – – 80 – – – –

– – – 112 110 – – – –

114 – 126 – – – – – –

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

M30 x 1.5 15 nb

54 48 56 – – – – – –

114 – – – – – – – –

Ø 34 20 nb – 58 64 – – – 62 60 64

M30 x 1.5 15 nb – – – 108 108 – – – –

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

35

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

Page Page Page

f = flush / nf = non-flush / example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

type IDE

type ID

type IME

type ICE

type IMC

type IMC*

* available as 4-w DC

105 x 80 x 40 60 nb

105 x 80 x 40 60 nb

– – – – 70 – – 72 76

– – – – – – 120 124 126

120 x 80 x 30 50 nb – 72 76 – – – – – –

40 x 40 x 121 30 nb – – – – – – – 72 –

90 x 60 x 40 40 nb

90 x 60 x 40 40 nb

– – – – – – – 72 76

– – – – – – – 124 126

40 x 40 x 66 35 nb

40 x 40 x 66 35 nb

40 x 40 x 66 35 nb

– – – – 70 76 – – –

– – – – 100 – – – –

– – – 110 124 – – –

40 x 40 x 66 40 nb – – – – 100 – – – –

Increased sensing range for more machine uptime.

Easy to mount by LED setting display.

Safe and quick mounting due torobust and reinforced housing.

All sensors have corrosion-resistant M12 connector.

Laser etched type label forpermanent identification of the unit.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Mounting sleeve · Ø 12 mm · with endstop · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E11114

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clip · form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, For sensors withwirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

36

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNPOptical setting aid (2 LEDs) for IGS208 / 209, IFS208 / 209, and IIS206 / 207

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 46 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 1 IFS210

M12 / L = 51 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 2 IFS211

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 3 IGS210

M18 / L = 52 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 4 IGS211

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFS204

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFS205

M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 7 IFS212

M12 / L = 70 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 8 IFS213

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGS204

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGS205

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 11 IGS212

M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 12 IGS213

M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIS204

M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 14 IIS205

M30 / L = 70 15 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIS210

M30 / L = 70 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIS211

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFS206

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFS207

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGS206

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGS207

M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIS208

M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 14 IIS209

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 6, 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.8 12 7 IFS208

M12 / L = 70 7 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.8 12 8 IFS209

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...30 IP 67 400 100 2.8 12 11 IGS208

M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 300 100 2.8 12 12 IGS209

M30 / L = 70 15 f brass 10...30 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIS206

M30 / L = 70 22 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIS207

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

37

High shock andvibration resistance.

Different housing lengths for almost every application.

Safe and quick mounting due torobust and reinforced housing.

All sensors have corrosion-resistant M12 connector.

Laser etched type label forpermanent identification of the unit.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · fortype M18 · brass / white bronze coated E11115

Mounting clamp · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket · for sensors withwirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

38

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFS214

M12 / L = 70 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 7 IFS216

M12 / L = 50 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFS215

M12 / L = 70 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 8 IFS217

M18 / L = 46 5 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGS214

M18 / L = 70 5 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 11 IGS216

M18 / L = 51 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGS215

M18 / L = 70 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 12 IGS217

M30 / L = 50 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIS212

M30 / L = 70 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIS214

M30 / L = 50 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 14 IIS213

M30 / L = 70 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIS215

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

39

Small designs with M8 or M12connector or cable connection.

Different housing lengths for almost every application.

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

High switching frequenciesup to 2000 Hz.

Wide selection of fixingaccessories and sockets.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Limit plungers · for types M8 x 1 · free cutting steel E10154

Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · with end stop · for type M8 · PC E11521

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M8, group 22 m black, PUR cable, LED E11492

Socket, M8, group 25 m black, PUR cable, LED E11493

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 92 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 95 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

40

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 53 1 f brass 10...36 IP 67 750 200 1 15 17 IE5090

M8 / L = 62 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 200 2.5 15 18 IE5312

M8 / L = 62 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 200 2.5 15 19 IE5288

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10, 6 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M8 / L = 37 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 100 2.8 10 20 IE5351

M8 / L = 37 5 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.8 10 21 IE5352

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M8 / L = 62 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 800 250 1.6 15 18 IE5327

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 50 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 250 2.5 15 22 IE5287

M8 / L = 30 2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1500 100 2.5 15 23 IE5366

M8 / L = 30 4 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.5 15 24 IE5367

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M8 / L = 40 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 100 2.8 10 25 IE5338

M8 / L = 40 5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.8 10 26 IE5340

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M8 / L = 37 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 100 2.8 10 20 IE5344

M8 / L = 37 5 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.8 10 21 IE5346

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 3

M8 / L = 50 1 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 1500 200 2.5 15 27 IE5258

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 65

M8 / L = 40 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 100 2.8 10 28 IE5349

M8 / L = 40 5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.8 10 26 IE5350

Operating temperature 0...60 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

41

Small designs with M8 or M12connector or cable connection.

Different housing lengths for almost every application.

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

High switching frequenciesup to 2000 Hz.

Wide selection of fixingaccessories and sockets.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Limit plungers · for types M8 x 1 · free cutting steel E10154

Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · with end stop · for type M8 · PC E11521

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 92 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 95 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

42

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M5 / L = 45 0.8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 2000 100 2.5 15 29 IY5036

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M5 / L = 41 1.5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1800 100 3 10 30 IY5048

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M5 / L = 30 0.8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 2000 100 2.5 15 31 IY5029

M5 / L = 23 1.2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 65 < 2000 100 2.5 15 32 IY5052

M5 / L = 27 1.5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1800 100 3 10 33 IY5049

M8 / L = 35 1 f brass 10...36 IP 67 750 200 1 15 34 IE5072

M8 / L = 50 1 f brass 10...36 IP 67 750 200 1 15 35 IE5121

M8 / L = 50 1 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 1000 200 1 15 35 IE5129

M8 / L = 35 2 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 800 200 1 15 34 IE5099

M8 / L = 20 1.5 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1000 200 1.5 10 36 IE5348

M8 / L = 27 2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1500 100 2.5 15 37 IE5368

M8 / L = 27 4 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.5 15 38 IE5369

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 66

M8 / L = 37 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 100 2.8 10 20 IE5343

M8 / L = 37 5 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.8 10 21 IE5345

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

43

Inductive analogue sensors 0...10 V or current output 4..20 mA.

Designs with voltage output 0...10 Vor current output 4...20 mA.

Extremely high repeatabilitylower than 2 %.

Negligible linearity error lowerthan 3 % of the final value.

Wide temperature rangeof -25...80 °C.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clip · form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Mounting clip · form O · for type M18 ·stainless steel (316S12) E11534

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

44

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded and rectangular housings3-wire DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output4...20 mA analogue · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 5

M12 / L = 70 0.2...2 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 7 IF6028

M12 / L = 70 0.4...4 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 8 IF6030

M18 / L = 60 0.5...5 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 39 IG6086

M18 / L = 60 0.8...8 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 40 IG6083

M30 / L = 70 1...10 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 15 II5916

M30 / L = 70 1...15 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 16 II5913

40 x 40 x 66 1...15 f PA (polyamide) 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 41 IM5139

40 x 40 x 66 1...26 nf PA (polyamide) 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 41 IM5141

M12 connector · Output0...10 V analogue · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 5

M12 / L = 70 0.2...2 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 7 IF6029

M12 / L = 70 0.4...4 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 8 IF6031

M18 / L = 60 0,5...5 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 39 IG6087

M18 / L = 60 0.8...8 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 40 IG6084

M30 / L = 70 1...10 f brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 15 II5917

M30 / L = 70 1...15 nf brass 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 16 II5914

40 x 40 x 66 1...15 f PA (polyamide) 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 41 IM5140

40 x 40 x 66 1...26 nf PA (polyamide) 15...30 IP 67 – – – 20 41 IM5142

Operating temperature -25..80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

45

Optical proximity sensor in robust M12 design.

IP 69K, IP 68: Ingress-resistant even un-der severe environmental conditions.

High switching frequency of 1,600 Hz for fast processes.

As inexpensive as an M12 proximity switch.

Easy handling due tofixed sensing range.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Mounting clip · form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 92 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 95 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

46

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing M123-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 63 50 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 1600 100 2.5 15 42 JAC201

M12 / L = 63 50 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 1600 100 2.5 15 42 JAT201

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

47

Plastic and brass housingsfor different requirements.

Different housing lengthsfor almost every application.

Stable characteristics across thefull temperature and frequency range.

Tried and tested PVC cablefor various connections.

Wide range of mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E10806

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M18 · brass / nickel-plated E10807

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M30 · brass / nickel-plated E10808

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

48

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M12 / L = 35 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1500 150 2.5 15 43 IF5188

M12 / L = 71 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 800 250 2.5 15 44 IF5297

M12 / L = 71 2 f PBT 10...55 IP 67 800 250 2.5 15 44 IF5313

M12 / L = 35 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 1500 150 2.5 15 45 IF5249

M12 / L = 71 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 1500 250 2.5 15 46 IF5329

M12 / L = 71 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 400 250 2.5 15 44 IF5345

M18 / L = 38 5 f brass 18...36 IP 67 500 150 2.5 15 47 IG5221

M18 / L = 80 5 f brass 10...36 IP 67 500 250 2.5 15 48 IG5397

M18 / L = 80 5 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 500 250 2.5 15 48 IG5399

M18 / L = 38 8 nf brass 18...36 IP 67 200 150 2.5 15 49 IG5285

M18 / L = 80 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 50 IG5398

M18 / L = 80 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 48 IG5401

M30 / L = 45 10 f brass 18...36 IP 67 300 150 2.5 15 51 II5166

M30 / L = 81 10 f brass 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 52 II5256

M30 / L = 81 10 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 52 II5369

M30 / L = 45 15 nf brass 18...36 IP 67 250 150 2.5 15 53 II5346

M30 / L = 81 15 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 54 II5284

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 52 II5300

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

49

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Laser etched type label for permanent identification of the unit.

Quick and safe mountingdue to LED setting display.

Sensors with easy-to-mountM12 connector.

High shock andvibration resistance.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, wirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

50

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPNOptical setting aid (2 LEDs) for IFS208, IFS209, IGS208 and IGS209

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 6, 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.8 12 7 IFS208

M12 / L = 70 7 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.8 12 8 IFS209

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...30 IP 67 400 100 2.8 12 11 IGS208

M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 300 100 2.8 12 12 IGS209

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 6, 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 67

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.5 – 5 IFS200

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.5 – 6 IFS201

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...30 IP 67 300 100 2.5 – 9 IGS200

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 250 100 2.5 – 10 IGS201

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

51

4 switching functions by simplyreversing the connecting wires.

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Wide temperature rangeof -25...80 °C.

M12 connector easy to mountand maintain.

Leakage current lower than 1 mA.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M8 · brass / special coated E10848

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E10806

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M18 · brass / nickel-plated E10807

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M30 · brass / nickel-plated E10808

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 62 m black, PUR / PVC cable E10216

Socket, M12, group 65 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10215

Socket, M12, group 62 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10188

Socket, M12, group 65 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10214

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

52

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 6, 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 68

M8 / L = 69 1 f brass 5...36 IP 67 2700 200 4.6 – 55 IE5203

M12 / L = 83 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 1100 300 4.6 – 56 IF5598

M12 / L = 83 4 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 1500 300 4.6 – 57 IF5647

M18 / L = 70 5 f brass 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 58 IG5595

M18 / L = 76 8 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 300 400 4.6 – 59 IG5597

M30 / L = 78 10 f brass 10...55 IP 67 450 400 4.6 – 60 II5490

M30 / L = 78 15 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 200 400 4.6 – 61 II5492

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

53

4 switching functions by simplyreversing the connecting wires.

Tried and tested plastic and brasshousing for every application.

Resistant to oils and greases due to PVC cable with PUR sheath.

Wide temperature rangeof -25...80 °C.

Leakage current lower than 1 mA.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M8 · brass / special coated E10848

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E10806

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M18 · brass / nickel-plated E10807

Mounting sleeve · with end stop · for type M30 · brass / nickel-plated E10808

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

54

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 69

M8 / L = 50 1 f brass 5...36 IP 67 2000 200 4.6 – 35 IE5222

M8 / L = 50 2 nf brass 5...36 IP 67 2700 200 4.6 – 62 IE5238

M8 / L = 50 2 nf PBT (Pocan) 5...36 IP 67 2000 200 4.6 – 35 IE5202

M12 / L = 71 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 1100 400 4.6 – 44 IF5645

M12 / L = 71 2 f PBT 10...55 IP 67 1100 400 4.6 – 44 IF5644

M12 / L = 71 4 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 1500 400 4.6 – 46 IF5646

M12 / L = 71 4 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 1500 400 4.6 – 44 IF5597

M18 / L = 80 5 f PBT 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 48 IG5593

M18 / L = 80 5 f brass 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 48 IG5594

M18 / L = 80 8 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 300 400 4.6 – 48 IG5533

M18 / L = 80 8 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 300 400 4.6 – 50 IG5596

M30 / L = 45 10 f brass 10...55 IP 67 450 400 4.6 – 51 II5493

M30 / L = 81 10 f PBT 10...55 IP 67 450 400 4.6 – 52 II5488

M30 / L = 81 10 f brass 10...55 IP 67 450 400 4.6 – 52 II5489

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 200 400 4.6 – 52 II5436

M30 / L = 81 15 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 200 400 4.6 – 54 II5491

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 70

M18 / L = 110 5 f PBT 10...55 IP 65 800 400 4.6 – 63 IG5718

M18 / L = 110 8 nf PBT 10...55 IP 65 300 400 4.6 – 63 IG5719

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

55

Wide dual voltage rangeof 20...250 V AC/DC.

Reduced wiring complexity due tofunctional 2-wire technology.

Sensors with PVC cable for con-venient use in different applications.

Temperature range -25...80 °Cfor demanding applications.

High shock andvibration resistance.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

56

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Threaded housing2-wire AC and AC/DC units

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 6

M12 / L = 71 2 f PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 250 / 8.5 / – 44 IF0001*

M12 / L = 71 2 f brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 250 / 8.5 / – 44 IF0005*

M12 / L = 71 4 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 250 / 8.5 / – 44 IF0003*

M12 / L = 71 4 nf brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 250 / 8.5 / – 46 IF0007*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

M18 / L = 80 5 f PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 48 IG0005*

M18 / L = 80 5 f brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 48 IG0011*

M18 / L = 80 8 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 48 IG0006*

M18 / L = 80 8 nf brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 50 IG0012*

M30 / L = 81 10 f PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 52 II0005*

M30 / L = 81 10 f brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 52 II0011*

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 52 II0006*

M30 / L = 81 15 nf brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 54 II0012*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

57

Sensing ranges of 0.8 to 20 mm.

Choice of M8 or M12 connectoror cable connection.

Different sleeve diametersof Ø 4 mm to Ø 34 mm.

Sensors with output normally open /normally closed programmable.

Wide selection of fixingaccessories and sockets.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 4 mm · TPE E10204

Mounting clamp · Ø 6.5 mm · PPE E10014

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PA E10192

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M8, group 22 m black, PUR cable, LED E11492

Socket, M8, group 25 m black, PUR cable, LED E11493

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

58

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Cylindrical housing (smooth sleeve)3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

Ø 4 / L = 45 0.8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 2000 100 2.5 15 64 IZ5035

Ø 4 / L = 41 1.5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1800 100 3 10 65 IZ5046

Ø 6.5 / L = 49 1.5 f brass 10...36 IP 65 2000 250 2.5 15 66 IT5034

Ø 6.5 / L = 49 1 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 1500 200 2.5 15 66 IT5021

Ø 6.5 / L = 30 2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1500 100 2.5 15 67 IT5040

Ø 6.5 / L = 30 4 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 700 100 2.5 15 68 IT5041

Ø 6.5 / L = 50 4 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 300 100 2.5 15 69 IT5044

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

Ø 20 / L = 92 10 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 70 IA5127

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

Ø 4 / L = 30 0.8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 2000 100 2.5 15 71 IZ5026

Ø 4 / L = 23 0.8 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 65 2000 100 2.5 15 72 IZ5051

Ø 3 / L = 27 1 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 100 1.5 12 73 IZ5048

Ø 4 / L = 23 1.2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 65 > 2000 100 2.5 15 72 IZ5052

Ø 4 / L = 27 1.5 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1800 100 3 10 74 IZ5047

Ø 6.5 / L = 27 2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1500 100 2.5 15 75 IT5042

Ø 6.5 / L = 27 4 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 500 100 2.5 15 76 IT5043

Ø 6.5 / L = 35 1 f brass 10...36 IP 67 900 200 1 15 77 IT5001

Ø 6.5 / L = 19 2 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 1000 200 2.5 20 78 IT5039

Ø 20 / L = 77 10 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 79 IA5082

Ø 34 / L = 82 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 60 250 2.5 15 80 IB5096

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

59

Terminal chamber for universalconnection possibility.

Temperature range -25...80 °C for demanding applications.

Voltage range 10...36 V DCat 250 mA load current.

Normally open / normally closedprogrammable (for type IB).

Tried and tested robustplastic housing.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PA E10192

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

60

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Cylindrical housing (smooth sleeve)3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

Ø 20 / L = 92 10 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 300 250 2.5 15 81 IA5062

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

Ø 20 / L = 92 10 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 300 250 2.5 15 81 IA5063

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

Ø 34 / L = 98 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 350 250 2.5 15 82 IB5063

Ø 34 / L = 98 30 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 350 200 2.5 15 82 IB5133

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

61

4 switching functions by simplyreversing the connecting wires.

Wide voltage rangeof 10...55 V DC.

Leakage current lower than 1 mA.

Wide temperature rangeof -25...80 °C.

High load current up to 400 mA.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PA E10192

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

62

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Cylindrical housing (smooth sleeve)2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 69

Ø 20 / L = 77 10 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 300 400 4.6 – 79 IA5108

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 70

Ø 20 / L = 92 10 nf PBT 10...55 IP 65 300 300 4.6 – 81 IA5122

Ø 34 / L = 98 20 nf PBT 10...55 IP 65 300 300 4.6 – 82 IB5124

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

63

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Cable or terminal chamber.

Wide voltage rangeof 20...250 V AC/DC.

Different output functions.

Terminal chamber can be positionedeither straight or angled.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PA E10192

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

64

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Cylindrical housing (smooth sleeve)2-wire AC/DC units

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

Ø 20 / L = 77 10 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 70 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 79 IA0004*

Ø 34 / L = 82 20 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 80 IB0004*

Ø 34 / L = 82 30 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 80 IB0026*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 9

Ø 20 / L = 77 10 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 70 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 79 IA0027*

Ø 34 / L = 82 20 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 80 IB0017*

Ø 34 / L = 82 30 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 80 IB0027*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 10

Ø 20 / L = 92 10 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 70 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 81 IA0032*

Ø 34 / L = 98 20 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 82 IB0016*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

65

Different sizes for industrial applications.

Sensors with normally openand normally closed output.

Quick, easy and flexible mountingdue to compact housings.

Small housingswhere space is restricted.

Sensors with small, compactM8 connector

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M8, group 22 m black, PUR cable, LED E11492

Socket, M8, group 25 m black, PUR cable, LED E11493

Socket, M82 m black, PUR cable E11489

Socket, M85 m black, PUR cable E11490

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

66

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Rectangular housing3-wire DCIL5004: active face in front, IL5005: active face in the middle

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

28 x 10 x 16 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 800 200 1 15 83 IS5035

28 x 10 x 16 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 2000 250 2.5 15 83 IS5071

40 x 8 x 8 2 f brass 10...36 IP 65 2000 250 1.6 15 84 IL5004

40 x 8 x 8 2 f brass 10...36 IP 65 2000 250 2.5 15 84 IL5005

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 65 1400 250 2.5 15 85 IN5230

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 1300 250 2.5 15 85 IN5212

60 x 36 x 10 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 300 250 2.5 15 86 IW5064

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 3

60 x 36 x 10 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 5 86 IW5062

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

67

Different sizes forspecial applications.

Quick, easy and flexible mountingdue to compact housings.

Ideal for applicationswhere space is restricted.

2 m PVC connection cable.

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

68

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Rectangular housing3-wire DC PNPIL5002: active face in front, IL5003: active face in the middle

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

28 x 10 x 16 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 800 200 1 15 87 IS5001

28 x 10 x 16 3 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 100 200 1 15 87 IS5031

28 x 10 x 16 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 2000 250 2.5 15 88 IS5070

25 x 5 x 5 0.8 f aluminium 10...30 IP 65 1000 100 1 10 89 IL5022

40 x 8 x 8 2 f brass 10...36 IP 65 2000 250 2.5 15 90 IL5002

40 x 8 x 8 2 f brass 10...36 IP 65 2000 250 2.5 15 90 IL5003

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 1400 250 2.5 15 91 IN5121

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 1300 250 2.5 15 91 IN5129

60 x 36 x 10 5 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 400 250 2.5 15 92 IW5051

60 x 36 x 10 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 92 IW5058

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 11

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 1400 250 2.5 15 91 IN5186

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 1300 250 2.5 15 91 IN5188

60 x 36 x 10 5 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 400 250 2.5 15 92 IW5048

60 x 36 x 10 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 92 IW5053

Cable 0.15 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 11

27 x 10.5 x 25 2 nf nylon 10...36 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 10 93 IJ5002

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

69

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Different sizes fordemanding applications.

M12 connector easy to mountand maintain.

Quick, easy and flexible mountingdue to compact housings.

Type IM: sensing face in 5 positionsselectable, clearly visible corner LEDs.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting bracket · for type IMC · diecast zinc E10731

Mounting bracket · for type IDC ·stainless steel (303S22) E10730

Mounting plate · for mounting IMCsensors · stainless steel (304S15) E10740

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 92 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 95 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

70

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Rectangular housing3- / 4-wire DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 100 200 2.5 20 41 IM5115

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 80 200 2.5 20 41 IM5116

40 x 40 x 66 40 nf PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 60 200 2.5 20 41 IM5117

92 x 80 x 40 50 f PPE 10...36 IP 67 70 250 2.5 15 94 ID5055

M12 connector · Outputnormally · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 100 250 2.5 15 95 ID5046

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 12

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 100 200 2.5 25 41 IM5123

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 9 · Wiring diagram no. 12

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 – 200 2.5 20 41 IM5134

40 x 40 x 66 40 nf PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 – 200 2.5 20 41 IM5136

92 x 80 x 40 50 f PPE 10...36 IP 67 70 250 2.5 20 94 ID5058

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

71

Different sizes fordemanding applications

Output functions programmable(for units with connection terminals).

Quick, easy and flexible mountingdue to compact housings.

Cable or terminal chamber.

Sensing face in 5 positionsfreely selectable for types IME / IVE.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting plate · for type IVE, KVE ·aluminium / anodised 10...20 μm E10072

Cable gland · M20 x 1.5 · for type IVE ·housing: polyamide, sealing: neoprene E11270

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

72

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Rectangular housing3- / 4-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

120 x 80 x 30 50 nf PPE 10...36 IP 67 100 250 2.5 15 96 ID5026

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

40 x 40 x 120 15 f PPE 10...36 IP 65 350 250 2.5 15 97 IM5020

40 x 40 x 120 20 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 350 250 2.5 15 97 IM5019

40 x 40 x 120 30 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 100 250 2.5 15 97 IM5046

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 71

90 x 60 x 40 40 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 15 250 2.5 15 98 IC5005

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 100 250 2.5 15 99 ID5005

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 13

40 x 40 x 118 15 f PBT 10...60 IP 67 150 200 3 20 100 IV5003

40 x 40 x 118 20 f PBT 10...60 IP 67 150 200 3 20 100 IV5004

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

73

4 switching functions by simplyreversing the connecting wires.

Sensing face in 5 positions freely selectable for terminal chamber units.

Temperature range -25...80 °C for demanding applications.

Reduced wiring complexity due tofunctional 2-wire technology.

Leakage current lower than 1 mA.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Cable gland · M20 x 1.5 · for type IVE ·housing: polyamide, sealing: neoprene E11270

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

74

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Rectangular housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 69

28 x 10 x 16 2 f PBT 5...36 IP 67 2000 200 4.6 – 87 IS5026

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 10...55 IP 67 1300 400 4.6 – 91 IN5207

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 1200 400 4.6 – 91 IN5208

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 70

40 x 40 x 120 15 f PPE 10...55 IP 65 > 350 400 4.6 – 97 IM5037

40 x 40 x 120 20 nf PPE 10...55 IP 65 > 300 400 4.6 – 97 IM5038

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

75

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Wide dual voltage rangeof 20...250 V AC/DC.

Reduced wiring complexity due tofunctional 2-wire technology.

Sensing face in 5 positions freelyselectable for IM type units.

Quick, easy and flexible mountingdue to compact housings.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting bracket · for type IDC ·stainless steel (303S22) E10730

Mounting plate · for mounting IMCsensors · stainless steel (304S15) E10740

Mounting bracket · for type IMC · diecast zinc E10731

Cable gland · M20 x 1.5 · for type IV ·housing: polyamide, sealing: neoprene E11270

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 52 m orange, PVC cable E10867

Socket, M12, group 55 m orange, PVC cable E10868

Socket, M12, group 52 m orange, PVC cable E10865

Socket, M12, group 55 m orange, PVC cable E10866

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For industrialapplications

76

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Rectangular housing2-wire AC/DC units

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 5 · Wiring diagram no. 14

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PPE 20...250 IP 67 25 / 140 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 101 IM0054*

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PPE 20...250 IP 67 20 / 50 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 101 IM0053*

92 x 80 x 40 50 f modified PPE 20...250 IP 67 25 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 94 ID0049*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 9

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.7 / 6 – 91 IN0077*

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.7 / 6 – 91 IN0085*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.7 / 6 – 91 IN0073*

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6.7 / 6 – 91 IN0081*

120 x 80 x 30 50 nf modified PPE 20...250 IP 65 25 / 35 350 / 100 5.5 / 5 – 96 ID0014*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 10

40 x 40 x 120 15 f PPE 20...250 IP 65 20 / 55 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 97 IM0011*

40 x 40 x 120 20 nf PPE 20...250 IP 65 20 / 55 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 97 IM0010*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 72

90 x 60 x 40 40 nf PPE 20...250 IP 65 10 350 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 98 IC0003*

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 20...250 IP 65 4 350 / 100 6.5 / 6.5 – 99 ID0013*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

77

Resistant to aggressive oilsand coolants.

Increased sensing range for more machine uptime.

Safe mounting due torobust thick-wall housing.

Laser etched type label forpermanent identification of the unit.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Mounting sleeve · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E11114

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket · for sensors withwirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

78

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing M12, 3-wire DC PNPIFC210: 2- / 3-wire DC PNP/NPN with optical setting displayIFC206, IFC210, IFC209: Ceramic sensing face to protect against hot metal swarf

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 50 4 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 700 200 2.5 15 102 IE5382

M8 / L = 50 2 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 1000 200 2.5 15 103 IE5381

M12 / L = 45 2 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 5 IFC239

M12 / L = 60 2 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 104 IFC243

M12 / L = 70 2 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 7 IFC241

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFC206

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFC204

M12 / L = 60 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 104 IFC229

M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 7 IFC237

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...30 IP 68 500 100 2.8 12 7 IFC210

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 50 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 6 IFC240

M12 / L = 60 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 105 IFC244

M12 / L = 70 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 8 IFC242

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFC205

M12 / L = 60 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 200 2.5 10 105 IFC230

M12 / L = 70 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 8 IFC238

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFC209

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFC207

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFC208

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

79

Resistant to aggressive oilsand coolants.

Increased sensing range for more machine uptime.

Safe mounting due torobust thick-wall housing.

Laser etched type label forpermanent identification of the unit.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · for type M18 · brass / white bronze coated E11115

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket · for sensors withwirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

80

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housings M18 and M30, 3-wire DC PNPIGC210: 2- / 3-wire DC PNP/NPN with optical setting displayIGC210, IIC206, IGC209: Ceramic sensing face to protect against hot metal swarf.

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 46 5 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 200 2.5 10 9 IGC226

M18 / L = 60 5 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 200 2.5 10 39 IGC230

M18 / L = 70 5 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 200 2.5 10 11 IGC228

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGC206

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGC204

M18 / L = 60 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 200 2.5 10 106 IGC221

M18 / L = 51 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 200 2.5 10 10 IGC227

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...30 IP 68 400 100 2.8 12 11 IGC210

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 2.5 10 11 IGC224

M18 / L = 60 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 200 2.5 10 40 IGC231

M18 / L = 70 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 200 2.5 10 12 IGC229

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGC205

M18 / L = 60 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 200 2.5 10 40 IGC220

M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 100 2.5 10 12 IGC225

M30 / L = 50 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 13 IIC212

M30 / L = 60 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 107 IIC216

M30 / L = 70 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 15 IIC214

M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 10...36 IP 68 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIC200

M30 / L = 60 15 f brass 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 107 IIC206

M30 / L = 70 15 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIC210

M30 / L = 50 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 14 IIC213

M30 / L = 60 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 108 IIC217

M30 / L = 70 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 16 IIC215

M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 100 100 2.5 10 14 IIC201

M30 / L = 60 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 100 200 2.5 10 108 IIC207

M30 / L = 70 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIC211

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGC209

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGC207

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGC208

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

81

Resistant to aggressive oils and coolants, IP 67 and IP 68.

High shock and vibration resistance.

Increased sensing rangefor more plant uptime.

Leakage current lower than 0.5 mA.

Laser etched type label for permanentidentification of the unit.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Mounting sleeve · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E11114

Mounting sleeve · for type M18 · brass / white bronze coated E11115

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, wirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

82

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing M122-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 67

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...30 IP 68 700 100 2.5 – 5 IFC200

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...30 IP 68 700 100 2.5 – 6 IFC201

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...30 IP 68 400 100 2.5 – 9 IGC200

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 68 250 100 2.5 – 10 IGC201

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 73

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...30 IP 68 700 100 2.5 – 5 IFC202

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...30 IP 68 700 100 2.5 – 6 IFC203

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...30 IP 68 300 100 2.5 – 9 IGC202

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 68 250 100 2.5 – 10 IGC203

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

83

efector m quadronorm: 4 switchingfunctions programmable.

IP 68 and IP 67 as well as resistantto aggressive oils and coolants.

Quick and safe adjustmentdue to LED setting display.

Permanently legible laser type label.

Increased sensing rangefor reliable detection.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M122 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10188

Socket, M125 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10214

Socket, M122 m black, PUR / PVC cable E10216

Socket, M125 m orange, PUR / PVC cable E10215

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

84

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 68

M12 / L = 60 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 4.6 – 104 IFC234

M12 / L = 60 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 500 100 4.6 – 105 IFC235

M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...30 IP 68 400 100 4.6 – 11 IGC222

M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 300 100 4.6 – 12 IGC223

M30 / L = 70 15 f brass 10...30 IP 68 100 100 4.6 – 15 IIC208

M30 / L = 70 22 nf brass 10...30 IP 68 100 100 4.6 – 16 IIC209

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

85

Resistant to aggressiveoils and coolants.

Leakage current lower than 0.8 mA.

Innovative snap-fit mountingfor fast installation of type IO.

M12 connector easy to mount and maintain.

Sensing face selectable in different positions (types IM and IO).

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E11114

Mounting sleeve · for type M18 · brass / white bronze coated E11115

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket · for sensors withwirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

86

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 15

M8 / L = 69 1 f brass 5...36 IP 65 2000 200 4.6 – 55 IE9940

M12 / L = 60 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 800 100 4.6 – 109 IF9924

M18 / L = 65 5 f brass 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 110 IG9983

26 x 26 x 43 10 f polyamide 10...36 IP 67 250 100 4.6 – 111 IO5016

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 74

40 x 40 x 66 15 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 200 100 4.6 – 112 IM5127

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

87

Resistant to aggressiveoils and coolants.

Leakage current lower than 0.8 mA.

Innovative snap-fit mounting for fast installation of type IO.

Oil-resistant connection cable.

Sensing face selectable in differentpositions (types IM and IO).

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting sleeve · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated E11114

Mounting sleeve · for type M18 · brass / white bronze coated E11115

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket , wirable E11303

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

88

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable with connector 0.8 m · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 15

M8 / L = 42 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 1000 100 4.5 – 113 IE9902

M12 / L = 54 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 800 100 4.6 – 114 IF9920

M18 / L = 58 5 f brass 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 115 IG9984

Cable with connector 0.15 m · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 15

26 x 26 x 26 10 f polyamide 10...36 IP 67 250 100 4.6 – 116 IO5018

Cable with connector 0.8 m · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 15

26 x 26 x 26 10 f polyamide 10...36 IP 67 250 100 4.5 – 116 IO5017

Cable with connector 0.8 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 74

40 x 40 x 66 15 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 200 100 4.6 – 117 IM5138

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 75

M8 / L = 42 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 1000 100 4.5 – 118 IE9203

M12 / L = 54 2 f brass 10...55 IP 67 800 100 4.6 – 119 IF9222

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 16

M18 / L = 54 5 f brass 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 120 IG5682

Cable with connector 0.8 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 76

40 x 40 x 66 15 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 200 100 4.6 – 117 IM5137

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

89

Constant sensing range on allmetals with correction factor 1.

IP 67 / IP 68 as well as resistent tooils and coolants.

All types: M12, M18, M30 with extrahigh switching frequency up to 2 kHz.

Permanently legible laser type label.

Increased sensing range fornon-flush units.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clip · form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Mounting clip · form O · for type M18 ·stainless steel (316S12) E11534

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

90

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Order-no.

M8 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 65 1.5 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 20 121 IE5390

M8 / L = 65 4 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 20 122 IE5391

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 65 3 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 > 2000 200 2.5 20 123 IFC245

M12 / L = 65 8 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 > 2000 200 2.5 20 124 IFC246

M18 / L = 65 5 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 > 2000 200 2.5 20 125 IGC232

M18 / L = 65 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 > 2000 200 2.5 20 126 IGC233

M30 / L = 65 10 f stainless steel 10...30 IP 68 1000 200 2.5 15 127 IIC218

M30 / L = 65 22 nf stainless steel 10...30 IP 68 1000 200 2.5 15 128 IIC219

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

91

“Ferrous-only”: Only ferrousmetals are detected.

Ideal for metal working: No faultyswitching due to aluminium chips.

IP 68, IP 67. Reliable in contact with oil and coolants.

High vibration and shock resistance.

Robust due to stainless steel sensing face and reinforced housing.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting sleeve · for type M18 · steel (9S20K) / galvanised E11514

Mounting sleeve · for type M12 · steel(9S20K) / galvanised, chromium-plated E11513

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

92

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing with selective characteristics, only reacts to Fe-metals3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 70 3 f brass 10...30 IP 68 25 200 2.5 10 7 IFC211

M18 / L = 70 5 f brass 10...30 IP 68 25 200 2.5 10 11 IGC211

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 3

M12 / L = 70 3 f brass 10...30 IP 68 25 200 2.5 10 7 IFC213

M18 / L = 70 5 f brass 10...30 IP 68 25 200 2.5 10 11 IGC215

Operating temperature 0...60 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

93

Long life due to protectionIP 68 coolant.

Resistent to aggressive oilsand coolants.

AS-i specification 2.1: up to62 slaves possible per master.

Increased sensing rangefor more plant uptime.

High vibration and shock resistance.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Jumper, M120.6 m black, PUR cable E11402

Jumper, M121 m black, PUR cable E11403

Jumper, M122 m black, PUR cable E11404

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

94

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire AS-i

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 17

M12 / L = 60 4 f V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 30 104 IFC247

M12 / L = 60 7 nf V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 30 105 IFC248

M18 / L = 60 8 f V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 20 106 IGC234

M18 / L = 60 12 nf V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 20 40 IGC235

M30 / L = 60 14 f V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 30 107 IIC220

M30 / L = 60 22 nf V4A (316S12) 26.5...31.6 IP 68 100 – – 30 108 IIC221

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

95

Sensors for mobile applications with e1 type approval.

Extended temperature range of -40...85 ºC.

IP 69K, IP 67: Ingress-resistant even un-der severe environmental conditions.

Increased EMC resistance: 100 V/m according to vehicle standards.

Robust design for mobile use with high shock and vibration resistance.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 572 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 575 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 582 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007

Socket, M12, group 585 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For oils andcoolants

96

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Vibration and shock impacts can result in a changedtemperature range.Please find the values of the environmental test in thedata sheet.

Threaded housing, designed for mobile applications3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 57 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 70 4 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 2.5 10 129 IFM203

M12 / L = 70 4 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 200 2.5 10 129 IFM205

M12 / L = 70 7 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 130 IFM204

M12 / L = 70 7 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 300 200 2.5 10 130 IFM206

M18 / L = 70 8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 2.5 10 131 IGM200

M18 / L = 70 8 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 200 2.5 10 131 IGM204

M18 / L = 70 12 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 2.5 10 132 IGM201

M18 / L = 70 12 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 200 2.5 10 132 IGM205

M30 / L = 70 12 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIM200

M30 / L = 70 12 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 200 2.5 10 15 IIM208

M30 / L = 70 22 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIM201

M30 / L = 70 22 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 200 2.5 10 16 IIM209

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M12 / L = 79 4 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 2.5 10 133 IFM207

M12 / L = 79 4 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 200 2.5 10 133 IFM209

M12 / L = 79 7 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 134 IFM208

M12 / L = 79 7 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 300 200 2.5 10 134 IFM210

M18 / L = 81 8 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 2.5 10 135 IGM202

M18 / L = 81 8 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 200 2.5 10 135 IGM206

M18 / L = 81 12 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 2.5 10 136 IGM203

M18 / L = 81 12 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 200 2.5 10 136 IGM207

M30 / L = 81 12 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 137 IIM202

M30 / L = 81 12 f stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 200 2.5 10 137 IIM210

M30 / L = 81 22 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 138 IIM203

M30 / L = 81 22 nf stainless steel 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 200 2.5 10 138 IIM211

Operating temperature -40...85 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

97

Suitable for alternating field and me-dium frequency welding technology.

Resistant to weld slag due to tefloncoating.

Electromagnetic field immune electro-nics with high switching frequencies.

Housing and thread lengths in accord-ance with the automotive standard.

Easy-to-mount rectangular housingwith rotatable plug.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting bracket · for type IMC · diecast zinc E10731

Mounting bracket · for type IDC ·stainless steel (303S22) E10730

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 592 m black, PUR cable E10915

Socket, M12, group 595 m black, PUR cable E10916

Socket, M12, group 592 m black, PUR cable E10909

Socket, M12, group 595 m black, PUR cable E10910

Socket, M12, group 602 m black, PUR cable, LED E10912

Socket, M12, group 605 m black, PUR cable, LED E10913

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For electro-magnetic fields

98

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded and rectangular housing3- / 4-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 59, 60 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 60 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 250 2.5 15 139 IF5670

M12 / L = 60 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 250 2.5 15 139 IF5750

M12 / L = 60 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 250 2.5 15 140 IF5675

M12 / L = 60 4 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 1000 250 2.5 15 140 IF5751

M18 / L = 60 5 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 250 2.5 15 39 IG5647

M18 / L = 60 5 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 250 2.5 7.8 39 IG5667

M30 / L = 60 10 f brass 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 141 II5503

40 x 40 x 118 15 f modified PPE 10...60 IP 67 50 200 3 20 142 IV5025

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 59, 60 · Wiring diagram no. 12

92 x 80 x 40 50 f PPE 10...36 IP 67 70 250 2.5 20 94 ID5059

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

99

Same sensing range for all kinds of metals (K = 1).

Ideal for alternating field and medi-um frequency welding technology.

Increased sensing range for more plant uptime.

Electronics immune to strong magnetic fields.

Resistant to weld slag due to tefloncoating

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting bracket · for type IMC · diecast zinc E10731

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 592 m black, PUR cable E10915

Socket, M12, group 595 m black, PUR cable E10916

Socket, M12, group 592 m black, PUR cable E10909

Socket, M12, group 595 m black, PUR cable E10910

Socket, M12, group 602 m black, PUR cable, LED E10912

Socket, M12, group 605 m black, PUR cable, LED E10913

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For electro-magnetic fields

100

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded and rectangular housings3- / 4-wire DC PNPWithout reduction factors (K = 1)

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 59 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 65 3 f brass 10...30 IP 67 4000 200 2.5 20 143 IFW200

M12 / L = 65 8 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 4000 200 2.5 20 124 IFW201

M18 / L = 65 5 f brass 10...30 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 20 125 IGW200

M18 / L = 65 12 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 20 126 IGW201

M30 / L = 65 10 f brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 200 2.5 20 127 IIW200

M30 / L = 65 22 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 1000 200 2.5 20 128 IIW201

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 59, 60 · Wiring diagram no. 1

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5119

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5120

40 x 40 x 66 40 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5129

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 59, 60 · Wiring diagram no. 12

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5124

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5125

40 x 40 x 66 40 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 144 IM5126

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 59, 60 · Wiring diagram no. 12

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 41 IM5132

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 41 IM5133

40 x 40 x 66 40 nf PA 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 41 IM5135

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

101

Increased sensing rangefor more plant uptime.

Absolute ingress-resistance in almost all applications due to IP 68 / IP 69K.

Wide temperature range up to 100 °Cand temperature shock resistant.

Quick and safe mountingdue to LED setting display.

Food-grade housing materials,gold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Plastic nut for flow plate · M18 x 1 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E19503

Mounting clip · Ø 12 mm · form V · V4A (316S12) E11530

Mounting clip · Ø 18 mm · form V · V4A (316S12) E11531

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

102

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing M12 and smooth sleeve (IFT210, IGT211)2- / and 3-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70, 66 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M12 / L = 70 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 500 100 2.5 10 7 IFT205

M12 / L = 70 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.8 12 130 IFT202

M18 / L = 70 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 400 100 2.8 12 131 IGT205

M18 / L = 70 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.8 12 145 IGT202

M30 / L = 70 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIT204

M30 / L = 70 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIT202

Ø 12 / L = 70 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.8 12 146 IFT210

Ø 18 / L = 70 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.8 10 147 IGT211

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 66

Ø 12 / L = 79 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.8 12 148 IFT211

Ø 18 / L = 81 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.8 10 149 IGT212

Operating temperature 0...100 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

103

Increased sensing range for more plant uptime.

Absolute ingress-resistance in almost all applications due to IP 68 / IP 69K.

Wide temperature range up to 100 °Cand temperature shock resistant.

Quick and safe mountingdue to LED setting display.

Food-grade housing materials, gold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Plastic nut for flow plate · M18 x 1 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E19503

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

104

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFT203

M12 / L = 50 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 150 IFT200

M12 / L = 70 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 7 IFT216

M12 / L = 70 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 8 IFT217

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M12 / L = 45 3.5 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 151 IFT204

M12 / L = 50 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 150 IFT201

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 46 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 500 100 2.5 10 9 IGT203

M18 / L = 51 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 152 IGT200

M18 / L = 70 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 400 100 2.5 10 11 IGT219

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 70 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 12 IGT220

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M18 / L = 46 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 500 100 2.5 10 9 IGT204

M18 / L = 51 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 152 IGT201

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M30 / L = 50 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIT205

M30 / L = 50 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 153 IIT200

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M30 / L = 70 15 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 15 IIT212

M30 / L = 70 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIT213

Operating temperature 0...100 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

105

Increased sensing rangefor more plant uptime.

Absolute ingress-resistance in almost all applications due to IP 68 / IP 69 K.

Wide temperature range up to 100 °Cand temperature shock resistant.

Quick and safe mountingdue to LED setting display.

Food-grade housing materials, gold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Plastic nut for flow plate · M18 x 1 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E19503

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

106

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M12 / L = 50 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 154 IFT206

M12 / L = 61 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 155 IFT208

M18 / L = 57 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 400 100 2.5 10 156 IGT206

M18 / L = 62 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69 K 300 100 2.5 10 157 IGT208

M30 / L = 59 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 158 IIT207

M30 / L = 59 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 159 IIT209

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 66

Ø 12 / L = 79 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.8 12 148 IFT211

Ø 18 / L = 81 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.8 10 149 IGT212

Cable 10 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M12 / L = 56 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 160 IFT207

M12 / L = 61 7 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 155 IFT209

M18 / L = 57 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 400 100 2.5 10 156 IGT207

M18 / L = 62 12 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 157 IGT209

M30 / L = 59 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 159 IIT206

M30 / L = 59 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 158 IIT208

Operating temperature 0...100 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

107

Especially for applications in cheese factories.

Increased lifetime in steam at 100 °C.

Wide temperature range: 0...100 °C

Food-grade housing materials:high-grade stainless steel / Peek

Resistant to temperature shocks and cleaning agents.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clip · Form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Socket, M12, group 655 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT007

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

108

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire and 3- / 2-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensing-range[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 2 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFT229

M12 / L = 50 4 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFT230

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70, 66 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M12 / L = 70 2 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 500 100 2.5 10 7 IFT231

M12 / L = 70 4 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 700 100 2.5 10 130 IFT232

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 46 5 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 500 100 2.5 10 9 IGT237

M18 / L = 51 8 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.5 10 152 IGT238

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70, 66 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M18 / L = 70 5 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 400 100 2.8 10 131 IGT239

M18 / L = 70 8 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 2.8 10 145 IGT240

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M30 / L = 50 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIT223

M30 / L = 50 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 153 IIT224

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70, 66 · Wiring diagram no. 64

M30 / L = 70 10 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 – 15 IIT225

M30 / L = 70 15 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 2.5 10 16 IIT226

Operating temperature 0...100 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

109

High-grade stainless steel housing.

Long-lasting andmaintenance-free sensors.

Time and cost savingdue to easy mounting.

Wide selection of housingsand lengths.

Corrosion-resistantgold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Plastic nut for flow plate · M18 x 1 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E19503

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Socket, M12, group 655 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT007

Socket, M12, group 6510 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

110

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 70 1 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 2000 200 1 10 161 IE5215

M8 / L = 55 2 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 2000 200 2.5 15 162 IE5295

M12 / L = 44 2 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 1200 250 2.5 15 163 IF5815

M12 / L = 59 2 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 1100 200 1 15 164 IF5514

M12 / L = 83 2 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 800 250 2.5 15 56 IF5851

M12 / L = 44 4 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 1400 150 2.5 15 165 IF5796

M12 / L = 59 4 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 1400 250 2.5 15 166 IF5813

M12 / L = 83 4 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 400 250 2.5 15 57 IF5594

M18 / L = 76 5 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 500 250 2.5 15 167 IG5813

M18 / L = 90 8 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 168 IG5602

M30 / L = 92 10 f st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2.5 15 169 II5689

M30 / L = 92 15 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 200 250 2.5 15 170 II5776

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 12

M18 / L = 45 10 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 171 IG5846

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 18

M18 / L = 80 8 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...36 IP 67 320 250 2.5 15 50 IG5202

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

111

4 switching functions by simplyreversing the connecting wires.

Wide voltage rangeof 10...55 V DC.

Long-lasting andmaintenance-free sensors.

Time and cost savingdue to easy mounting.

Corrosion-resistantgold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Plastic nut for flow plate · M18 x 1 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E19503

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Socket, M12, group 655 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT007

Socket, M12, group 6510 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors For hygienicand wet areas

112

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Threaded housing2-wire DC PNP/NPN

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 68

M12 / L = 83 2 f st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 1100 400 4.6 – 56 IF5759

M12 / L = 83 4 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 1500 300 4.6 – 57 IF5760

M18 / L = 90 5 f st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 700 400 4.6 – 172 IG5806

M18 / L = 77 8 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 300 300 4.6 – 173 IG5772

M30 / L = 92 10 f st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 450 400 4.6 – 169 II5751

M30 / L = 78 15 nf st. steel (320S31) 10...55 IP 67 200 400 4.6 – 61 II5733

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

113

NAMUR sensors for hazardousgas and dust areas.

For categories 2G and 1D.

Different housings for almost every application.

Tried and tested plasticand brass housings.

Voltage range 7.5...30 V DC

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 6.5 mm · PPE E10014

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Amplifiers

Type Description Orderno.

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)1-channel, Relay output N0031A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Transistor outputs N0531A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Relay output N0530A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Relay outputs N0533A

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)2-channel, Relay outputs N0033A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Transistor outputs N0534A

Further amplifiers are available starting on page 378

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

114

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous gas area category 2GHazardous dust area category 1D2-wire NAMUR

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Unom.at 1KΩ

[V]

Ub *

[V]

Internalcapacit.

[nf]

Internalinductance

[uH]

f

[Hz]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 19

Ø 6.5 / L = 30 1 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 80 70 2000 174 NT5001

M8 / L = 30 1 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 80 70 2000 175 NE5001

M12 / L = 30 2 f PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 140 340 1200 176 NF5001

M12 / L = 30 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 140 130 1500 176 NF5003

M12 / L = 30 2 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 140 340 1200 176 NF5002

M12 / L = 30 4 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 140 130 1500 177 NF5004

M18 / L = 33 5 f PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 45 720 178 NG5001

M18 / L = 33 8 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 155 50 300 178 NG5003

M18 / L = 33 5 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 45 720 178 NG5002

M18 / L = 33 8 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 155 50 300 179 NG5004

M30 / L = 41 10 f PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 140 450 180 NI5001

M30 / L = 41 15 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 110 200 180 NI5003

M30 / L = 41 10 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 140 450 180 NI5002

M30 / L = 41 15 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 145 110 200 181 NI5004

28 x 10 x 16 2 f PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 80 110 800 182 NS5002

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 110 135 800 183 NN5001

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...30 110 135 400 183 NN5002

Common technical data

Operating temperature: -20...70 °CCurrent consumption undamped: > 2.1 mACurrent consumption damped: < 1 mAProtection: IP 67Connection: PVC cable, 2 m* The indicated voltage range Ub isonly permissible outside the hazardous area,in the hazardous area: Ub max. = 15 V

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

115

NAMUR sensors for hazardousgas and dust area.

For categories 1G, 2G and 1D.

4 different types withsensing ranges 4...35 mm.

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Voltage range 7.5...30 V DC.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clip · Form O · for type M12 ·Spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Mounting clip · Form O · for type M18 ·stainless steel (316S12) E11534

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Amplifiers

Type Description Orderno.

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)1-channel, Relay output N0031A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Transistor outputs N0531A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Relay output N0530A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Relay outputs N0533A

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)2-channel, Relay outputs N0033A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Transistor outputs N0534A

Further amplifiers are available starting on page 378

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

116

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous gas area category 1G (threaded types), category 2G (rectangular types)Hazardous dust area category 1DM12 connector, 2-wire NAMUR

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Unom.at 1KΩ

[V]

Ub *

[V]

Internalcapacit.

[nf]

Internalinductance

[uH]

f

[Hz]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 20

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 210 115 700 5 NF501A

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 210 145 700 6 NF500A

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 200 190 400 9 NG501A

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 200 85 300 10 NG500A

M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 230 210 100 13 NI501A

M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 8.2 DC 7.5...30 250 120 100 14 NI500A

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 76, 77 · Wiring diagram no. 21

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PPE 8.2 DC 7.5...30 250 450 200 101 NM500A

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PPE 8.2 DC 7.5...30 220 710 100 101 NM501A

Common technical data

Current consumption undamped: > 2.1 mACurrent consumption damped: < 1mAProtection rating IP 67* The indicated voltage range Ub isonly permissible outside the hazardous area,in the hazardous area: Ub max. = 15 V

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

117

For hazardous gasareas category 3G.

In accordance with 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Increased sensing rangefor higher uptime.

Stainless steel housing 316Lwith protection rating IP 67.

Robust M12 connector with gold-plated contacts.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Securing clip · for M12 connectors withpotted cable · PA E11532

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

118

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous gas area category 3G3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 3.5 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFT22A

M18 / L = 46 8 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 500 100 2.5 10 9 IGT20A

M30 / L = 50 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIT22A

Common technical data

Operating temperature: 0...60 °CConnection: M12 connector

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

119

Approved for use in zones 21 and 22according to 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Different designs with sensing rangesof 14...60 mm.

Voltage range 10...36 V DC.

No switching amplifier outsidehazardous areas required.

Increased sensing range for moresafety and machine uptime.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M1225 m orange, PVC cable EVT003

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

120

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous dust area category 2D2-wire DC PNP/NPN, 3-wire DC PNPRectangular housing

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 22

M30 / L = 70 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 40 2.5 10 15 IIT23A

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 77

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 4 40 2.5 15 184 ID501A

Common technical data

Operating temperature: 0...60 °C / -20...60 °CConnection: M12 connector / terminals up to 2.5 mm

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

121

For hazardous dust areas category 3D.

In accordance with 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Increased sensing rangefor more machine uptime.

Different housing typesfor nearly all applications.

Wide selection of mountingaccessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Securing clip · for M12 connectors withpotted cable · PA E11532

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

122

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous dust area category 3D3-wire DC PNPThreaded housing

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M12 / L = 35 2 f brass 10...36 IP 67 1500 150 2.5 15 43 IF501A

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFS20A

M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 6 IFS21A

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 2

M12 / L = 45 4 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2.5 10 5 IFT20A

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M18 / L = 80 8 nf brass 10...55 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 50 IG500A

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 45 8 nf brass 10...30 IP 67 300 100 2.5 15 185 IG501A

M18 / L = 45 8 f brass 10...30 IP 67 250 100 2.5 15 186 IG503A

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M18 / L = 38 5 f brass 18...36 IP 67 500 150 2.5 15 47 IG504A

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 89 8 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 250 2.5 15 187 IG505A

M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 2.5 10 9 IGS20A

M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 2.5 10 10 IGS21A

M30 / L = 50 14 f V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 13 IIT20A

M30 / L = 50 22 nf V4A (316S12) 10...36 IP 67 100 100 2.5 10 14 IIT21A

Common technical data

Operating temperature: -20...60 °CConnection: PVC cable, 2 m / M12 connector

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

123

For hazardous dust areas category 3D.

In accordance with 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Different housing typesfor nearly all applications.

For units with terminal chamberNO / NC is programmable.

Tried and tested robustplastic housing.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Securing clip · for M12 connectors withpotted cable · PA E11532

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

124

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

Hazardous dust area category 3D3-wire DC PNPRectangular housing

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 24

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 10...36 IP 67 1300 250 2.5 15 188 IN501A

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

40 x 12 x 26 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 1400 250 2.5 15 91 IN502A

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 1300 250 2.5 15 91 IN503A

Cable 10 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

40 x 12 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 1300 250 2.5 15 91 IN504A

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 12

40 x 40 x 66 35 nf PPE 10...36 IP 67 100 200 2.5 20 189 IM500A

40 x 40 x 66 20 f PPE 10...36 IP 67 200 200 2.5 20 189 IM501A

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

40 x 40 x 121 20 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 350 250 2.5 15 190 IM502A

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 71

90 x 60 x 40 40 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 10 250 2.5 15 191 IC500A

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 10...36 IP 65 100 250 2.5 15 184 ID500A

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

125

For hazardous dust areas category 3D.

In accordance with 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Different housing typesfor nearly all applications.

Wide voltage range20...250 V AC/DC

Reduced wiring complexitydue to 2-wire technology.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

For hazardous areas

126

Inductivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

36 - 49

DC2-wire

50 - 55

AC / DC2-wire

56 - 57

DC3-wire

58 - 61

DC2-wire

62 - 63

AC / DC2-wire

64 - 65

DC3-wire

66 - 73

DC2-wire

74 - 75

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Hazardous dust area category 3D2-wire AC/DC units

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

M18 / L = 80 8 nf brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 200 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 50 IG000A*

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

M30 / L = 81 15 nf brass 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 200 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 54 II000A*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 10

40 x 40 x 121 15 f PPE 20...250 IP 65 25 / 70 200 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 190 IM000A*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 72

90 x 60 x 40 40 nf PPE 20...250 IP 65 10 / 200 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 191 IC000A*

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf PPE 20...250 IP 65 4 / 200 / 100 6.5 / 6 – 184 ID000A*

Common technical data

Operating temperature: -20...60 °CConnection: 2 m PVC cable / 6 m PVC cableTerminals up to 2.5 mm

You can find scale drawings from page 450

AC / DC2-wire

76 - 77

For oils andcoolants

78 - 97

For electro-magnetic fields

98 - 101

For hygienicand wet areas

102 - 113

For hazardousareas

114 - 127

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

127

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Capacitive sensors

129

Capacitive sensorsfor industrial applications

Capacitive sensorsfor hazardous areas

Capacitive sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Threaded housingsCylindrical housingsRectangular housings

Threaded housingsRectangular housings

Universal application

Special application

130 - 131132 - 133

134 - 145146 - 149150 - 153

154 - 155154 - 155

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System descriptionCapacitive sensors Capacitive sensors

130

When detecting objects, very small changes in capacitance must be reliablyevaluated and converted into switching signals. The changes in capacitanceconstitute only a few femtofarads; the basic capacitance of the electrode isin the picofarad range. This makes high requirements for the electronics asthe circuit and design-related parasitic basic capacitances can make a precisecapacitance measurement much more difficult. The sensors must be design-ed so that they are insensitive to fluctuations of the parasitic basic capaci-tances, as these can amount to a multiple of the change in capacitance to bemeasured.Electromagnetic interference often occurs in typical applications. For a reli-able function, the sensors must be insensitive to such interference. The limitvalues are defined in the proximity switch standard EN 60947-5-2.Electromagnetic interference:

ESD (electrostatic discharges, e.g. for granulated plastic material)Burst (fast transients, e.g. by voltage spikes when switching motors orfluorescent tubes)Radiated high frequency (e.g. by walkie-talkies or HF welding systems)Conducted high frequency (e.g. frequency inverters, switched-modepower supplies or radio stations)

IntroductionCapacitive sensors are used for the non-contact detection of any objects. Incontrast to inductive sensors, which only detect metallic objects, capacitivesensors can also detect non-metallic materials.Typical applications are in the wood, paper, glass, plastic, food and chemicalindustries. In a packaging system, capacitive sensors for example monitor thatthe contents of a cardboard box are complete or check the presence of thenon-metallic caps. Another application is to monitor the conveying of sheetsof glass on a roller conveyor.

Not only metal:Capacitive sensors

detect almost allmaterials, herefor example a

log in a saw mill.

The capacitance between the active electrode of the sensor and the electricalearth potential is evaluated. An approaching object influences the electricalfield between these two “capacitor plates” and, consequently, the capaci-tance. This applies to metallic and non-metallic objects.The user can set the sensitivity using a potentiometer or the teach buttons.

Operating principle

Typical application in a

packaging system:Capacitive sensors

monitor theboxes for com-plete contentsand check the

presence of thenon-metallic caps.

Electronic requirements

Capacitive sensors

131

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

ifm electronic has developed future-oriented solutions to meet the high sen-sor requirements. Special attention was given to very common noise sourcesin practice, which overlay the operating frequency of the capacitive sensors.Examples of such noise sources are frequency inverters, switched-modepower supplies, stepper-motor controllers, etc.A patented circuit concept of ifm electronic is a variant of the charge balancemethod. A clock generator controls the charging or discharging function of the sensor capacitance in the measuring range. This solution meets the highest requirements in the usual applications, especially as regards theinterference described above. By means of an advanced method, the capac-itive displacement currents of the sensor capacitance – caused by the charging or discharging processes of the capacitance – are evaluated. In conjunction with the use of microcontrollers, an improved overall perfor-mance is achieved and interfering radiation is reduced at the same time.

Capacitive sensors

Selection chartCapacitive sensors

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

Page Page Page

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

132

f = flush / nf = non-flush / Example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

M18 x 1 8 nf

type KG

M34 x 1.5 15 nf

type KX

M30 x 1.5 15 nf

M30 x 1.5 15 nf

type KI

M12 x 1 4 f

type KF

M30 x 1.5 8 f

type KI

M18 x 1 12 nf

type KG

M30 x 1.5 15 nf

type KI

type KF

M12 x 1 8 nf

142 140 144 – – – 142 140 144

– 154 – – – – – – –

– 140 144 – 140 144 – 140 144

154 – – – – – – 154 154

– – – – 134 – – – –

– – – – 136 – – – –

– – – – 138 – – – –

– – – – 136 – – – –

– – – – 134 – – – –

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wDC

Page Page Page

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

2-wDC

3-wDC

2-wUC

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

133

f = flush / nf = non-flush / Example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

2 x M30 x 1.5 program-mable

type KN*

Ø 34 20 nf

type KB

120 x 80 x 30 60 nf

type KD

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf

type KDE

M30 x 1.5 20 nf

type KI

* available as 4-w DC

– – – – 138 – – – –

– 146 148 – 146 – – – –

– 150 152 – 150 – – 150 152

– – – – – – – 154 –

– – – – 138 – – – –

Robust stainless steel housing for higher tightening torques.

Easy setting of the sensing range using a potentiometer.

High operational reliability using noise-immune electronics.

Long sensing range for more excess gain.

Clearly visible indication of the switching status by 4-port LED.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Mounting clip · form O · for type M12 ·spring steel wire (1.4310) E11533

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

134

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 25

M12 / L = 60 4 f stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 50 100 2.5 12 1 KF5001

M12 / L = 61 8 nf stainless steel 10...36 IP 65 50 100 2.5 12 2 KF5002

Operating temperature -25...70 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

135

Setting of NO / NC function bypressing a pushbutton.

Automatic detection of PNP or NPNoutput loads.

Easy switch point setting using the pushbuttons.

Clearly visible indication of theswitching status by 4-port LED.

Robust stainless steel housing for higher tightening torques.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) / EPDM E11033

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·PVDF / EPDM E11034

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapterPOM (polyoxymethylene) E11031

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapter · PVDF E11032

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm ·for type M30 · PBT (Pocan) E10077

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

136

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Auto-detect output stage:The sensors KI5084 and KI5086 recognise the load connec-tion to L+ or L- when the operating voltage is applied andactivate the corresponding switching stage.

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 78

M30 / L = 90 8 f st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 2.5 18 3 KI5084

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 25

M30 / L = 90 8 f st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 2.5 18 3 KI5085

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 78

M30 / L = 90 15 nf st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 2.5 18 4 KI5086

M12 connector · Output · Wiring diagram no. 25

M30 / L = 90 15 nf st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 2.5 20 4 KI5087

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

137

Capacitive sensors for detectinggranulates.

Easy adjustment in the application by pressing a pushbutton.

Automatic detection of PNP NO / NCfunction freely selectable.

Setting of NO / NC function bypressing a pushbutton.

Resistant to electrostatic discharge.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 · PVDF / EPDM E11034

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 · PVDF E43901

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapter · PVDF E11032

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter · PVDF E43903

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm · for type M30 · PBT (Pocan) E10077

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm · for type M18 · PBT (Pocan) E10076

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

138

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Application sensors for the detection of plastic granulates

*) KN5121: for a short time (up to 4 hrs) +250 °C**) KG sensing face 25...110 °C

Auto-detect output stage:The sensors KG5065 and KG5082 recognise the load connectionto L+ or L- when the operating voltage is applied and activate thecorresponding switching stage.

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNPKN5121: 4-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection Temperature[°C]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 79

M30 / L = 116 progr. PPS 10...30 IP 67 -15...230 2.5 34 5 KN5121*

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 78

M18 / L = 87 12 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 -25...80 2.5 20 6 KG5065**

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 25

M18 / L = 87 12 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 -25...80 2.5 20 6 KG5066**

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 78

M30 / L = 90 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 -25...80 2.5 20 7 KI5082**

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 25

M30 / L = 90 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 -25...80 2.5 20 7 KI5083**

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

139

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

Different connection options usingcable, connector or terminals.

Adjustable sensing range up to 15 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm ·for type M18 · PBT (Pocan) E10076

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm ·for type M30 · PBT (Pocan) E10077

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43900

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43902

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, group 34wirable E10058

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

140

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Threaded housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

connector (DIN 43650) · Output · Connector groups 34 · Wiring diagram no. 26

M30 / L = 92 15 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 8 KI5038

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M18 / L = 93.8 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 50 250 2.5 10 9 KG5057

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M18 / L = 84 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 50 250 2.5 10 10 KG5043

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 11 KI5002

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 11

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 11 KI5001

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 27

M18 / L = 110 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 50 250 2.5 10 12 KG5041

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

M30 / L = 125 15 nf PBT 10...55 IP 65 40 250 2.5 14 13 KI5023

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

141

Different connection optionsusing cable or terminals.

Adjustable sensing range up to 8 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Output as normally open or normally closed programmable.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm · for type M18 · PBT (Pocan) E10076

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 · POM (polyoxymethylene) E43900

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 1 · POM (polyoxymethylene) E43904

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43902

Locknut · G 1 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43906

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · for type KGst. steel (320S31) / st. steel (316C) E20870

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

142

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Threaded housing2-wire DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 69

M18 / L = 84 8 nf PBT 10...55 IP 67 50 400 4.6 – 10 KG5047

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 70

M18 / L = 110 8 nf PBT 10...55 IP 65 50 400 4.6 – 12 KG5040

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

143

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

Different connection options usingcable, connector or terminals.

Adjustable sensing range up to 15 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm · for type M18 · PBT (Pocan) E10076

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm · for type M30 · PBT (Pocan) E10077

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 · POM (polyoxymethylene) E43900

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43902

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, group 34wirable E10058

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

144

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Threaded housing2-wire AC/DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Connector (DIN 43650) · Output · Connector group 34 · Wiring diagram no. 28

M30 / L = 92 15 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 8 KI0040*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

M18 / L = 84 8 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6 – 10 KG0009*

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 11 KI0016*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 9

M18 / L = 84 8 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 6 – 10 KG0010*

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 11 KI0020*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 29

M18 / L = 110 8 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 50 350 / 100 6 – 12 KG0008*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 10

M30 / L = 125 15 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 13 KI0024*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

145

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

Different connection options usingcable, connector or terminals.

Adjustable sensing range up to20 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10017

Mounting adapter · Ø 34 mm - G 1 1/2 · POM (polyoxymethylene) E11027

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapterPOM (polyoxymethylene) E11031

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

146

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Cylindrical housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

Ø 34 / L = 93 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 14 KB5062

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 2

Ø 34 / L = 93 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 14 KB5096

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

Ø 34 / L = 81 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 15 KB5004

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 11

Ø 34 / L = 81 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 40 250 2.5 13 15 KB5002

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

147

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

2 m connection cable.

Adjustable sensing range up to20 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PBT (Pocan) E10017

Mounting adapter · Ø 34 mm - G 1 1/2 · POM (polyoxymethylene) E11027

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapterPOM (polyoxymethylene) E11031

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

148

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Cylindrical housing2-wire AC/DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

fAC / DC

[Hz]

IloadAC / DC

[mA]

UabAC / DC

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

Ø 34 / L = 81 20 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 15 KB0025*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 9

Ø 34 / L = 81 20 nf PBT 20...250 IP 65 25 / 40 250 10 / 8 – 15 KB0029*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

149

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

Different connection options usingcable, connector or terminals.

Sensing range up to 60mm adjust-able by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · angled · for type KD · st. steel (316C) / st. steel (320S31) E11121

Mounting set · straight · for type KD · st. steel (316C) / st. steel (320S31) E11122

shaft · Ø 14 / M12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E20939

shaft · Ø 14 / M12 · angled · stainless steel (320S31) E20941

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

150

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

Rectangular housing3-wire DC PNP

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 80

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 IP 65 10 250 2.5 5 16 KD5039

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 IP 65 10 250 2.5 5 16 KD5044

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

120 x 80 x 30 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 IP 65 10 250 2.5 15 17 KD5022

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 71

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 IP 65 10 250 2.5 15 18 KD5018

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

151

High operational reliability due toincreased noise immunity.

Different connection options usingcable, connector or terminals.

Adjustable sensing range up to60 mm by means of a potentiometer.

Resistant plastic housingfor various applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · angled · for type KD ·st. steel (316C) / st. steel (320S31) E11121

Mounting set · straight · for type KD · st. steel (316C) / st. steel (320S31) E11122

Shaft · Ø 14 / M12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E20939

Shaft · Ø 14 / M12 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E20941

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors For industrialapplications

152

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Rectangular housing2-wire AC/DC

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 7

120 x 80 x 30 60 nf modified PPO 20...250 IP 65 10 250 10 / 8 – 17 KD0012*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 72

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 20...250 IP 65 10 250 10 / 8 – 18 KD0009*

Operating temperature -25...80 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

153

NAMUR sensors for hazardousgas and dust areas.

For categories 1G, 1D und 3Din accordance with 94/9/EC (ATEX).

Increased EMC immunity.

Detection of metallicand non metallic media.

Compensation for condensation or moisture.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainlesssteel (304S15) E10737

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) / EPDM E11033

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·PVDF / EPDM E11034

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapterPOM (polyoxymethylene) E11031

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapterPVDF E11032

Protective cover · G 11/4 · for mountingadapter · PES / black transparent E11078

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Amplifiers

Type Description Orderno.

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)1-channel, Relay output N0031A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Transistor outputs N0531A

Amplifier,24 DC1-channel, Relay output N0530A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Relay outputs N0533A

Amplifier,230 AC (45...65 Hz)2-channel, Relay outputs N0033A

Amplifier,24 DC2-channel, Transistor outputs N0534A

Further amplifiers are available starting on page 378

Capacitive sensors Capacitive sensors

For hazardous areas

154

Capacitivesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

134 - 141

DC2-wire

142 - 143

AC/DC2-wire

144 - 145

DC3-wire

146 - 147

AC/DC2-wire

148 - 149

DC3-wire

150 - 151

AC/DC2-wire

152 - 153

For hazardousareas

154 - 155

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

For ATEX units the fuse must be placed outside the hazardousarea.

2-wire: KI5030, KI0042, KD000A, KX50013-wire: KI5065, KD500A

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Outputstage

Category Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 19

M30 / L = 81 15 nf PBT 7.5...15 DC normally closed 1G / 1D 11 KI5030

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 30

M34 / L = 92 15 nf brass 7.5...15 DC normally closed 1G / 1D 19 KX5001

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 8

M30 / L = 151 15 nf PBT 10...30 DC no / nc programmable 3D 20 KI5065

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 71

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 DC no / nc programmable 3D 18 KD500A

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 10

M30 / L = 151 15 nf PBT 20...250 AC/DC no / nc programmable 3D 20 KI0042*

Terminals · Output · Wiring diagram no. 72

105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 20...250 AC/DC no / nc programmable 3D 18 KD000A*

Common technical data

Operating temperature: -20...60 °CCurrent consumption undamped: KI5030: > 2.2 mAKX5001: > 2.2 mAKI5065: < 14 mA (24 V) / < 17.5 mA (55 V)KD500A: < 13 (24 V) / < 15.5 (36 V)Current consumption damped:KI5030: < 1 mAKX5001: < 1 mAKI5065: < 4 mA (24 V) / < 7.5 mA (55 V)KD500A: < 5 (24 V) / < 8 (36 V) Protection rating: IP 65

You can find scale drawings from page 469

Capacitive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

155

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

157

Magnetic sensorsfor industrial applications

Magnetic sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Threaded housingsRectangular housings

Cylinder sensors

Universal application

158 - 159160

162 - 165162 - 163

167 - 185

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System description

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensors

158

IntroductionMagnetic switches are used for the detection of positions without contact orwear and tear in control technology. They are used where inductive proxim-ity switches reach their limits. The advantage: Compared to inductiveswitches magnetic switches have a considerably higher sensing range andsmaller housings. Sensing ranges up to 70 millimetres are standard. Withspecial magnets, sensing ranges of even 90 millimetres or more can beachieved. Only prerequisite: The object to be detected must be equippedwith a magnet because the switch only responds to magnets.Since magnetic fields penetrate all non-magnetisable materials, the sensorscan detect magnets through walls made of non-ferrous metal, stainlesssteel, aluminium, plastic or wood.A magnetic proximity switch is for example often used in the food industryin connection with ‘pigs’ – cleaning devices which pass through the inside ofpipes. By means of magnetic sensors their exact position can be detectedfrom the outside through the wall of the stainless steel pipe.

Sensor axis andmagnet axis areon one plane:1a.The sensorswitches as soonas the magnet hasreached theswitch-on point.The direction ofmovement of themagnet is notimportant.This is the prefer-red arrangement.

1b.The magnetapproaches thesensor laterallyand is detected bythe lateral activezone of thesensor.

magneticfield lines

switching curve

direction ofmovement

s n

N

S

magneticfield lines

switching curve

direction ofmovement

N

S

Magnetic proximity switches and cylinder switches from ifm electronic usestate-of-the-art GMR (Giant Magneto Resistive effect) technology. Theseresistors consist of several extremely thin, ferromagnetic and non magneticlayers. Whereas in a conventional Wheatstone bridge circuit two screenedand two unscreened GMR resistors are combined, a large signal proportionalto the magnetic field is produced if a magnetic field is present. As from athreshold value an output signal is switched via a comparator.

Operating principle

magneticfield lines

switching curve

direction ofmovement

N S

N S

The alignment of the magnet axis in relation to the sensor axis has effect onthe sensing range and switching behaviour of magnetic proximity switches.

Approach curves

magneticfield lines

switching curve

direction ofmovement

Sn

N S N S

Sensor axis andmagnet axis areturned by 90°:2a.Due to the designthe magnetic sen-sor only detectsthe x componentof the magneticfield. Exactly inthe middle bet-ween the twoswitching curvesthe x componentbecomes zero.In this area thesensor remainsundamped, thesignal is inter-rupted.

2b.As in 2a there aretwo lateral swit-ching zones whenthe magnetpasses the sensoras is shown in thefigure. In themiddle of the twofields the x com-ponent is zeroagain with thesame effect onthe sensor.

2a.

2b.

1a.

1b.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

switching curve Ø magnet

NS

travel distance st

NS

N S

a

s n

1/2s

n

2/3s

n

sD1

sD2

Magnetic sensors

159

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

TravelThe travel distance is the distance the magnet covers when passing the ac-tive zone of the sensor. It thus depends on the strength of the magnet. Forcylinders the travel distance is between 5 and 20 mm (depending on thecylinder type). The typical hysteresis is 5 % and remains constant. The shortresponse times of the sensors allow very high travel speeds.

Travel distance:It is the length ofthe section whichis covered by themagnet in thesensing zone.

Sensing range and switching curves The following tables show the sensing ranges Sn and the switching curvediameter SD referred to different damping magnets (M 1.0 up to M 5.1).

The following applies to the magnetic switches of type ME (M8 x 1),MF (M12 x 1) MG (M18 x 1)* and MS (rectangular, 28 x 16 x 10 mm):

Type ofmagnet

Sn on / off[mm]

SD2[mm]

SD1[mm]

*different values for type MG (M18 x 1) in brackets

Installation typesMagnetic switches can be mounted flush with all materials (even metals)without reduction in the sensing range. Only exception: For magnetisablematerials the sensing range is reduced. Tables show the open space to beleft when the sensor is mounted in magnetisable materials so that thesensing range is not reduced by more than 5%.

Type ofsensor

Open space[mm]

15ME (M8 x 1)

10MF (M12 x 1)

10MG (M18 x 1)

10MS (rectang.)

Reference magnet: M 4.0

For the installation of the (permanent) magnet it should also be taken intoaccount that the sensing range is reduced by up to 60% when the sensor ismounted in magnetisable materials. If the magnet is however mounted onmagnetisable materials, the sensing range increases.

Sensing rangeand switchingcurve diameterdepend on thedamping magnet.

Installation inmagnetisable

materials:Sensor must not

be mountedflush.

24 / 26 (27 / 30) 15 (17) 13 (15)

24 / 26 (27 / 31) 17 (19) 15 (16)

34 / 36 (38 / 42) 20 (24) 18 (20)

60 / 65 (70 / 76) 37 (40) 35 (38)

68 / 72 (77 / 85) 40 (44) 38 (41)

66 / 70 (76 / 84) 42 (48) 39 (45)

M 1.0

M 2.0

M 3.0

M 4.0

M 5.0

M 5.1

Selection chart

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensors

For hygienicand wet areas

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

3-wireDC

Page Page Page

3-wireDC

3-wireDC

160

type ME

type MF

type MS

type MG

M8 x 1 60

M12 x 1 60

28 x 10 x 16 60

M18 x 1 70

162 162 –

162 162 –

M12 x 1 60 – 164 –

162 162 –

162 162 –

M18 x 1 70 – 164 –

Magnetic sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

161

Small designs with longsensing ranges up to 70 mm.

Various designs fordemanding applications.

Extended temperature rangefor universal use.

Useable for both flushand non-flush installation.

High switching frequenciesfor different applications.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Damping magnet · M 1.0 · samarium cobalt E10749

Damping magnet · M 3.0 · barium ferrite E10751

Damping magnet · M 4.0 · barium ferrite E10752

Damping magnet · M 5.0 · barium ferrite E10753

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M8, group 22 m black, PUR cable, LED E11492

Socket, M8, group 25 m black, PUR cable, LED E11493

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensors For industrialapplications

162

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic proximity sensors3-wire DC PNP normally open

Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protec-tion

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M8 / L = 60 60 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 1 ME5010

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M8 / L = 50 60 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 2 ME5011

M12 / L = 50 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 3 MFS201

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 31

M12 / L = 50 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 3 MFS202

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 60 60 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 4 MFS200

M18 / L = 60 70 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 5 MGS200

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

M18 / L = 50 70 stainless steel 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 6 MGS201

M8 connector · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

28 x 10 x 16 60 PBT 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 7 MS5010

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

28 x 10 x 16 60 PBT 10...30 IP 67 5000 200 2.5 -25...75 10 8 MS5011

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30 g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Hysteresis: 1...10 %Repeatability: 1 %Power-on delay time: < 2 msLED displays: 4 x yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 472

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Magnetic sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

163

Resistant to high-pressure cleaning:IP 68 and IP 69K.

Wide temperature range and temperature shock resistance.

Long sensing range up to 70 mm.

Resistance to cleaning agents confirmed by Henkel certificate

Food-grade housing materials: high-grade stainless steel, PEEK

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Damping magnet · M 4.1 · barium ferrite / stainless steel E11803

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Mounting clip · Ø 12 mm · form V · V4A (316S12) E11530

Mounting clip · Ø 18 mm · form V · V4A (316S12) E11531

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M12, group 655 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT007

Socket, M12, group 6510 m orange, PVC cable, LED EVT008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Magnetic sensors For hygienicand wet areas

164

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic proximity sensors3-wire DC PNP normally open

Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

Protection f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector group 63, 65 · Wiring diagram no. 1

M12 / L = 60 60 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 5000 200 2.5 0...100 10 4 MFT200

M18 / L = 60 70 V4A (316S12) 10...30 IP 68 / IP 69K 5000 200 2.5 0...100 10 5 MGT200

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30 g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz ( 1 mm)Hysteresis: 1...10 %Repeatability: 1 %Power-on delay time: < 2 msLED displays: 4 x yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 472

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Magnetic sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

165

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

167

Cylinder sensorsfor industrial applications

Cylinder sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Universal applicationMK T-slot cylindersAdapters for different cylinder typesMK C-slot cylinders

Cylinder sensorsfor hygienic and wet areas

Special application

Magnetic sensors

MK T-slot cylindersAdapters for different cylinder types

Cylinder sensors for hazardous areas

MK C-slot cylinders

168 - 169170 - 173

174 - 175178 - 181182 - 183

157 - 165

176 - 177178 - 181

184 - 185

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Magnetic proximity switches and cylinder sensors from ifm electronic usestate-of-the-art GMR (Giant Magneto Resistive effect) technology. Theseresistors consist of several extremely thin, ferromagnetic and non magneticlayers. Whereas in a conventional Wheatstone bridge circuit two screenedand two unscreened GMR resistors are combined, a large signal proportionalto the magnetic field is produced if a magnetic field is present. As from athreshold value an output signal is switched via a comparator.

System description

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

168

IntroductionCylinder sensors are used to sense the position of pistons in pneumatic cylin-ders. They are directly mounted onto the cylinder. The ring magnet at-tached to the piston is sensed through the housing wall of non-magnetisablematerial (e.g. aluminium, brass or stainless steel). ifm electronic offers diffe-rent solutions for various cylinder types.

Position sensing:Cylinder sensorsmonitor theposition of thepiston in a pneu-matic cylinder.

The response sensitivity applies equally to either magnetic polarity andwithout external field influence. The magnetic flux density in most pneumat-ic cylinders is between 5 and 25 mT. ifm electronic’s magnetic cylindersensors are factory set so that they detect these magnetic fields safely.

Response sensitivity

Operating principle

In all industrial installations there are external magnetic fields. The reason forthis is, for example, the earth’s magnetic field, current conductors or magnet-ic coils in motors. Adjacent ferrous parts can increase the external influencebut also have a shielding effect. Magnetic fields are normally constant oreffective periodically and therefore predictable. Magnetic shields protectagainst interfering fields. Flush mounting in steel also reduces the influenceof interfering fields.

Cylinder sensors

169

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Travel distanceThe travel distance describes the length of the section which is covered bythe magnet in the sensing zone. It depends on the strength of the magnet.The travel distance of cylinders is between 5 and 20 mm (depending on thecylinder type). The short response times of the sensors allow very high travelspeeds.

Sensing throughthe housing wall:The magneticfield of the ringmagnet is detec-ted by the sensor.The travel distan-ce is the length ofthe section whichis covered by themagnet in thesensing zone.

External influence

LEDcylinder switch sensing face

direction of move-ment of the piston

N S

N S

N S

N S

cylinder pistonwith ring magnet

cylinder wall of nonmagnetisable material,e.g. aluminium

travel distance ston off

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For industrialapplications

Housing Appli-cation

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

Page Page

type MKT

For T-slot cylinders, M8 connector

type MKT

For T-slot cylinders, M8 connector, turnable coupling ring

type MKT

For T-slot cylinders, M12 connector

type MKT

For T-slot cylinders, cable

Selection chart

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

170

176 –

176 –

184 –

174

174

174

174

174

174

174

184 –

174

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For industrialapplications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Housing Appli-cation

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

Page Page

type MKC

For C-slot cylinders, M8 connector, turnable coupling ring

type MKC

For C-slot cylinders, M8 connector

type MKC

For C-slot cylinders, cable

Cylinder sensors

171

182 –

182 –

182 –

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For industrialapplications

Housing Fixing Appli-cation

Cable Connector Adapter

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

Page Page Page

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

clean line cylindersØ 8...100 mm

metal

type MKT

For clean line cylinders

tie rodup to Ø 10 mm

type MKT

For cylinders with tie rod

trapezoidal slot

type MKT

For cylinders with trapezoidal slot

integrated profileup to Ø 14 mm

type MKT

For integrated profile cylinders

tie rodup to Ø 15 mm

integrated profileup to Ø 20 mm

172

Selection chart

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

174 174 179174 174

174 174 178

174 174 179

174 174 179

174

174

174

174

174

174 174 179174 174

174

174 174 179174 174

For hazardousareas

For hygienicand wet areas

For industrialapplications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

173

Cylinder sensors

Bosch Rexroth

type MKT

SMC

type MKT

Housing Fixing Appli-cation

Cable Connector Adapter

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

Page Page Page

3-wireDC

2-wireDC

C-slotT-slot

type MKT

C-slotT-slot

type MKT

For Bosch Rexroth cylinders

For SMC cylinders

Adapters

Memorisation block

Festo

Typ MKT

For Festo cylinders

174 174 180174 174

174 174 180174 174

174 174 181174 174

174 174 180174 174

174 174 181174 174

Accessories

For tailor-made accessories for fixing the cylinder sensors on clean-line, trapezoidal slot, tie-rod and inte-grated profile cylinders please refer to pages 178 - 181.

Self-clamping fixture for easyadjustment and quick mounting.

Practical: Can be easily insertedinto the T-slot from the top.

Suitable for the most commonlyused T-slots.

Unit variants available with connection cable and cable plug.

High switching frequenciesand travel speeds possible.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Splitter box, group 535 m black, PUR cable, LED E11214

Splitter box, group 555 m black, PUR cable, LED E10278

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors For industrialapplications

174

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic cylinder sensors for T-slot cylinders, DC normally open3-wire (2-wire: MK5104, MK5105, MK5103, MK5109)Turnable coupling ring: MK5102, MK5105

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 1 MK5101

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 1 MK5106

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 2 MK5102

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 3 MK5107

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 3 MK5108

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector group 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 15

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 1 MK5104

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 2 MK5105

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5100

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5115

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 32

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 4 MK5103

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5117

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 6, 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 15

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 3 MK5109

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Magnetic sensitivity: 2,8 mTTravel speed: max. > 10 m/sHysteresis: < 1,5mmRepeatability: < 0,2mmPower-on delay time: < 30 msLED displays: yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 473

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Cylinder sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

175

Accessories

For tailor-made accessories for fixing the cylinder sensors on clean-line, trapezoidal slot, tie-rod and inte-grated profile cylinders please refer to pages 178 - 181.

Self-clamping fixture for easy adjustment and quick mounting.

Practical: Can be easily insertedinto the T-slot from the top.

Suitable for the most commonly used T-slots.

Ingress-resistant in all applications due to high protect. ratings IP 67 / IP 69K.

Wide temperature range -25°...85 °C for special applications.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 635 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M12, group 6310 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M8, group 625 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M8, group 6210 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors For hygienicand wet areas

176

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic cylinder sensors for T-slot cylinders.3-wire DC normally open

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5110

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 15

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 1 MK5104

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 1 MK5106

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5100

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 32

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 4000 IP 67 100 3.5 -25...85 – 4 MK5103

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5117

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 3 MK5107

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 200 2.5 -25...85 10 3 MK5108

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 2 MK5102

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 2.5 -25...85 10 4 MK5110

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70 · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 2.5 -25...85 10 5 MK5111

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Magnetic sensitivity: 2,8 mTTravel speed: max. > 10 m/sHysteresis: < 1,5mmRepeatability: < 0,2mmPower-on delay time: < 30 msLED displays: yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 473

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Cylinder sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

177

178

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

Type of mounting Type Selection criterion OrderNo.

piston diameter: Ø 8...12 mm E11816

piston diameter: Ø 16...20 mm E11817

piston diameter: Ø 25...32 mm E11818

piston diameter: Ø 40 mm E11819

piston diameter: Ø 50 mm E11820

piston diameter: Ø 63 mm E11821

piston diameter: Ø 80 mm E11822

piston diameter: Ø 100 mm E11823

Mounting adapters for clean-line cylinders

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

179

Cylinder sensors

Type of mounting Type Selection criterion OrderNo.

Mounting adapters for trapezoidal slot cylinders

Mounting adapters for tie-rod cylinders

Mounting adapters for integrated profile cylinders

adapters for trapezoidal slot cylinders,dimensions: 11.2 x 9.5 mm (W x H),

slotted screwE11796

adapters for trapezoidal slot cylinders,dimensions: 11.2 x 9.5 mm (W x H),

socket-head screwE11957

integrated profile 5...11 mm,e.g. piston Ø 32 mm E11797

integrated profile 9...15 mm,e.g. piston Ø 32...63 mm E11799

integrated profile 14...20 mm,e.g. piston Ø 80...100 mm E11801

tie rod Ø 3...6 mme.g. piston Ø 16...32 mm E11913

tie rod Ø 5...7 mme.g. piston Ø 32...50 mm E11912

tie rod Ø 5...11 mme.g. piston Ø 32...100 mm E11797

tie rod Ø 9...15 mme.g. piston Ø < 125 mm E11799

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

180

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

Type of mounting Type Selection criterion OrderNo.

T-slot rail, flat(e.g. ECDQ2 series) E11890

T-slot rail, high(e.g. CDQ2 series) E11891

SMC cylinders

Festo cylinders

raised rail(e.g. DZH series) E11895

diagonal T-slot rail(e.g. CP95 series) E11872

Bosch Rexroth cylinders

external trapezoidal rail, 11 mm(e.g. PRB series) E11892

external trapezoidal rail, 6 mm(e.g. 2700 series) E11893

L-slot (e.g. 523 series) E11894

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

181

Cylinder sensors

Type of mounting Type Selection criterion OrderNo.

Adapters for C-slot to T-slot

T-slot adapter for C-slot sensor,non-flush mounting (short) E11914

T-slot adapter for C-slot sensor,flush mounting (long) E11928

Memorisation block

end stop for fixing of the switch point, T-slot E11798

end stop for fixing of the switch point, C-slot E12004

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Self-locking fixing for easy adjustment and quick mounting.

Practical: Can be easily insertedinto the C-slot from above.

Unit versions available withconnection cable and M8 cable plug.

Moulded cable ensuringvery good strain relief.

Suitable for the most common C-slots.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Socket, M8, group 15 m black, PUR cable E11487

Splitter box, group 535 m black, PUR cable, LED E11214

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors For industrialapplications

182

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic cylinder sensors for C-slot cylinders3-wire normally open

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingNr.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

Special design PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 6 MK5300

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 31

Special design PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 6 MK5306

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25.8 x 2.8 x 5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 7 MK5312

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 8 MK5301

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 33

17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 8 MK5307

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 1, 2, 41 · Wiring diagram no. 1

25.8 x 2.8 x 5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 9 MK5310

17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 10 MK5302

25.8 x 2.8 x 5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 11 MK5311

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 10 · Wiring diagram no. 1

17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 12 MK5304

25.8 x 2.8 x 5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -25...85 10 13 MK5314

Common technical data

Shock and vibration resistance: 30g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Magnetic sensitivity: 2.8 mTTravel speed: max. > 10 m/sHysteresis: < 1.5 mmRepeatability: < 0.2 mmPower-on delay time: < 30 msLED displays: yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 473

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Cylinder sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

183

Accessories

For tailor-made accessories for fixing the cylinder sensors on clean-line, trapezoidal slot, tie-rod and inte-grated profile cylinders please refer to pages 178 - 181.

Suitable for category 3D (zone 22) todirective 94/9/EC.

Can be easily inserted into the T-slotfrom above.

Versions with connection cable or M12cable plug available.

Mounting adapters for clean line, inte-grated profile and tie rod cylinders.

Suitable for many applications thanksto the high protection rating IP 67.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors

For hazardous areas

184

Magneticsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

DC3-wire

162 - 163

DC3-wire

162 - 163

For hygienicand wet areas

164 - 165

Cylindersensors

For industrialapplications

MKT-slot cylinders

174 - 175

MKC-slot cylinders

182 - 183

Magnetic cylinder sensors for T slot cylinders3-wire NO

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 1

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -20...60 10 5 MK501A

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 4

25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 > 10000 IP 67 100 2.5 -20...60 10 4 MK500A

Common technical data

Shock / vibration resistance: 30g (11 ms) / 10...55 Hz (1 mm)Magnetic sensitivity: 2,8 mTTravel speed: max. 10 m/sHysteresis: < 1,5 mmRepeatability: < 0,2 mmPower-on delay time: < 30 msLED: yellow

You can find scale drawings from page 473

For hygienicand wet areas

176 - 177

For hazardousareas

184 - 185

Cylinder sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

185

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Safety technology

187

Fail-safe inductive sensorsfor safety applications

Fail-safe inductive sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Special applicationThreaded housingsRectangular housings

188 - 191192

194 - 195194 - 195

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System descriptionSafety technology Fail-safe inductive sensors

188

Functional safety technology describes which measures are required to re-duce or remove the risks caused by malfunctioning using electrical and elec-tronic equipment. These measures are described in different standards. Theinternationally valid “Machinery Directive” (98/37/EC) applies to the mar-keting and commissioning of machines. EN954-1 is harmonised in the framework of the Machinery Directive and thus of special importance for themechanical engineer.This standard indicates the achievable safety in four control categories, fromsafety function (category 1 and 2) and single fault safety (category 3) up tosafe multiple fault detection (category 4). In the future the IEC 61508 will gain importance internationally. It is con-cerned with the complete life cycle of a product and defines the permissibleresidual error probability in several safety steps, the so-called safety integritylevels SIL.

IntroductionSafety technology in automation has a share of the responsibility for safehuman-machine interaction. Fail-safe switches with safety functions are oneimportant part of a safety system for persons and machines. For the firsttime, the operating principle and thus the advantages of inductive proximityswitches can also be used for safety applications. Direct detection of metalsolves new applications. Up to now magnetic or mechanical counterpartshad to be considered in the design. Wear-free function due to the non-contact principle and a high protection rating guarantee high uptime of themachines and installations.

Gantries collisionavoidancemonitored by theGG505S sensor,category 4.

Limitation of theaxis areas of a

robot monitoredby the GG505S

sensor,category 4.

Functional safety technology

ATEX-compliant, or intrinsically safe sensors cannot be compared with func-tional safety requirements. ifm electronic therefore offers functional safetyand ATEX compliance in its product range. For ATEX above all it is importantwhether a fault results in ignition-capable conditions; not relevant here iswhether the safe functioning of the sensor is retained under fault condi-tions.

Functional safety technology and ATEX

Fail-safe inductive sensors

189

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Operating principle of intelligent electronic fail-safe switchesA magnet or coded target is no longer necessary for the function of the fail-safe sensor. The fail-safe inductive switch detects metals such as stainlesssteel or mild steel. The fail-safe switch operates with an enable zone whichis monitored for target position and dwell time.

Connection of thesensors to safetyplcs, bus systemsand relayspossible.

No special demands such as shielding, twisted cables or separate laying, areplaced on the socket. The sensor is directly connected to existing plcs orlogic modules using common unscreened 4-core cables.The input and output signals of the sensors correspond to DIN EN 61131-2and are therefore fully compatible with the inputs and outputs of a plc. Theconnection to ifm evaluation relays, the bus system AS-i Safety at Work,PROFIsafe, Interbus Safety or safe plcs and logic modules is equally simple.For the unit family with dynamic pulse detection the corresponding softwaremodules are required.The fail-safe sensors with 2 x PNP output can be connected to approvedtwo-channel evaluation units without cross-monitoring that are suitable forplus-switching non-contact guards. The evaluation units from ifm electronicenable functionalities such as muting or connection of e-stop devices to DINEN 60947-5-1 without extra cost.

Connection and evaluation

inadmissible zones safely off

damping element

enable zone

fail-safe switch

Operatingprinciple ofwindow echnology.

G15001 controlmonitor with

semi-conductoroutput to

category 4.

190

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System descriptionSafety technology Fail-safe inductive sensors

close range enablezone

0 30 [mm]

> 5 s

signalpower

Adjustmentmode: The enablezone is deter-mined usinga dampingelement.

0 30 [mm]

signalpower

signalpower

signalpower

enablezone

The status LEDswitches off incase of undamp-ing or interrup-tion of the supplyvoltage.

Window technology and determination of the enable zoneThe fail-safe inductive sensors operate using the “window technology”. Thistechnology is the basis for the fail-safe sensors without additional counter-part such as target or magnet. The damping element is only detected if itstays in zone 2 for a certain duration. The damping element should thus beplaced as near as possible to the middle of the window. The yellow flashingstatus LED indicates the activated adjustment mode and is used to determinethe enable zone.To determine the enable zone a metal object, the damping element, is posi-tioned directly in front of or on the active face (close ranges) of the fail-safeswitch. After approx. 5 s the yellow status LED starts to flash: The adjust-ment mode is active. As long as this mode is active, the output stage remainsin the safe state (“0”).If the sensor is in the adjustment mode, the enable zone of the sensor canbe determined by moving the damping element.If the sensor is undamped for more than 2 seconds or the supply voltage isinterrupted, the adjustment mode is deactivated and the yellow status LEDswitches off.Approach angles and directions as well as closing angles (e.g. of doors) hadto be taken into account for the safety switches used so far. For the newsystem using the inductive window technology special design considerationsare no longer necessary.

steel FE360 ≤ 10 mm

stainless steel 7.5 mm

Material Enable zone lower limit(GM504S)

≥ 15 mm

13.2 mm

AIMg3G22 2.0 mm

AI 99 % 1.4 mm

5.8 mm

5.0 mm

CuZn 37 2.3 mm

copper 0.8 mm

6.2 mm

4.3 mm

Enable zone upper limit(GM504S)

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

191

Fail-safe inductive sensors

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Series connection by using a T-piece for sensors with clock inputSeries connection minimises wiringReduced mounting effortsUp to 10 fail-safe sensors can be connected in series in combinationwith mechanical contacts.To obtain a quick-connect system a series connection using a E11569T-piece is possible.

E11569 T-piece forthe series connec-tion of up to 10fail-safe sensors.

f = flush / nf = non-flush, * flush mountable in metal on one side

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

40 x 40 x 66 10...15 nf*

type GM

Enablezone

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

Page Page Page

4-wireDC

4-wireDC

4-wireDC

– 194 –

40 x 40 x 66 10...20 nf

type GM

– 194 –

M30 x 1.5 6...12 nf

type GI

– 194 –

type GG

M18 x 1 3...6 nf – 194 –

Selection chartSafety technology Fail-safe inductive sensors

For safetyapplications

192

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Fail-safe inductive sensors

193

Features

A special counterpart such as a coded magnet or shapedtarget is not necessary for the function of the sensor.The fail-safe inductive sensor detects metals like stainless steel or mild steel. The sensor operates with anenable zone which is monitored for target position anddwell time. An adjustment mode facilitates mounting.With reduced mounting input up to 10 fail-safe sensorscan be connected in series in combination with mecha-nical contacts. Wear-free, non-contact self-monitoringoperation and a high protection rating guarantee highuptime of the machines and installations. Non-contactand safe detection of products or positions is now possible, for applications in conveying processes rollerlever switches or counterparts such as magnets are nolonger necessary. The input and output signals of thesensors correspond to DIN EN 61131 and are thereforefully compatible with the inputs and outputs of a plc. It is possible to connect them to ifm evaluation relays,AS-i Safety at Work, PROFIsafe, Interbus Safety, safelogic modules and safe PLC with TÜV-certified softwaremodules.

Suitable evaluation units are available starting on page 382.

Certified to EN 954-1, category 4PDF-M to EN 60947-5-3.

Safety monitoring of persons and machines.

No coded target required.

Connection of the sensors to safety PLC or AS-i module G1506S.

Series connection of sensorsand contacts.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M122 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M125 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M122 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M125 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Safety technology Fail-safe inductive sensors

For safety applications

194

Fail-safeinductivesensors

Page

For safetyapplications

194 - 195

BGIA approval for GM504S.*Flush mountable in metal on one side.

Electronic fail-safe sensor category 4 for continuous operation (maintenance-free)Response time on safety request (moving out of the enable zone): < 20 msResponse time when approaching the enable zone (enable time): typ. < 100 ms, < 200 ms

Housing Length

[mm]

Enablezone[mm]

Housingmaterial

UbDC[V]

Protec-tion

Categoryto

EN 954-1

Response timeon removal /

approach [ms]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingNr.

Orderno.

66 10...15 nf* PPE / diec. zinc 19.2...30 IP 67 4 < 20 / < 200 81 1 GM504S

66 10...20 nf PPE / diec. zinc 19.2...30 IP 67 4 < 20 / < 200 81 1 GM505S

66 10...15 nf PPE / diec. zinc 19.2...30 IP 67 4 < 20 / < 200 82 1 GM701S

91 3...6 nf st. steel / PBT 19.2...30 IP 69K 4 < 20 / < 200 81 2 GG505S

80 6...12 nf V4A / PEEK 19.2...30 IP 69K 4 < 20 / < 200 81 3 GI505S

Common technical data

Power-on delay time: 5 sInput and output signals to DIN EN 61131-2Operating temperatureGM504S, GM505S, GG505S: -25...70 °CGI505S: 0...70 °CImpact resistance to EN 60439-6GG505S, GI505S: IK04GM504S, GM505S: IK06More information:www.ifm-electronic.com/safe

You can find scale drawings from page 475

Fail-safe inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

195

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Valve sensors

197

Valve sensorsfor industrial applications

Valve sensorsfor hazardous areas

Valve sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Universal application

Special application

IND for quarter-turn actuatorsIX for linear valves

IND for quarter-turn actuators

198 - 199200 - 201

202 - 205206 - 207

208 - 211

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System descriptionValve sensors Valve sensors

198

An innovative design eliminates the disadvantages of these conventionalsolutions. In 1992 ifm electronic developed a standard which is now used bymany leading actuator manufacturers. A round switch target, known as a‘puck’, with two metal screws offset by 90° is mounted on the actuatorshaft. The screws are located at a different height. A compact dual proximitysensor (type IND) with two integral sensors detects the upper or lower metalscrew depending on the valve position and thus the two switch positions.

Valve control · IntroductionIn industrial processes where liquids, air or gases are used valves are neededfor dosing and control. There is a wide variety of valve types; butterfly or ballvalves being the most common quarter-turn types.These valves are seldom operated manually. Pneumatic valve actuators arenormally used for mechanical positioning. The valve position must be moni-tored electronically. On the one hand to provide a feedback to the controllerwhen a certain position (e.g. “open” or “closed”) is reached. On the otherhand it is necessary to monitor the valves centrally.Mechanical switches are still often used for position feedback on the actua-tor shaft. For other solutions several proximity sensors are used togetherwith a switch target for position detection. Disadvantage of these methods:Mounting is mechanically complex. During switch mounting the signal wirescan be reversed when they are connected in the top-mounted junction box.Where there are temperature fluctuations condensing humidity leads to cor-rosion and thus malfunction.

Industrialprocess plant:Various mediaare controlled

using valves.

Due to the simple construction the system operates safely with no wear atall. It is virtually resistant to external influence and meets the protectionrating IP 67. Under certain conditions the unit can even be self-cleaning.Compared to conventional solutions the sensor weight is low. The sensorsare also resistant to mechanical stress such as vibration and shock.

Advantages

Operating principle

Easy as ABC:Puck with twometal targetsoffset by 90°and inductivedual sensor forposition detectionof the shaft.

Feedback:Monitoring of

pneumatic andmanual valves

must be possible.

Valve sensors

199

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

StandardisationIt only takes a few minutes to mount the switches on the quarter-turn actu-ator. This is ensured by the mechanical interface in accordance with VDI /VDE 3845. This standard exactly defines where the threaded holes for fixingthe switches have to be located by the valve manufacturer. The ifm dual sen-sors conform exactly to this standard. For different actuators the user onlyhas to select one of three puck sizes. Keyed connectors simplify wiring. Anadditional terminal box is not required.Because of the standardised connections (mechanical and electrical) theunits provide an optimum price / performance ratio, taking mounting andmaintenance cost into account, and high operational reliability.

Standard fittings:Commondimensions inaccordancewith VDI / VDEstandard.

For use in hazardous areas ifm offers a special solution. This consists of twoNAMUR sensors for position feedback and triggering of the EX-i solenoidvalve. Both sensor and valve are connected to the controller via a 6-polecable.

Special design for hazardous areas (T1)

An extended design is the series T5. In addition to the inductive dual sensor,the unit provides an integrated connection for the solenoid valve. The con-nection to the control unit is made via a two-wire AS-i cable. The asset: Upto 61 other units can be connected to this line and separately controlled viathe AS-i master. A so-called “preventive monitoring” of the solenoid valvecan be implemented easily. Furthermore, ATEX 3G versions are available.

Special design AS-i (T5)

As complete solution ifm electronic offers an automation box for pneumaticquarter-turn actuators. In addition to the T5 sensor with AS-i capability itincludes puck, solenoid valve, silencer and wired cable. So everything theuser needs to provide his actuator with bus capability. If necessary, the option-ally available AS-i master gateways serve as an interface with Profibus,DeviceNet, Ethernet and other network topologies.

AS-i complete setHazardous areas: Sensor signalsand valve controlare carried inone cable.

efector valvis:position feed-back for singleand doubleseat valves.

The efector valvis has been designed for feedback of the valve positions onlinear valves with a stroke of up to 80 mm. The sensor is fitted over the valvespindle and continuously measures the stroke. The actual limits of travel aretransmitted to the controller via teachable switch points.The efector valvis signals up to three valve positions to the controller: valveopen, valve closed and any intermediate position, e.g. seat lifting. Further-more the resolution of the measuring distance of 0.2 mm allows condition-based maintenance of the valve seals. Maintenance intervals can be adaptedto the actual wear, which in turn increases life and uptime.Using the efector valvis eliminates the need of mounting several individualposition sensors. Convenient programming replaces the time-consumingmechanical adjustment to the respective valve positions. In the analoguetransmitter version any number of valve positions can be defined and evalu-ated in the controller.

Continuous position detection for linear valves

Selection chartValve sensors Valve sensors

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

3-wireDC

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wireDC

Page Page Page

2-wireDC

2-wireDC

3-wireDC

3-wireDC

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nftype IND T4

f = flush / nf = non-flush

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nftype IND T6

200

40 x 26 x 26DC 4 nf

type IND

40 x 26 x 40AC / DC 4 nf

type IND

40 x 26 x 26Ex-i 4 nf

type IND

55 x 78 x 35 4 nf

type IND T2

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nftype IND T5

For quarter-turn actuators

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nf

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nf

55 x 60 x 35AS-i 4 nf

– 204 –– – –

– 210 –– – –

– 204 –– – –

– 210 –– – –

– 202 –

202 202 –

202 202 –

– 202 –

208 208 –– – –

– – –– 202 –

– 204 –– – –

– 210 –– – –

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

201

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange

[mm]

Appli-cation

Cable Connector Terminals

2-wireDC

Page Page Page

2-wireDC

2-wireDC

3-wireDC

5-wireDC

3-wireDC

110 x 68 x 43

meas-uring

distance:80

type IX

For linear valves

– – –206 206 –

For all actuators according toVDI / VDE 3845.

One-cable solution for the version T2.

Prewired cableT2 - solenoid valve.

20% cost reductioncompared to box mounting.

Valve position visiblevia switching cams.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · adjustablebetween 0° and 360° · PVC E10661

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck:POM / screws: high-grade stainless steel E17105

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws: / V2A (1.4302) E17327

Target puck · Ø 102 · target puck: PA 6 / screws: / V2A (1.4302) E17328

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws: / V2A (1.4302) E17320

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Jumper, M12 / DIN A, group 470.3 m black, PUR cable, LED E11416

Jumper, M12 / DIN A, group 470.6 m black, PUR cable, LED E11417

Socket, Rd24, group 35wirable E70142

Socket, M18, group 20wirable E10013

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Valve sensors Valve sensors For industrialapplications

202

Valvesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

INDfor quarter-turn

actuators

202 - 205

IXfor linear valves

206 - 207

For hazardousareas

208 - 211

Terminal connection IN5334

1

+

2

3

4

5

1

L+

2

L-

3 4 5

+

6 PE

1

1

M12

PE

Rd24x 81

1 solenoid valve 24 V DC/20 W

Dual sensorsFor quarter-turn actuators or valvesSensing range: 4 mm non flush

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection IloadAC / DC

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0AC / DC

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8 · Wiring diagram no. 34

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 4 -20...80 – 1 IN5224

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 9 · Wiring diagram no. 23

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -25...80 15 1 IN5225

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 24

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -25...80 15 2 IN5251

M18 connector · Output · Connector group 20 · Wiring diagram no. 23

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -20...80 15 3 IN5285

Cable 6 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 24

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PC 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -25...80 15 2 IN5304

M12 connector · Output · Connector groups 7, 8, 9 · Wiring diagram no. 23

40 x 26 x 47 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -25...80 15 4 IN5327

M18 connector · Output · Connector group 20 · Wiring diagram no. 35

40 x 26 x 40 4 nf PC 20...250 25 / 50 IP 67 350 / 100 6.5 -25...80 – 5 IN0108*

Cable 2 m · Output · Wiring diagram no. 36

40 x 26 x 40 4 nf PBT 20...250 25 / 50 IP 67 350 / 100 6.5 -25...80 – 6 IN0110*

Rd 24 x 1/8 connector 6 pins + PE / M12-connector 5 pins · Output · Connector groups 35, 39

40 x 26 x 60 4 nf PBT 10...36 1300 IP 67 250 2.5 -25...80 20 7 IN5334

You can find scale drawings from page 476

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

203

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Products with integratedAS-i slave - certified.

Quick and safe installationdue to “plug & play”.

Monitoring the solenoid forwire break / short circuit.

Up to 31 actuators connectable to a single master / controller.

50% cost reduction compared to parallel wiring.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · adjustablebetween 0° and 360° · PVC E10661

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck:POM / screws: high-grade stainless steel E17105

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17327

Target puck · Ø 102 · target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17328

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17320

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

FC insulation displacement connector,ASi, group 4 E70271

Jumper, M12 / DIN A, group 470.3 m black, PUR cable, LED E11416

Jumper, M12 / DIN A, group 470.6 m black, PUR cable, LED E11417

Jumper, M12 / DIN B, group 480.3 m black, PUR cable, LED E11421

Jumper, M12 / DIN B, group 480.6 m black, PUR cable, LED E11422

Y connection cable, M12 plug / valveplug type A, group 52 E70203

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Valve sensors Valve sensors For industrialapplications

204

Valvesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

INDfor quarter-turn

actuators

202 - 205

IXfor linear valves

206 - 207

For hazardousareas

208 - 211

Control of quarter-turn valves or valves with AS-iAS-i V 2.1: AC2315, AC2316, AC2317

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

DI / DO Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Dual sensor

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / - IP 67 – – -20...70 – 8 AC2315

Dual sensor for actuator feedback

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / 1 IP 67 – – -20...70 – 9 AC2316

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / 2 IP 67 – – -20...70 – 9 AC2317

You can find scale drawings from page 476

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

205

Feedback and diagnosis

The efector valvis was designed for feedback of thevalve positions on linear valves with a stroke of up to80mm. The sensor is fitted over the valve spindle andcontinuously measures the stroke. Previously selectedswitch points transmit the actual limits of travel to thecontroller. The efector valvis signals up to three impor-tant valve positions to the controller: valve open, valveclosed and any position in-between, e.g. for the seat lift.The resolution of the measuring path of 0.2mm allowspreventive maintenance of the valve disk seals. This waythe maintenance intervals can be adapted to the actualwear which in turn increases life and uptime. Using theefector valvis means that complex mounting of severalindividual position sensors is no longer required. Conve-nient programming of the switch points by simplypushing a button replaces the time-consuming mecha-nical adjustment to the respective valve positions.Mounting tolerances or sensing ranges do not need tobe taken into account any more. This means: Mountingand adjustment in a fraction of the time currently needed.

Position feedback for rising stem valves up to 80 mm.

Three switching outputs: “open”,“closed” and “rinse”.

Resolution of 0.2mm across the entire measuring range.

Easy teaching by means ofpushbuttons and LED feedback.

Permanent valve monitoring for predictive maintenance.

Valve sensors Valve sensors For industrialapplications

206

Valvesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

INDfor quarter-turn

actuators

202 - 205

IXfor linear valves

206 - 207

For hazardousareas

208 - 211

Rising stem valve sensor 0 ... 80 mm measuring distanceSwitch points can be taught

Housing /Dimensions

[mm]

Meas.length[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

f

[Hz]

Protection Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output 3 x · Wiring diagram no. 37

Special design 0...80 PA 18...36 – IP 65 / IP 67 100 < 2.5 -25...85 < 42 10 IX5006

Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output 3 x · Connector groups 11, 12 · Wiring diagram no. 38

Special design 0...80 PA 18...36 – IP 65 / IP 67 100 < 2.5 -25...85 < 42 11 IX5010

You can find scale drawings from page 476

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

207

NAMUR dual sensors for use inhazardous gas and dust areas.

For categories 1G / 2G and 1D.

For all actuators according toVDI / VDE 3845.

20% cost reduction due tohigher machine uptime.

Cable or plug-and-socketconnection.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · adjustablebetween 0° and 360° · PVC E10661

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck:POM / screws: high-grade stainless steel E17105

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws:V2A (1.4302) E17327

Target puck · Ø 102 · target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17328

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17320

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 752 m blue, PUR / PVC cable E10355

Socket, M12, group 755 m blue, PUR / PVC cable E10356

Socket, M12, group 752 m blue, PUR / PVC cable E10357

Socket, M12, group 755 m blue, PUR / PVC cable E10358

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Valve sensors Valve sensors

For hazardous areas

208

Valvesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

INDfor quarter-turn

actuators

202 - 205

IXfor linear valves

206 - 207

For hazardousareas

208 - 211

Dual sensors for triggering quarter-turn actuators or actuators in hazardous areas.Hazardous gas area 1G / 2G, hazardous dust area category 1D2-wire NAMUR

Housing Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Material Unom.at 1KΩ

[V]

Ub

[V]

Internalcapacit.

[nf]

Internalinductance

[uH]

f

[Hz]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output2 x · Connector group 75 · Wiring diagram no. 39

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...15 140 130 1800 12 NN5008

Cable 2 m · Output2 x · Wiring diagram no. 40

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...15 140 130 1800 2 NN5009

M18 connector · Output2 x · Wiring diagram no. 41

40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.5...15 140 130 1800 3 NN5013

Rd 24 x 1/8 connector 6 pins + PE / M12-connector 5 pins · Output2 x

40 x 26 x 60 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC – 150 150 250 7 N95001

40 x 26 x 60 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC – 100 150 1300 7 N95002

Common technical data

Operating temperature: -20...70 °CCurrent consumption undamped: > 2.1 mACurrent consumption damped: < 1 mAProtection rating: IP 67

You can find scale drawings from page 476

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

209

Quarterturn module for hazardousarea category 3D / 3G.

Up to 62 quarterturn actuators canbe controlled per AS-i network.

Supply from the AS-i line, 24 V supplynot required.

Combined periphery / communicationfault indication.

Easy mounting using 2 screws,standard M12 connections.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · target puck: PA6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17320

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · target puck: PA6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17327

Target puck · Ø 102 · target puck: PA 6 /screws: V2A (1.4302) E17328

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

FC insulation displacement connector,ASi E70271

Jumper, M12 / DIN A0.3 m black, PUR cable, LED E11416

Jumper, M12 / DIN A0.6 m black, PUR cable, LED E11417

Jumper, M12 / DIN B0.3 m black, PUR cable, LED E11421

Jumper, M12 / DIN B0.6 m black, PUR cable, LED E11422

Y connection cable, M12 plug / valveplug type A, 1 m black, PUR cable, LED E70203

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Valve sensors Valve sensors

For hazardous areas

210

Valvesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

INDfor quarter-turn

actuators

202 - 205

IXfor linear valves

206 - 207

For hazardousareas

208 - 211

Hazardous dust areas category 3D and / or 3GDual sensorsControl of quarter-turn valves or valves with AS-i

Housing/Dimensions

[mm]

Sensing-range[mm]

Material Ub

[V]

DI / DO Protection/Schutz-klasse

Iload

[mA]

Uab

[V]

Ta

[°C]

I0

[mA]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Dual sensor for actuator feedback

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / 2 IP 67 – – -10...60 260 9 AC317A

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / 1 IP 67 – – -10...60 160 9 AC316A

55 x 60 x 35 typ. 1 PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / 1 IP 67 – – -10...50 160 13 AC326A

Dual sensor

55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.5...31.6 2 / - IP 67 – – -10...60 40 8 AC315A

You can find scale drawings from page 476

Valve sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

211

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Photoelectric sensors

213

Infrared / red light sensorsfor industrial applications

Infrared / red light sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Laser sensorsSystems for specific applications

Universal application

Threaded housing OFThreaded housing OGRectangular housing OHRectangular housing OJRectangular housing O5Rectangular housing O4

214 - 217218 - 221

265 - 281283 - 297

222 - 227228 - 237238 - 241242 - 255256 - 259260 - 263

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

The system consists of two separate components: a transmitter and a receiv-er. The transmitter emits pulsed light in the infrared or visible red wavelengthrange. The receiver detects the light beam and immediately converts a beaminterruption caused by an object in the sensing zone into a switched signal.

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors

214

IntroductionAutomation technology can no longer be imagined without photoelectricsensors as “artificial eyes”. They are used where safe and non-contact de-tection of the exact position of objects is required. The material of theobjects to be detected is of no importance. Compared to proximity sensorsphotoelectric sensors have a much higher sensing zone. With through-beamsensors for example distances up to 60 m can be monitored.The correct selection of the system and design is decisive for the operationalreliability in the different applications.The photoelectric standard sensors are divided into three groupsdepending on the operating principle:

through-beam sensorsretro-reflective sensorsdiffuse reflection sensors

Through-beam sensors

Photoelectricsensors areused to detectpositions inautomationtechnology.

The light only travels one way (from the transmitter to the receiver). Adverseeffects in the applications, such as dust in the air, dirt on the lenses, steam ormist do not immediately interfere with the system. This is called a high insen-sitivity to dirt or a high excess gain. A through-beam sensor is distinguishedby a long range. The characteristics of the sensing zone can be describedeasily. An object must have at least the size of the optical axis, i.e. the size ofthe sensing surface or the lens to enable safe detection. This also goes forthe whole distance between transmitter and receiver.Since the transmitted light only travels one way it is very difficult to detecttransparent objects. The light beam is not sufficiently interrupted.A through-beam sensor should always operate with maximum sensitivity toensure maximum operational reliability. An exception is the detection ofpartly transparent objects. The sensitivity must be reduced accordingly.

Features of through-beam sensors

For a retro-reflective sensor the transmitter and receiver are incorporatedinto one housing. By means of a suitable reflector the transmitted light isreturned to the receiver. An object in the beam path interrupts the beam andtriggers a switching operation.

Retro-reflective sensors

Transparent objects such as bottles or foils can be detected better than witha through-beam sensor because the light beam must pass the object twiceand is thus weakened twice as much as with the through-beam sensor.

Features of retro-reflective sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Infrared / red light sensors

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

215

Since transmitter and receiver are integrated into one housing only one volt-age supply and thus only one cable are necessary. Compared to a through-beam sensor, a retro-reflective sensor has an average excess gain.The size of the reception zone can be described easily: An object must havethe size of the optics directly in front of the optics and the size of the reflec-tor directly in front of the reflector. For a safe detection of smaller objects asmaller prismatic reflector is used. The ifm range of accessories covers avariety of reflectors. But it must be taken into account that for a smallerreflecting surface less light is reflected to the receiver. This reduces therange. More details are given in the data sheets of the units.

System withpolarisation filter

and a turnedlight plane:

The prismaticreflector turns

the direction ofpolarisation ofthe light beam

by 90°.

The reflectorreflects the lightbeam: For a retro-reflective sensortransmitter andreceiver are inte-grated into onehousing.

optics

receiver analyzer

prismatic reflector

transmitter polarizer

Reflective objects, e.g. bright metal parts, machine parts or glasses can inter-fere with the retro-reflective sensor without polarisation filter. The reason:Although the beam path is interrupted by the object, the object itself reflectsso much light that the receiver detects “beam path uninterrupted” thus leav-ing the switching status unchanged. Using retro-reflective sensors withpolarisation filter is an aid for this phenomenon. The trick: The polarisationfilters have the property of allowing only light waves of one plane of oscilla-tion to pass through. If the light waves of this plane of oscillation strike aprismatic reflector, they are not only reflected but also rotated in their planeby 90°. A polarisation filter is placed in front of the receiver which onlyallows the rotated light waves to pass. A reflective object however does nothave the property to turn the light plane by 90°. This is why reflective objectscan be safely detected with a retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter. As is the case with a through-beam sensor, a retro-reflective sensor shouldalways be operated with maximum sensitivity to achieve the highest possibleexcess gain. The detection of partly transparent objects is an exception.

Variant with polarisation filter

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors

216

A diffuse reflection sensor is used for the direct detection of objects. As witha retro-reflective sensor transmitter and receiver are incorporated into onehousing. The transmitter emits light which is reflected by the object to bedetected and seen by the receiver. This system does not evaluate the inter-ruption of the light beam but the reflected light of an object. Important: Theswitching function referred to light-on / dark-on mode is therefore reversed.The transmitted light of this system is also pulsed.Since transmitter and receiver are integrated into one housing only one volt-age supply and thus only one cable are necessary in contrast to through-beam sensors.The sensitivity of a diffuse reflection sensor is very high. If about 2 % of thetransmitted light is reflected back to the receiver, the unit switches. Addition-al components (e.g. reflectors for retro-reflective sensors) are not necessaryto operate a diffuse reflection sensor.

Diffuse reflection sensors

For a diffuse reflection sensor the beam path with its optical characteristicscan only be described precisely referred to the reference reflector KodakGrey Card. The edge length of this reflector is 200 x 200 mm. The specifiedrange always refers to the Kodak Grey card. Other objects result in differentranges.As is the case with a through-beam sensor, a diffuse reflection sensor shouldalways be operated with maximum sensitivity to achieve max. operationalreliability. An exception is an interfering background. The background mustbe suppressed by reducing the sensitivity. It must be considered that not onlythe range is reduced but the dead zone in front of the optics increases.A lower sensitivity reduces the excess gain. Thus the system becomes moresusceptible to dust, haze, etc. than through-beam or retro-reflective sensors.

Nominal range

When the background reflects better than the object to be detected or thebackground is very close to the object, an energetically operating diffusereflection sensor no longer operates reliably. This can be solved by using dif-fuse reflection sensors with background suppression.

Diffuse reflection sensors with background suppressionreduced range with background

pot. setting

dead zone

maximum rangedead zone

maximum excess gain

Diffuse reflectionsensor: Directdetection ofobjects. A reflec-tor is not needed.

Dependence:Depending on the

set sensitivityexcess gain,

range and deadzone change.

Infrared / red light sensors

217

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

An ifm photoelectric sensor with background suppression operates on thegeometrical principle (triangulation). It does not evaluate how much (or howintensively) light is reflected by the object to be detected but at which anglethe light is incident. After the user has set the sensor, the unit detects wheth-er the reflected light comes from the object to be detected or from the bak-kground.

Background suppression

The correct mounting of the sensor is decisive for the reliable machine function.ifm electronic offers a complete component system of easy-to-use mountingsets that make installation much easier. The solutions consist of a clampwhich is fastened with only one screw, keeps the sensors safely in place andat the same time guarantees free movement in all axes. The mounting ele-ments used depend on the sensor type.The clamp can be fixed in three different ways. We offer the options for free-standing mounting, rod mounting and mounting for industrially commonaluminium extrusions.These options are available for all sensor types. In addition, ifm electronicoffers fixing solutions for optical reflectors. The system components can besupplied in die-cast zinc and stainless steel.

Fixing options

ifm fixingcomponents:

The system witha wide choice

of solutions.

S

E

Diffuse reflectionsensor withbackgroundsuppression:Objects are onlydetected in theintersecting zone.

For photoelectric sensors ifm electronic offers up to three variants dependingon the design:BasicLine

Without setting options for use in standard applications.With potentiometer for easy setting and simple applications.

PerformanceLineWith pushbutton for extremely easy setting to the application: Using aninnovative teach method the user easily and reliably sets the system tohis application. By pressing the button twice the materials to be detectedcan be sensed.

Easy handling and reliable function

Selection chartPhotoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

System Range

218

M12 x 1

M12 x 1

M12 x 1

M12 x 1

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...400 mm

retro-reflective sensor without polarisation filter 50...2000 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 200...800 mm

through-beam sensor – 0...4 m

type OF

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...250 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 100...3000 mm

through-beam sensor – 0...15 m

type OG front sensing

M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 3...100 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 6...200 mm

retro-reflective sensor without polarisation filter 0...3 m

through-beam sensor – 0...10 m

type OG side sensing

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...600 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...400 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...2 m

through-beam sensor – 0...10 m

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...600 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...200 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...2 m

through-beam sensor – 0...10 m

type OJ side sensing

56 x 18 x 47

56 x 18 x 47

56 x 18 x 47

56 x 18 x 47

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 50...1400 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 50...1800 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...7 m

through-beam sensor – 0...20 m

type O5

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...600 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...400 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...2 m

through-beam sensor – 0...10 m

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...600 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...200 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...2 m

through-beam sensor – 0...10 m

type OJ side sensing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Infrared / red light sensors

Operating voltage

DC AC

Connection

Cable Connector Terminals

Application /Page

Application /Page

219

222

222

222

222

––

228

228

228

244

244

244

244

250

250

250

250

232

232

232

232

242

242

242

242

248

248

248

248

256

256

256

256

Selection chartPhotoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

System Range

220

74.4 x 27 x 63.8

74.4 x 27 x 63.8

74.4 x 27 x 63.8

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 0.1...2 m

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0.3...18 m

through-beam sensor – 0...50 m

type O4

20.6 x 13.5 x 7.6

20.6 x 13.5 x 7.6

20.6 x 13.5 x 7.6

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 10...30 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter ...800 mm

through-beam sensor – ...1200 mm

type OH

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Infrared / red light sensors

Operating voltage

DC AC

Connection

Cable Connector Terminals

Application /Page

Application /Page

221

238

238

238

260

260

260

Easy mounting due to cylindricalhousing

Metal housing for robust use.

Fixed range.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Wide range of system componentsfor easy and safe mounting.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21200

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21202

Angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: / ABS / lens: / PC E20590

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

222

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OF, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Connection Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...4 m

PUR cable – infrared 700 20 42 1 OF5018

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...4 m

PUR cable H/D PNP – – 25 83 1 OF5019

PUR cable H/D NPN – – 25 84 1 OF5052

Retro-reflective sensor · Range 0.05...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

PUR cable H/D PNP infrared 140 30 83 1 OF5014

PUR cable H/D NPN infrared 140 30 84 1 OF5050

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.2...0.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

PUR cable H/D PNP red 70 30 83 1 OF5024

PUR cable H/D NPN red 70 30 84 1 OF5061

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.2 m

PUR cable H/D PNP infrared 92 30 83 1 OF5010

PUR cable H/D NPN infrared 92 30 85 1 OF5048

PUR cable H/D PNP infrared 92 30 83 1 OF5032

Diffuse reflection sensor · Highly focussed beam · Range 0.001...0.4 m

PUR cable H/D PNP infrared 185 30 83 1 OF5026

PUR cable H/D NPN infrared 185 30 85 1 OF5059

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: brass nickel-plated / stainless steel (320S31)Short-cicuit and overload protectionOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

223

Easy mounting due to cylindricalhousing.

Metal housing for robust use.

Adjustable range.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Wide range of system components for easy and safe mounting.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21200

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21202

Angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: / ABS / lens: / PC E20590

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

224

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OF, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Range 0.05...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP infrared 140 35 86 2 OF5016

Retro-reflective sensor · Range 0.05...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H/D NPN infrared 140 35 87 2 OF5051

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.2...0.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP red 70 35 86 2 OF5025

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.2...0.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H/D NPN red 70 35 87 2 OF5062

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.2 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP infrared 92 35 86 2 OF5012

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.2 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H/D NPN infrared 92 35 88 2 OF5049

Diffuse reflection sensor · Highly focussed beam · Range 0.001...0.4 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP infrared 185 35 86 2 OF5027

Diffuse reflection sensor · Highly focussed beam · Range 0.001...0.4 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H/D NPN infrared 185 35 88 2 OF5060

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: brass nickel-plated / brass optalloy-platedOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED redCurrent rating funct. check: max. 10 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

225

Easy mounting due to cylindricalhousing.

Metal housing for robust use.

Adjustable range.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Wide range of system componentsfor easy and safe mounting.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21200

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21202

Angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: / ABS / lens: / PC E20590

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

226

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OF, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...4 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector – infrared 700 25 43 2 OF5021

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...4 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP – – 30 86 2 OF5022

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...4 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H/D NPN – – 30 87 2 OF5053

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: brass optalloy-platedOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED redCurrent rating funct. check: max. 10 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

227

BasicLine M18.

Adjustable background suppression via potentiometer.

Long ranges.

Robust high-grade stainless steel housing for all applications.

Universal fixing using system compo-nents and mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20720

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Protective bracket for free-standing, rodmounting · Ø 18 mm · st. steel (316S12) E21125

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

228

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connectorOGH200 and OGT200 with potentiometer

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...20 m

2) Group 7, 8, 10 D PNP red – 10 25 3 OGE200

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H PNP red – 10 25 3 OGE201

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...20 m

2) Group 6, 7, 8 – red 800 15 43 3 OGS200

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.03...4 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 7, 8, 10 D PNP red 160 15 25 3 OGP200

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H PNP red 160 15 25 3 OGP201

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.002...0.6 m

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H PNP red 50 20 25 4 OGT200

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.25 m

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H PNP red 15 25 25 4 OGH200

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: housing: stainless steel(316S12) / housing: stainless steel (316S12)operator interface: TPEOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 II / IP 65 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

229

PerformanceLine M18.

Adjustable background suppression via the teach button.

Long ranges.

Robust high-grade stainless steel housing for all applications.

Universal fixing using system compo-nents and mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20720

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Protective bracket for free-standing, rodmounting · Ø 18 mm · st. steel (316S12) E21125

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

230

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...25 m

2) Group 6, 7, 8 – red 1000 20 43 5 OGS500

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...25 m

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red – 11 25 6 OGE500

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.03...5 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red 200 20 25 6 OGP500

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.3 m

2) Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red 25 25 25 6 OGH500

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: stainless steel (316S12)Operating temperature: -25...80 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

231

BasicLine M18 with light emission on the side.

For applications withrestricted space.

Fast set-up and reliable function.

As diffuse-reflection sensor availablewith background suppression.

Comprehensive range of system com-ponents for easy and safe mounting.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20720

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · high-grade stainless steel E21206

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

232

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, optics angled by 90°Operating voltage DCConnection technology: M12 connector and cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...9 m

2) Group 7, 8 – red < 3000 19 43 7 OG5129

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...9 m

2) Group 7, 8 H PNP red – 12 44 7 OG5127

2) Group 7, 8 D PNP red – 12 45 7 OG5128

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...3 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 7, 8 H PNP red < 96 22 44 7 OG5125

2) Group 7, 8 D PNP red < 96 22 45 7 OG5126

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range ...0.1 m

2) Group 7, 8 H PNP red < 16 21 44 8 OG5123

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range ...0.2 m

2) Group 7, 8 H PNP red < 28 21 44 8 OG5124

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: high-grade stainless steel ABSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 68 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

233

BasicLine M18, AC/DC.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Electronic lockingof the user functions.

Suitable for AC as well as forDC supply voltage.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · high-grade stainless steel E21207

Angle support · 90° · for type OG ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20723

Angle support · 90° · for type OG ·housing: ABS / lens: glass E20740

Mounting set · for reflector · Ø 80 mm ·stainless steel (320S31) / diecast zinc E20914

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·for type OG · plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, 1/2", group 302 m yellow, PVC cable E10190

Socket, 1/2", group 305 m yellow, PVC cable E10200

Socket, 1/2", group 302 m yellow, PVC cable E10189

Socket, 1/2", group 305 m yellow, PVC cable E10191

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

234

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, AC/DCConnection technology: 1/2" connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug 1/2"

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...15 m

2) Group 30 – infrared 2000 5 46 9 OG0030*

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...15 m

2) Group 30 H AC/DC – – 5 47 9 OG0031*

2) Group 30 D AC/DC – – – 47 9 OG0039*

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...3 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 30 H AC/DC red 262 – 47 9 OG0044*

2) Group 30 D AC/DC red 262 – 47 9 OG0033*

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

2) Group 30 H AC/DC infrared < 169 – 47 9 OG0035*

2) Group 30 D AC/DC infrared < 169 – 47 9 OG0041*

Common technical data

Ub: 20...250 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: PBTOperating temperature: -25...80 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 180 mASwitching status indication: LED red (permanently lit)Operation: LED greenFunction check: LED red (flashing)

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

235

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

BasicLine M18, AC/DC.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Electronic locking of the userfunctions.

Suitable for AC as well as forDC supply voltage.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · high-grade stainless steel E21207

Angle support · 90° · for type OG ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20723

Angle support · 90° · for type OG ·housing: ABS / lens: glass E20740

Mounting set · for reflector · Ø 80 mm ·stainless steel (320S31) / diecast zinc E20914

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·for type OG · plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

236

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, AC/DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug 1/2"

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...15 m

1) PVC – infrared 2000 5 48 10 OG0028*

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...15 m

1) PVC H AC/DC – – – 49 10 OG0029*

1) PVC D AC/DC – – – 49 10 OG0038*

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...3 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

1) PVC H AC/DC red 262 – 49 10 OG0043*

1) PVC D AC/DC red 262 – 49 10 OG0032*

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

1) PVC H AC/DC infrared < 169 – 49 10 OG0034*

1) PVC D AC/DC infrared < 169 – 49 10 OG0040*

1) PVC H AC/DC infrared < 169 – 49 10 OG0047*

Common technical data

Ub: 20...250 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: PBTOperating temperature: -25...80 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 180 mASwitching status indication: LED red (permanently lit)Operation: LED greenFunction check: LED red (flashing)

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

237

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Size only 20.6 x 13.5 x 7.6 mm, ideal for restricted space.

Even tiny objects are reliably detected.

Visible laser light spot for a simple sensor alignment.

Large ranges: through-beam sensor up to 1.2 m.

Easy and quick alignment using a swivel mount clip.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · 45 x 28 mm · angular · plastics E20452

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · front plate: PMMA / base: ABS E20994

Mounting set · ABS E21056

Angle bracket · for free-standingmounting · stainless steel (320S31) E21057

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Jumper, M8, group 412 m black, PUR cable E11268

Splitter box, group 535 m black, PUR cable, LED E11214

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

238

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OH, side lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Range[mm]

Range[mm

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...1.2 m · Connector groups 1, 41

PVC cable – ...1200 – 20 43 11 OH5020

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...1.2 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

PVC cable D PNP ...1200 – 10 50 11 OH5015

Retro-reflective sensor · Range ...0.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 35 (E20004) · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

PVC cable D PNP ...800 – 20 50 12 OH5019

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.002...0.05 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

PVC cable H PNP – 2...50 20 51 13 OH5016

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.001...0.015 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

PVC cable H PNP – 1...15 20 51 13 OH5018

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.001...0.03 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

PVC cable H PNP – 1...30 20 51 13 OH5017

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: ABSOperating temperature: -20...50 °CProtection: IP 67 IIICurrent rating: 50 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

239

Size only 20.6 x 13.5 x 7.6 mm, ideal for restricted space.

Even tiny objects are reliably detected.

Visible laser light spot for a simple sensor alignment.

Large ranges: through-beam sensor up to 1.2 m.

Easy and quick alignment using a swivel mount clip.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · 45 x 28 mm · angular · plastics E20452

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · front plate: PMMA / base: ABS E20994

Mounting set · ABS E21056

Angle bracket · for free-standingmounting · stainless steel (320S31) E21057

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, Group 12 m black, PUR cable E11486

Jumper, M8, Group 412 m black, PUR cable E11268

Splitter box, Group 535 m black, PUR cable, LED E11214

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

240

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OH, side lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Range[mm]

Range[mm

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...1.2 m

PVC cable – ...1200 – 20 42 11 OH5001

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...1.2 m

PVC cable D PNP ...1200 – 10 52 11 OH5002

Retro-reflective sensor · Range ...0.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 35 (E20004)

PVC cable D PNP ...800 – 20 52 12 OH5010

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.001...0.015 m

PVC cable H PNP – 1...15 20 53 13 OH5008

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.001...0.03 m

PVC cable H PNP – 1...30 20 53 13 OH5006

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.002...0.05 m

PVC cable H PNP – 2...50 20 53 13 OH5004

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: ABSOperating temperature: -20...50 °CProtection: IP 67 IIICurrent rating: 50 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

241

OJ BasicLine with side lens and reinforced fixing holes.

Fixed range.

High-quality technology at an unbeatable price.

Visible red light facilitates alignment.

Quick and easy mounting using system components, mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · diecastzinc / stainless steel (320S31) E21095

shaft · Ø 10 / M8 · straight · stainlesssteel (320S31) E21081

Cube · M8 · diecast zinc E20950

Prismatic reflector · Ø 20 mm · round ·for type OJ, · plastics E20003

Prismatic reflector · Ø 42 mm · round ·for type OJ · plastics E20004

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11498

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11499

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11495

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11496

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

242

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, side lookingConnecting voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

2) Group 1, 2, 41 D PNP – – 10 25 14 OJE200

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range 0...10 m · Connector group

2) Group – red < 1000 30 43 14 OJS200

Retro-reflective sensor · Range ...1.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

2) Group 1, 2, 41 D PNP red 64 20 25 14 OJR200

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...1.8 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

2) Group 1, 2, 41 D PNP red 64 20 25 14 OJP200

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range ...0.1 m · Connector groups 1, 2, 41

2) Group 1, 2, 41 H PNP red < 13 30 25 15 OJH200

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: ABS SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

243

OJ PerformanceLine with front lens.

Visible red light for easy adjustment.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Various connection methods:M8 plug, M12 pigtail or cable versions.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · for front lens · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E20970

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

244

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connectors

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...10 m · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 – red 1000 19 43 16 OJ5008

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red – 12 54 16 OJ5009

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red – 12 55 16 OJ5010

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 16 OJ5004

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red 64 22 55 16 OJ5005

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 17 OJ5000

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red 60 22 55 17 OJ5001

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...1 m · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 H/D PNP infrared 150 32 54 17 OJ5070

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m · Connector group 3

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 18 OJ5044

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

1) PVC H/D PNP red 60 22 56 19 OJ5002

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAHousing material: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

245

OJ PerformanceLine with front lens.

Visible red light for easy adjustment.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Universal connection method:M8 plug.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · for front lens · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E20970

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

246

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: pigtail M12

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...10 m

1) PVC – red 1000 19 42 20 OJ5011

3) PVC Group 7, 8 – red 1000 19 43 20 OJ5065

3) PUR Group 7, 8 – red 1000 19 43 20 OJ5064

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m

1) PVC H/D PNP red – 12 56 20 OJ5012

3) PVC Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red – 12 54 20 OJ5067

3) PUR Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red – 12 54 20 OJ5066

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

1) PVC H/D PNP red 64 22 56 20 OJ5006

3) PVC Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 20 OJ5063

3) PUR Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 20 OJ5062

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

3) PVC Group 7, 8 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 19 OJ5061

3) PUR Group 7, 8 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 19 OJ5060

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m

3) PVC Group 7, 8 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 21 OJ5069

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAHousing material: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

247

OJ PerformanceLine with front lens and reinforced fixing holes.

High chemical resistance due to the use of special materials.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Robust stainless steel sleeves inthe fixing holes.

High switching frequency forfast processes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Prismatic reflector · Ø 42 mm · round ·plastics E20004

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

248

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...10 m

2) Group 3 – red 1000 19 43 22 OJ5108

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red – 12 54 22 OJ5109

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 22 OJ5104

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 23 OJ5100

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 24 OJ5144

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAMaterial housing: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

249

OJ PerformanceLine with side lens.

Visible red light for easy adjustment.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Various connection methods:M8 plug or cable versions.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · for side lens · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21222

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

250

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, side lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M8

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...10 m

2) Group 3 – red 1000 19 43 25 OJ5030

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red – 12 54 25 OJ5031

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red – 12 55 25 OJ5032

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 25 OJ5026

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red 64 22 55 25 OJ5027

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 26 OJ5022

2) Group 3 H/D NPN red 60 22 55 26 OJ5023

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...1 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP infrared 150 32 54 26 OJ5071

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 27 OJ5048

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAHousing material: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

251

OJ PerformanceLine with side lens and reinforced fixing holes.

High chemical resistance due to theuse of special materials.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Robust stainless steel sleeves inthe fixing holes.

High switching frequency forfast processes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·plastics E20005

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

252

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 28 OJ5126

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 60 22 54 29 OJ5122

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 30 OJ5148

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAMaterial housing: ABS; LED window: SEPS;pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

253

OJ PerformanceLine with side lens.

Visible red light for easy adjustment.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Various connection methods:M8 plug or cable versions.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · for side lens · fixture:st. steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc E21222

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21204

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

254

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, side lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M8

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...10 m

1) PVC – red 1000 19 42 31 OJ5033

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...10 m

1) PVC H/D PNP red – 12 56 31 OJ5034

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

1) PVC H/D PNP red 64 22 56 31 OJ5028

Diffuse reflection sensor · Range 0.001...0.6 m

1) PVC H/D PNP red 60 22 56 32 OJ5024

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.4 m

3) PVC Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 33 OJ5078

3) PVC Group 7, 8, 10 H/D PNP red < 18 21 54 33 OJ5078

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAHousing material: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

255

O5 BasicLine.

Extremely long range, ideal for packaging and conveying.

Precise background suppression.

Extensive range of versions: Without setting funct. or with potentiometer.

Universal mounting with system com-ponents and mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (320S31), clamp: diecast zinc E21211

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (320S31), clamp: h.-g. st. steel E21212

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw : steel galvanised E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21214

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21085

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21087

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

256

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O5, operating voltage: DC, Connection technology: M12 connectorO5H200: potentiometer, other versions with fixed setting

Function Connection Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...20 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector – red 500 20 43 34 O5S200

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...20 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector D PNP red – 10 50 34 O5E200

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.1...7 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector D PNP red 175 20 50 35 O5P200

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.1...7 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector H PNP red 175 20 51 35 O5P201

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.05...1.4 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H PNP red 50 25 51 36 O5H200

M12 connector H NPN red 50 25 57 36 O5H201

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAMaterial housing: PA; bezel: high-gradestainless steel; operator interface: TPEOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

257

O5 PerfomanceLine.

Extremely long range, ideal for packaging and conveying.

Precise background suppression.

Easy setting by teaching the“on” and “off” states.

Universal mounting using system components, mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (320S31), clamp: diecast zinc E21211

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (320S31), clamp: h.-g. st. steel E21212

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw : steel galvanised E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21214

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21085

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21087

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

258

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O5, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connectorSetting via the teach button

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug 1/2"

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...25 m · Connector groups 7, 8

M12 connector – red 625 20 43 34 O5S500

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...25 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP red – 11 25 37 O5E500

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.075...10 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP red 250 20 25 38 O5P500

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.05...1.8 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP red 50 25 25 38 O5H500

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.06...0.7 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H/D PNP red 35 30 25 38 O5H501

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: PA; bezel: high-gradestainless steel; operator interface: TPUOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

259

O4 BasicLine.

Long ranges for different industries.

Diffuse reflection sensors with background suppression.

Through-beam and retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter.

Optimised system components and wide range of mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (316S12), clamp: diecast zinc E21217

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (316S12), clamp: h.-g. st. steel E21218

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel galvanised E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21214

Angle bracket · stainless steel (316S12) E21120

Dovetail clamp · AlMgSi0.5 E21088

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

260

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O4, operating voltage DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug 1/2"

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range 0...50 m · Connector groups 6, 7, 8

M12 connector – red 1000 20 43 39 O4S200

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range 0...50 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector D PNP red – 12 50 40 O4E200

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.3...18 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector D PNP red 500 20 50 41 O4P200

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.1...2 m · Connector groups 7, 8, 10

M12 connector H PNP red 100 25 51 42 O4H200

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: PA; bezel: high-gradestainless steel; LED window: PCOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 II / IP 65 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED 2 x yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

261

O4 PerformanceLine.

Diffuse reflection sensors with background suppression.

Through-beam and retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter.

Versions with potentiometer or teach pushbuttons.

Optimised system components and wide range of mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (316S12), clamp: diecast zinc E21217

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·st. steel (316S12), clamp: h.-g. st. steel E21218

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel galvanised E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21214

Angle bracket · stainless steel (316S12) E21120

Dovetail clamp · AlMgSi0.5 E21088

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Infrared / red light sensors For industrialapplications

262

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page

For industrialapplications

222 - 263

OFM12 x 1

222 - 227

OGM18 x 1

228 - 237

OH20.6 x

13.5 x 7.6 mm

238 - 241

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

242 - 255

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

256 - 259

O474.4 x

27 x 63.8 mm

260 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, DC, connection technology:M12 connector and cable versions

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...80 m · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 70

M12 connector – red 2400 20 43 39 O4S500

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...80 m · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70

M12 connector H/D PNP red – 12 25 43 O4E500

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.3...22 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005) · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70

M12 connector H/D PNP red 660 20 25 43 O4P500

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.1...2.6 m · Connector groups 63, 64, 65, 66, 70

M12 connector H/D PNP red 50 25 25 43 O4H500

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAHousing material: PA; bezel: high-gradestainless steel; operator interface: TPEOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 479 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Infrared / red light sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

263

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Photoelectric sensors

265

Laser sensorsfor industrial applications

Laser sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Infrared / red light sensorsSystems for specific applications

Universal applicationThreaded housing OGRectangular housing OJRectangular housing O1D

266 - 267268 - 269

213 - 263283 - 297

270 - 271272 - 279280 - 281

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors

266

Laser systemsLaser systems are used where detection of small objects or precise posi-tioning is required. Laser light consists of light waves of identical lengthwhich have a defined phase relation (coherence). This results in an importantfeature of laser systems, that is the almost parallel light beam.Result: Due to the small angle of divergence long ranges of up to 60 metrescan be achieved. The laser spot which is also clearly visible at daylight simpli-fies the alignment of the system. Apart from the advantages some pointshave to be taken into account for the selection of the suitable opticalsystem: compared to standard sensors the laser sensors have a reduced tem-perature range (-10...50 °C). Life is limited to approx. 50,000 hours. Basical-ly laser systems are more expensive than normal red light sensors. In view ofthe small light spot and the often high ranges the system is more sensitive tovibrations than standard sensors.

Almost parallellight beam:Thanks to thesmall angle ofradiation laserunits have a highenergy densityand thus longranges even atlong distances.

The ifm laser sensors offer a useful function for easier alignment: The laserpower is increased during adjustment: This leads to a particularly bright laserspot which enables safe alignment from a distance even at daylight.In case of vibrations in the application the “ifm laser fine adjustment”should always be used. Vibration is reduced and alignment of the unit isfacilitated by the use of springs as buffers for mounting.

Mounting aids

Due to the small angle of divergence laser beams are focussed on a smallarea. The energy and power density on this area is extremely high. ifm lasersensors comply with the European standard EN 60825 or the internationalstandard IEC 60825. These standards describe the operation of lasersystems.ifm laser sensors are classified in the laser protection class II. Thus the laserpower, also in the setting mode with increased power, is on average max. 1 mW. When the laser beam hits the human eye, the eyelid is instinctivelyclosed. In addition the laser protection class II ensures that a laser beam hitting the unprotected eye causes no damage within a time of 0.25 s.When installing the laser units it must be ensured, for example by a suitablemounting height, that intentional or accidental looking into the laser beamis avoided. At the installation location clearly visible warning labels must beattached. They are supplied with every sensor. Other protective measures ordetailed instructions for the personnel are not required according to thestandard.

The right protection against laser light

wave length

phase position

Coherent: Lasersensors emit light

of a definedwave length

and the samephase position.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Laser sensors

267

Diffuse laser efector pmdWith PMD technology it is possible to make a diffuse laser with 10 m rangeand background suppression in a compact housing. There is a wide range ofapplications: efector pmd can be used from easy counting tasks to assem-bly monitoring.The core of the senor is the PMD chip. This is an innovative on-chip time offlight measurement system. Special feature: Transmitter and receiver areintegrated on a chip. This allows compact housing dimensions of just 42 x 45 x 52 mm. The PMD technology was awarded the international tech-nology prize “Hermes Award 2005”.It can be adapted to the application to within a millimetre via the teachmode. Visible laser light allows easy alignment to the object. The light spotdiameter is only 6 mm at maximum range. The diffuse laser efector pmd is a low-cost alternative to the laser distancesensor efector pmd (see chapter “Systems for specific applications”) becauseit additionally has a second output either as switching output or analogueoutput.

The core is the innovative “Smart Pixel”

receiver element,the photonicmixer device

(PMD).efector pmd –

compact diffuselaser with

10 m range.

Selection chartPhotoelectric sensors Laser sensors

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

System Range

For industrialapplications

268

M 18 x 1

M 18 x 1

M 18 x 1

diffuse reflection sensor energetic 1...150 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 80...15000 mm

through-beam sensor – 0...60 m

Example dimensions: 30 x 12 (= sensing face) x 12

type OG

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 7...150 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...200 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...8 m

through-beam sensor – 0...15 m

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

35 x 11 x 24

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 7...150 mm

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 15...200 mm

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...8 m

through-beam sensor – 0...15 m

type OJ side sensing

59 x 42 x 52 time of flightmeasurement system background suppression 0.2...10 m

type O1

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 0.015...0.2 m

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...8 m

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

35 x 11 x 32

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 0.015...0.2 m

diffuse reflection sensor background suppression 0.001...15 m

retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter 0...8 m

type OJ side sensing

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Operating voltage

DC AC

Connection

Cable Connector Terminals

Application /Page

Application /Page

269

• – – • –

270

270

270

272

272

272

272

276

276

276

276

274

274

278

278

278

280

OG Laser PerformanceLine.

Reliable detection even of tiny objects from 0.5 mm diameter.

Visible laser light spot for a simple sensor alignment.

Teach method saves time and cost for set-up.

Precise background suppression for a reliable function.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · Ø 19 mm · round ·for type OG · stainl. steel (316S16) E20993

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentst. steel (320S31), diecast zinc E21219

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentst. steel (320S31) E21220

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: steel E21208

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21209

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

270

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OG, Cperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection Output Smallestdetectable

object[mm]

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...60 m

M12 connector H/D PNP 3 – 11 25 1 OGE700

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...2 m

M12 connector H/D PNP 0.5 – 11 25 1 OGE701

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...60 m

M12 connector – 3 150 13 43 2 OGS700

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...2 m

M12 connector – 0.5 5 13 43 2 OGS701

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...15 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

M12 connector H/D PNP 20 40 15 25 1 OGP700

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...2 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

M12 connector H/D PNP 2 5 15 25 1 OGP701

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.02...0.2 m

M12 connector H/D PNP – 1.2 15 25 1 OGH700

Common technical data

Type of light: visible laser light, protectionclass 2 laserUb: 10..36 V DCCurrent rating: 200 mAHousing material: V4A (1.4404), PA, EPDM, TPUMaterial lens: PMMAOperating temperature: -10...60 °CProtection: IP 67, IISwitching status indication: LED yellowFunction check output: max. 10 mA

You can find scale drawings from page 486 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

271

OJ Laser PerformanceLine with front lens.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Detection of minute objects bymeans of focussed laser light beam.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

System components availablefor fine adjustment.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentof laser units · aluminium E20975

Swivel-mount clip · diecast zinc E20974

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · PMMA / ABS E20994

Prismatic reflector · Ø 19 mm · round ·stainless steel (316S16) / PMMA / ABS E20993

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

272

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection Output Smallestdetectable

object[mm]

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...1 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector – – < 4 12 43 3 OJ5019

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...1 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – – 12 54 3 OJ5020

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector – – < 24 12 43 3 OJ5016

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – – 12 54 3 OJ5017

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...8 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722) · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP Ø 2.5mm < 12 15 54 3 OJ5014

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.007...0.15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – 0.8 13 54 4 OJ5056

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.2 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – 2x1 vertical 13 54 5 OJ5052

Common technical data

Type of light: visible laser light, protectionclass 2 laserUb: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glassHousing material: ABSMaterial push button: SEPSOperating temperature: -10...60 °CProtection: IP 68, IP 69K IISwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED redSpecial feature: external teach

You can find scale drawings from page 486 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

273

OJ Laser PerformanceLine, front lens, reinforced fixing holes.

Laser units for high-precisionapplications.

High chemical resistance dueto the use of special materials.

High switching frequency forfast processes.

Robust stainless steel sleeves inthe fixing holes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20722

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

274

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, front lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...8 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722)

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 12 15 54 6 OJ5114

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.2 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 2x1 vertical 13 54 7 OJ5152

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAMaterial housing: ABS; LED window: SEPS;pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -10...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 486 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

275

OJ Laser PerformanceLine with side lens.

LED display to check operation,switching status and function.

Detection of minute objects bymeans of focussed laser light beam.

Automatic switch point settingby pressing a button.

System components availablefor fine adjustment.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentof laser units · aluminium E20976

Swivel-mount clip · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · PMMA / ABS E20994

Prismatic reflector · Ø 19 mm · round ·stainless steel (316S16) / PMMA / ABS E20993

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 32 m black, PUR cable E11199

Socket, M8, group 35 m black, PUR cable E11200

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

276

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, side lookingOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection Output Smallestdetectable

object[mm]

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...1 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector – – <4 12 43 8 OJ5041

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...1 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – – 12 54 8 OJ5042

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter range ...15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector – – < 24 12 43 8 OJ5038

Through-beam sensor · Receiver range ...15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – – 12 54 8 OJ5039

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...8 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722) · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP Ø 2.5mm <12 15 54 8 OJ5036

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.007...0.15 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – 0.8 13 54 9 OJ5058

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.2 m · Connector group 3

M8 connector H/D PNP – 2x1 vertical 13 54 10 OJ5054

Common technical data

Type of light: visible laser light, protection class 2 laserUb: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAHousing material: ABSMaterial push button: SEPSOperating temperature: -10...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IISwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 486 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

277

OJ Laser PerformanceLine, side lens, reinforced fixing holes.

Laser units for high-precisionapplications.

High chemical resistance dueto the use of special materials.

High switching frequency forfast processes.

Robust stainless steel sleeves inthe fixing holes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · PMMA / ABS E20994

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20722

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M85 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M810 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

278

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, side lookingoperating Voltage: DC Connection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range ...8 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722)

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red < 12 15 54 11 OJ5136

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.007...0.15 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 0.8 13 54 12 OJ5158

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.015...0.2 m

2) Group 3 H/D PNP red 2x1 vertical 13 54 13 OJ5154

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glass / PMMAMaterial housing: ABS, LED window: SEPS,pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: -10...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 486 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

279

O1 Laser PerfomanceLine with background suppression.

Compact diffuse laser with 10 m range and background suppression.

Exact indication of the distance to the object or background.

Visible laser light for easy alignment to the object.

Easy teach mode for fast set-up.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·stainl. steel (304S15) / stainl. steel (316C) E2D101

Mounting set · Clamp mounting ·stainless steel (304S15) / st. steel (316C) E2D111

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Laser sensors For industrialapplications

280

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

For industrialapplications

270 - 281

OGM18 x 1

270 - 271

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

272 - 279

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

280 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

288 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O1D, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Measuring range

[m]

Light spotdiameter

[mm]

Currentconsumption

[mA]

Switchingfrequency

[Hz]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Optical distance sensor · Background suppression · Range ...10 m

0.2...10 6 (TW max. 10 m) 10...30 DC < 150 25 14 O1D101

0.2...10 6 (TW max. 10 m) 10...30 DC < 150 58 14 O1D104

Common technical data

Protection class 2 laserUb: 10...30 V DCHousing material: diecast zincFront window: glass LED window: polycarbonateProtection: IP 65, IIIOperating temperature: -10...60 °C

You can find scale drawings from page 486

Laser sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

281

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Photoelectric sensors

283

Systems forindustrial applications

Systems forspecific applications

System descriptionSelection chart

284 - 285286 - 287

Universal application

Systems forfor hazardous areasSpecial application

Infrared / red light sensorsLaser sensors

213 - 263265 - 281

Rectangular housing OJ, detection of transparent objectsRectangular housing O1D, distance measurementRectangular housing O5, detection of transparent objects

288 - 291292 - 293294 - 295

Rectangular housing O5, all-round photoelectric sensor 296 - 297

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Photoelectric sensors Systems forspecific applications

284

Detection of transparent objects Counting bottles and glasses or the reliable monitoring of film for tear canbe performed without problem using specially designed retro-reflective sen-sors.ifm offers retro-reflective sensors with a small switching hysteresis, in partic-ular for the detection of transparent objects. Due to the operating principle,retro-reflective sensors have the advantage that the light beam must passthe object to be detected twice. Thus the light is sufficiently weakened todetect a transparent object safely. Precise adjustment is made by means ofthe Teach button.

Typical appli-cation of sensors

of type O5G:Counting of glass

bottles.

Distance measurementThe continued development of the pmd technology (Photonic Mixer Device)now enables distance measurement to within a millimetre at high rangesusing a laser sensor. The efector pmd laser sensor operates to the time-of-flight principle.Traditional time-of-flight sensors use a photodiode as receiver element.Additional electronics is used for signal acquisition and processing. Disadvantage: This sensor design is complex, large in size and expensive andtherefore often not suitable for industrial position sensing.In comparison, the efector pmd sensor’s receiver element is a System-on-Chip design. For this design both sensor element and electronics for signalevaluation are integrated on a single silicon chip called a Photonic MixerDevice (PMD). The advantage: The sensor offers a high performance in a compact, industri-ally compatible housing at an unbeatable low price.

Operating principleBasis for the new efector pmd distance sensor is the time-of-flight princi-ple. A light beam is emitted by a transmitting element and is reflected to thereceiver element by an object. The measured time of flight relates to thedistance from the sensor to the object. If you take into account that the lightspeed is approx. 3 x 108 m/s, the measurement of the resulting time of flightfor common distances in industrial processes is difficult.Example:The object is positioned at a distance of 1 m (back and forth = 2 m) This results in: t = 2 / (3 x 108 m/s) = 6.7 nsThe measurement of such short times is usually only possible using expensivespecial tools. An adequate alternative is the transmission of a modulatedlight signal and the measurement of the phase difference between thetransmitted and received signal.At a distance between 0 and the final value of the measuring range a reflectedsignal b has a time offset with regard to the transmitted signal a. The distancecan be determined on the basis of the width p1. In the existing systems thesignals of channels a and b were received separately, converted into electri-cal signals and then linked. The efector pmd directly uses the PMD chip for evaluation. If light is re-ceived, charges are generated. By applying a voltage with changing polaritythese charges are transferred to two electrodes (charge swing).

a

b

p1

p2

Simplified repre-sentation of thephase difference:a = transmitted;b = received.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Systems forspecific applications

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

285

p-Type

n+ n+

Oxide

Instead ofchannels A an BmodulationA and B.

The exact distance can be determined on the basis of the charge ratio. Thiscomparing method is much easier and much more economical than themeasurement of extremely short times.Advantages

The efector pmd sensor can provide an analogue signal (4...20 mA)that is proportional to the object-to-sensor distance. The analogue out-put is scaleable.Optical sensors with background suppression and ultrasonic sensors arecompact and low-cost alternatives for distance measurement but haveshorter ranges. Traditional time-of-flight systems offer an improved levelof performance but are much higher in cost. The efector pmd sensorcombines the advantages of these systems: ranges of 10 m at an ex-tremely attractive price.

Applications“efector pmd” can be used for level measurement of bulk material etc. andpositioning tasks, for example to position industrial trucks in high-bay storageareas and autonomous industrial transport systems against collision. An-other application for this is level monitoring such as at a portioning system.

efector pmd inlogistics: Thesensor detectsto what extentshelves areoccupied.

The efector pmdprovides an ana-logue signal that

is proportionalto the object-to-sensor distance.

Collision avoid-ance on an over-

head conveyor:efector pmdmonitors the

distancesbetween produc-

tion goods.

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Selection chartPhotoelectric sensors Systems for

specific applications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

System Range

[mm]

286

35 x 11 x 32 retro-reflective sensor detection oftransparent objects 200...1500

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 24 retro-reflective sensor detection oftransparent objects 200...1500

type OJ side sensing

type OJ side sensing

35 x 11 x 24 retro-reflective sensor detection oftransparent objects 200...1500

type OJ front sensing

35 x 11 x 32 retro-reflective sensor detection oftransparent objects 200...1500

59 x 42 x 52 time of flightmeasurement system distance measurement 200...10000

type O1D

18 x 47 x 56 retro-reflective sensor detection oftransparent objects 0...1500

Typ O5

Typ O5 Ex 18 x 47 x 56

18 x 47 x 56

18 x 47 x 56

through-beam sensor for hazardous areas ...25000

retro-reflective sensor for hazardous areas 75...10000

diffuse reflection sensor for hazardous areas 50...1800

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Systems forspecific applications

Operating voltage

DC AC

Connection

Cable Connector Terminals

Application /Page

Application /Page

287

288

290• – – • –

• – – • –

290• – – • –

288• – – • –

294• – – • –

292• – – • –

296•

OJ PerformanceLine PET with side and front lens.

Detection of PET bottles, glass or other transparent materials.

High chemical resistance due to the use of special materials.

High switching frequency of 2,000 Hz for fast processes.

Visible red light facilitates alignment during mounting.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20722

Angle bracket · for reflector · 50 x 50 mm · stainless steel (320S31) E20724

Basic clip · OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20965

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 625 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M8, group 625 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M8, group 6210 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Socket, M8, group 6225 m orange, PVC cable E11225

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Systems for specific applications For industrial

applications

288

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

For industrialapplications

288 - 295

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

288 - 291

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

292 - 293

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

294 - 295

For hazardousareas

296 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJLight emission at the front (OJ5085) or on the side (OJ5086)Connection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) cable

2) plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.2...1.5 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722)

2) Group 62 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 1 OJ5085

2) Group 62 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 2 OJ5086

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glassHousing material: ABS; fixture: diecast zinc;LED window: SEPS; pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: 0...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mAOutput status indication: LED yellowOperating status indication: LED greenFunction check indication: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 489 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems for specific applications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

289

OJ PerformanceLine PET with reinforced fixing holes.

Detection of Pet bottles, glassor other transparent materials.

High chemical resistance dueto the use of special materials.

High switching frequency of2,000 Hz for fast processes.

Robust stainless steel sleeves inthe fixing holes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20722

Angle bracket · for reflector · 50 x 50 mm · stainless steel (320S31) E20724

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M8, group 625 m orange, PVC cable E11220

Socket, M8, group 6210 m orange, PVC cable E11221

Socket, M8, group 625 m orange, PVC cable E11223

Socket, M8, group 6210 m orange, PVC cable E11224

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Systems for specific applications For industrial

applications

290

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

For industrialapplications

288 - 295

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

288 - 291

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

292 - 293

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

294 - 295

For hazardousareas

296 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type OJ, light emission at the front or on the side for film and glass, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M8 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.2...1.5 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722)

2) Group 62 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 3 OJ5186

2) Group 62 H/D NPN red 64 22 55 3 OJ5189

2) Group 62 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 3 OJ5192

3) PVC Group 63 H/D PNP red 64 22 25 4 OJ5191

2) Group 62 H/D PNP red 64 22 54 5 OJ5185

3) PVC Group 63 H/D PNP red 64 22 25 6 OJ5190

Common technical data

Ub: 10...30 V DCMaterial lens: glassMaterial housing: ABS; LED window: SEPS;pushbutton: SEPSOperating temperature: 0...60 °CProtection: IP 65 / IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED greenFunction check: LED red

You can find scale drawings from page 489 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems for specific applications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

291

O1 Laser PerfomanceLine, distancesensor.

Extremely compact laser distancesensor with 10 m range.

Switching and analogue outputs.

For use in applications needingbackground suppression.

Scalable measuring range, teach modefor quick set-up.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · stainless steel (304S15) /stainless steel (316C) E2D101

Mounting set · stainless steel (304S15) /stainless steel (316C) E2D111

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT001

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT002

Socket, M125 m orange, PVC cable EVT004

Socket, M1210 m orange, PVC cable EVT005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Systems for specific applications For industrial

applications

292

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

For industrialapplications

288 - 295

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

288 - 291

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

292 - 293

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

294 - 295

For hazardousareas

296 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O1D, operating Voltage: DC, Connection technology: M12 connector

Function Measuringrange

[m]

Light spotdiameter

[mm]

Currentconsumption

[mA]

Sampling rate /switching frequency

[Hz]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Optical distance sensor · Range ...10 m, Background suppression > 10...19 m · DC PNP

0.2...10 6 (TW max. 10 m) 18...30 DC < 150 89 7 O1D100

Optical distance sensor · Range ...10 m · DC NPN

0.2...10 6 (TW max. 10 m) 18...30 DC < 150 90 7 O1D103

Optical distance sensor · Range ...10 m, Background suppression > 10...100 m · DC PNP

0.2...10 6 (TW max. 10 m) 18...30 DC < 150 89 7 O1D105

Common technical data

Ub: 18...30 V DCHousing material: diecast zincMaterial lens: glassLED window: polycarbonateProtection: IP 65, IIIOperating temperature: -10...60 °CDistance to the background: < 19 m

You can find scale drawings from page 489

Systems for specific applications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

293

O5 PerformanceLine PET.

Detection of glass, film, PET bottles and transparent packaging.

Easy setting: the new teach mode.

Switch point adjustment with soiling indication.

High switching frequency of 2,000 Hz for fast processes.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · st. steel (320S31), clamp: diecast zinc E21211

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · st. steel (320S31), clamp: h.-g. st. steel E21212

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw : steel galvanised E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO4762 (DIN 912) · screw: h.-g. st. steel E21214

Mounting sleeve · AlZnMgCu1.5 F51/52(3.4365) E21114

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20722

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M12, group 72 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M12, group 75 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Systems for specific applications For industrial

applications

294

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

For industrialapplications

288 - 295

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

288 - 291

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

292 - 293

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

294 - 295

For hazardousareas

296 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

Type O5 for glass, film, PET bottles, light emission on the side, operating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Connection1) Cable

2) Plug M83) Pigtail M12

Output Typeof light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0...1.5 m prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm (E20722) · Connector groups 11, 12

2) Group 11, 12 H/D PNP/NPN red 40 mm 50 91 8 O5G500

You can find scale drawings from page 489 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems for specific applications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

295

Tried-and-tested photoelectric sensors now for hazardous areas.

Long ranges.

Highest precision with background suppression.

Quick setting by means of the new teach method.

Universal mounting using system components, mounting accessories.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · plastics E20744

Prismatic reflector · 95 x 95 mm · angular · plastics E20454

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21087

Clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · clamp: diecast zinc E20716

Clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · clamp: stainless steel (316C) E20946

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M122 m black, PUR cable EVC001

Socket, M125 m black, PUR cable EVC002

Socket, M122 m black, PUR cable EVC004

Socket, M125 m black, PUR cable EVC005

Securing clip E11532

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Photoelectric sensors Systems for specific applications

For hazardous areas

296

Infrared /red lightsensors

Page 222 - 263

Lasersensors

270 - 281

Systems forspecificapplications

For industrialapplications

288 - 295

OJ35 x 24 x 11 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

288 - 291

O1D59 x 42 x 52 mm

Distancemeasurement

292 - 293

O518 x 47 x 56 mm

Detection oftransparent

objects

294 - 295

For hazardousareas

296 - 297

Abbreviations

H = light-onD = dark-onH/D = light-on or dark-on programmableH+D = light-on and dark-onRel. = relay output

ATEX approval: group II, category 3 DO5S50A: 2-wire DC PNPO5H50A, O5P50A, O5E50A: 3-wire DC PNP

Function Connection Output Type of light

LED

Spot Ø atmax.range[mm]

I0

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Diffuse reflection sensor · Background suppression · Range 0.05...1.8 m

M12 connector H/D PNP red 50 25 25 9 O5H50A

Retro-reflective sensor · Polarisation filter · Range 0.075...10 m prismatic reflector Ø 80 (E20005)

M12 connector H/D PNP red 250 20 25 9 O5P50A

Through-beam sensor · Transmitter Range ...25 m

M12 connector – red 625 20 43 10 O5S50A

Through-beam sensor · Receiver Range ...25 m

M12 connector H/D PNP red – 11 25 9 O5E50A

Common technical data

Ub: 10...36 V DCMaterial lens: PMMAMaterial housing: PA; bezel: high-gradestainless steel; operator interface: TPUOperating temperature: -25...60 °CProtection: IP 67 IICurrent rating: 200 mASwitching status indication: LED yellowOperation: LED green

You can find scale drawings from page 489 You can find details about reflectorsfrom page 433

Systems for specific applications

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

297

Marking of the unitO5S50A: Ex II 3D IP 65 T 95 °C XO5H50A: Ex II 3D IP 65 T 95 °C XO5P50A: Ex II 3D IP 65 T 95 °C XO5E50A: Ex II 3D IP 65 T 95 °C X

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Object recognition

299

Image sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Image sensorsfor industrial applicationsUniversal application

Rectangular housing O2D and lighting elements

300 - 302304 - 305

306 - 309

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Object recognition Image sensors

300

IntroductionIn assembly and handling technology, object recognition systems are an inte-gral part in assembly monitoring. The 100 % testing before, during or afterthe individual assembly steps prevents complex and cost-intensive reworkingor rejection of material or workpieces.

Image sensorThe efector dualis image sensor solves tasks like monitoring of presence,completeness and position, quality control as well as sorting tasks. With itsdimensions of only 60 x 42 x 53 mm it sets new standards and is thus suita-ble for use in applications with very limited mounting space. Furthermore,the industrially compatible mounting and wiring technology enables easyand quick process connection even in demanding applications.

The direct object detection functions like a photo comparison. If triggered byan internal or external trigger pulse, the efector dualis image sensor cap-tures an image of the object. Following the settings defined by the user thesensor recognises certain structures and contours by the grey shades in theimage. These structures and contours generate a geometric shape which theimage sensor compares to the shapes that the user has taught before bymeans of the original workpiece. If the detected geometric shape lies withinthe determined tolerances (contour, orientation and match), the result isconsidered positive. The realisation of a geometric shape using the imagedata allows quick and flexible object recognition. Here, it is now also possibleto compare the detected shape with various taught shapes. In addition, theimage can also be divided into individual shapes which are then separatelychecked for presence. This allows recognition if part of an object is missingduring completeness monitoring. Via a freely definable process interfacethese useful information can be made available to the user for process opti-misation.

Direct object detection

The workpiece moves between the image sensor and lighting element. Justwhen the workpiece is in the image zone of the image sensor a trigger produces a flash signal and the lighting element flashes briefly. The imagesensor captures the silhouette of the workpiece and compares the contourof the captured silhouette with the geometric shape stored in the unit. If adeviation from the stored reference contour is detected, the image sensortransmits a switching signal for example to the external controller to rejectthe faulty workpiece. The efector dualis image sensor can operate with anytype of light (e.g. white light, red light, infra-red light). ifm electronic offersalso suitable lighting elements either with visible red light or with invisibleinfra-red light.

The backlighting method

Image sensorefector dualis.

The efector dualisimage sensor reliably detectsthe fixing hole onthe joint flangeby means of abacklight.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Image sensors

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

301

Example of a con-tour verification.

MatchThe degree of match is a criterion for the accuracy of the object recognition.It determines the part of the geometric shape which must lie within the de-fined contour band.It corresponds to the minimum degree of match in percent which is requiredso that the object is considered as recognised.

OrientationThe orientation determines the permissible deviation between the detectedobject and the original orientation of the initial object. Relatively to this refer-ence orientation (or 0° orientation) the user can separately set the permissi-ble orientation deviations for both directions. The permissible orientationdeviation lies in the range from -180° to +180°. For circular objects the func-tion “orientation” is not available.

Number of objectsIt is possible to determine the number of the geometric shapes that shall bedetected. Thus, e.g. a wheel nut can be taught as a geometric shape andthen be searched for 4 times in the application. If not all shapes are detectedwith the requested degree of match the test is rated as not passed.

The silhouette or the grey shades of the structures on the object generate ageometrical shape. A “contour band” can be placed around the contours ofthis shape (see yellow line). Due to manufacturing tolerances, marks or burrson the workpiece the contours of the workpiece do not always match exact-ly but nevertheless correspond to the defined reference contours. Thus thecontour tolerance width describes the maximum permissible local deviationbetween the expected object and the detected object.

Contour tolerance width

302

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Object detection systems Image sensors

Functionality and processing power are integrated in the efector dualisimage sensor enabling various options: For communication and parametersetting a connection is set up via an Ethernet cable to the PC / notebook. Withthe operating software settings can be made and stored in the sensor. Thisprofessional software is menu-guided and is distinguished by its ease of useand user friendliness. A new model is set in the sensor in just six operatingsteps – easy to use!

The parameter setting software

For the backlighting method lighting elements are used which illuminate theobject from behind thus generating a silhouette for the contour sensor. Thenew generation of ifm’s backlights can be screwed onto a wall or an alumin-ium rail requiring only little space due to the extremely flat design of only 9.2 mm. They generate a very homogenous illuminated field with visible redor invisible infrared light and are available in three different sizes.The backlights allow operation with two different light intensities due to themicroprocessor technology: in the “normal” mode the element can work inthe permanent or pulsed mode, in the “high” mode pulse operation with a 4times more light is possible. The exposure time is thus reduced by 75 to 80 %which is an advantage especially for fast processes.

Low-profile lighting elements

Low-profile andpowerful lightingelements.

Set-up in just a few steps:

the easy menuguidance allowsconfiguration of

the efector dualisto your applica-

tion in just sixoperating steps.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

303

Image sensors

Selection chartObject recognition Image sensors

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

System Range

[mm]

304

60 x 42 x 44 contour and positionverification 2D ...2.000

type O2D

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Image sensors

Operating voltage

DC AC

Connection

Cable Connector Terminals

Application /Page

Application /Page

305

• – – • – 306

Object recognition for assembly and manufact. tasks and quality control.

Stand-alone unit with integratedlighting.

Compact and robust design.

Easy parameter setting.

Integrated Ethernet interface.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting set · clamp mounting · stainl.steel (304S15) / stainl. steel (316C) E2D110

Mounting set · clamp mounting · stainl.steel (304S15) / stainl. steel (316C) E2D112

Operating software · O2D E2D200

Connection piece · Ø 20 mm · stainless steel (316S12) E21076

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket, M12, group 172 m black, PUR cable E11231

Socket, M12, group 175 m black, PUR cable E11232

Socket, M122 m black, PUR cable E11950

Socket, M125 m black, PUR cable E11807

Socket, M12, group 1710 m black, PUR cable E11311

Jumper, M12 plug / RJ45 plug2 m green, PUR cable E11898

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Object recognition Image sensors For industrialapplications

306

Imagesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

O2D60 x 42 x 44 mm

and lightingelements

306 - 309

Type O2D for contour and position recognitionOperating voltage: DCConnection technology: M12 connector

Function Dimensions

[mm]

Max. fieldof view size

[mm]

Angle ofaperture

[°]

Detectiorate

[Hz]

Motion speed(max.)[ms/s]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

60 x 42 x 44 640 x 480 5.5 10 1 92 1 O2D220

60 x 42 x 44 1280 x 960 8.3 10 1 92 1 O2D222

You can find scale drawings from page 491

Image sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

307

Ultra-flat design, only 9.2 mm deep.

Permanent light or pulse operation.

Additional operating mode for 4 times more light.

Three illuminated field sizesfor different applications.

Infrared or red light.

Backlights

For contour and orientation recognition with efectordualis backlights in transmitted light technology areused. They illuminate the object from the back and thusgenerate a silhouette for the contour sensor. The newgeneration of ifm's backlights can be screwed onto awall or an aluminium rail requiring only little space dueto the extremely flat design of only 9.2 mm. They gene-rate a very homogenous illuminated field with visible redor invisible infrared light and are available in three diffe-rent sizes.The backlights allow operating with two different lightintensities due to the microprocessor technology: In the“normal” mode the element can work in the permanentor pulsed mode, in the “high” mode pulse operationwith a 4 times more light is possible. The exposure timeis thus reduced by 75 - 80 % which is an advantageespecially for fast processes.

Object recognition Image sensors For industrialapplications

308

Imagesensors

Page

For industrialapplications

O2D60 x 42 x 44 mm

and lightingelements

306 - 309

Supply voltage: DCConnection technology: cable versions

Function Dimensions

[mm]

Illuminatedarea

[mm]

I0normal light

intensity[mA]

I0high lightintensity *

[mA]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Transmitter red light 660 nm

66.5 x 33.4 x 9.2 25 x 25 50 25 59 2 O2D900

103 x 81 x 9.2 50 x 50 200 100 59 3 O2D902

156 x 133 x 9.2 100 x 100 450 250 59 4 O2D904

Transmitter infrared 880 nm

66.5 x 33.4 x 9.2 25 x 25 50 25 59 2 O2D901

103 x 81 x 9.2 50 x 50 200 100 59 3 O2D903

156 x 133 x 9.2 100 x 100 450 250 59 4 O2D905

Transmitter infrared 880 nm · Connector groups 7, 8

66.5 x 33.4 x 9.2 25 x 25 50 25 60 2 O2D906

103 x 81 x 9.2 50 x 50 200 100 60 3 O2D907

156 x 133 x 9.2 100 x 100 450 250 60 4 O2D908

Common technical data

Ub: 24 V DCMaterial housing: aluminiumMaterial lens: PMMAOperating temperature: 0...50 °CProtection: IP 65 / IIIConnection: PUR cable / 2 m; 4 x 0.34 mmTemperature protectionTrigger: external, 24 V PNP to IEC 61131-1Operating status indication: 3 x LED (green, yellow, red)* High light intensity: max. pulse length 50 ms, max. mark-to-space ratio: 1:10

You can find scale drawings from page 491

Image sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

309

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

311

Encoders

Incremental encodersfor industrial applications

Absolute encodersfor industrial applications

Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

System descriptionSelection chart

Universal applicationHousing RBHousing RUHousing RVHousing RAHousing RO

Housing RN parallelHousing RM SSIHousing RM Profibus

312 - 315316 - 317

318 - 319320 - 321322 - 323324 - 325326 - 327

328 - 329330 - 331332 - 333

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Encoders Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

312

IntroductionIn the field of industrial automation shaft encoders are of vital importance inattaining accurate sensing. In many manufacturing and production proces-ses they are indispensable as reliable transducers to ensure precise position-ing. They convert rotary movement into digital signals. This is usually donedirectly via a coupling at the motor. Linear measurement is also possible inconjunction with measuring wheels.Encoders use the wear-free photoelectric detection. A pulse disc firmly at-tached to the shaft ensures this detection. Remarkably, by means of high pulsecounts linear distances can be precisely resolved to just a few millimetres.Encoders are basically divided into two types: incremental and absoluteencoders.

Incremental encoders generate a precisely defined number of pulses perrevolution. They are a measure of the angular or linear distance moved.The coded disc is divided into separate segments which are alternately trans-parent or opaque. An LED emits a parallel-orientated light beam which illu-minates all segments of the coded disc. Photo elements receive the modula-ted light and convert it into two sinusoidal signals. Digitalisation electronicsamplify the signals and shape them into square-wave pulse trains which aregenerated via the line driver in the output.The phase difference between signal A and B, which are phase-shifted by 90degrees, allows evaluation of the direction of rotation. Moreover all encodersgenerate an index pulse exactly once per revolution.

Incremental encoders

measuring wheel

encoder

arm

photo elementscoded disc

detection grid

LED

shaft

bearing

mounting flange

electricalsignals

reference mark

photo elements

scanning plate

light sources

coded disc

shaft

Absolute encoders provide an absolute numerical value for each angularposition. This code value is available immediately after power is applied. This“absolute” value makes a reference procedure like the one required for theincremental encoder unnecessary.Absolute encoders are used wherever angular positions have to be allocatedto a certain value and where the detection of the present position is abso-lutely necessary in the case of a power failure.

Absolute encoders

1.Design ofan incrementalencoder.

1. 2.

2.Absoluteencoders:The coded discconsists of seg-ments which arealternately trans-parent or opaque.

Linear measure-ment by means ofcounter module:Rotary movementis converted intodigital signals.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

313

gear box

hall element

coded disc

Absolute encoders are further divided into singleturn and multiturn enco-ders. Singleturn encoders divide a mechanical revolution (0 to 360 degrees)into a certain number of measuring steps. The measuring values are repeatedafter one revolution. The maximum resolution is 8192.Multiturn encoders, however, do not only detect angular positions but alsodistinguish between multiple revolutions. The position within one revolutionis determined according to the principle of the singleturn encoder. In orderto distinguish between the number of revolutions permanent magnetsembedded in the discs are used which are connected to each other via gears.Detection is made via digital Hall-effect sensors. The maximum resolution ofthe multiturn encoders is 8192 steps x 4096 revolutions.

Singleturn and multiturn

Principle ofthe multi-turndetection.

A coded disc is firmly mounted on a shaft. The coded segments are appliedto it. The light source emits a parallel-orientated light beam which illumina-tes all segments of the coded disc. Photo elements receive the modulatedlight and convert it into sinusoidal signals. The signals are subsequently digit-ised. Depending on the encoder version the angular value is provided as aparallel or series output.

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Encoders Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

314

Profibus encoderDue to the implementation of an interface for PROFIBUS-DP this encodercan be directly connected to the bus. The advantage: there is no further costfor the user for additional controller hardware. He simply needs to set theslave address and the encoder is a PROFIBUS-DP participant.The encoders operate to the requirement profile of the Profibus user organi-sation and support the device class 2. Thus immediate and decentralisedprocessing of many controller functions can be performed in the encoder:the resolution of 25 bits is freely scaleable and the direction of rotation forrising code values can be programmed. This is useful for machines with dif-ferent directions of rotation of the axes.Further controller features are the limit switch function, the detection ofmovements and the preset value function. Thus the zero point of the encod-er is conveniently adapted to the mechanical zero point of the installation. Incase of a fault the units transfer diagnostic messages and warnings. Thusmachine downtimes and related cost are reduced to a minimum.

Controllerintegrated:Multiturn enco-der with integra-ted PROFIBUS-DPinterface.

CodeThe rotating coded disc of absolute encoders is encoded in the so-called“Gray” code. This code proceeds by one step, i.e. when going from onenumber to the following only one single bit changes. This means an addition-al reliability factor.As opposed to the binary code where each bit combination is allotted a cer-tain decimal number the individual bits in the Gray code do not correspondto a numerical value. The bit combination read is converted into a binarycode by a suitable code converter (in the PLC) and can then be further pro-cessed.The genuine Gray code, i.e. the one fully using the number of bits, countsfrom zero to ... 2n–1 (n is the number of bits).Sometimes, however, resolutions are requested which cannot be represent-ed by a power to two such as the value 360. To represent this number in theGray code on the coded disc a trick is used:For a required resolution the Gray code for the next highest number (whichmust be a power of 2) is taken as a basis, but only the mid-section of thecode is used, i.e. the excess codes at the beginning and at the end are de-leted. This ensures that for each increment no more than one step will changeeven when counting past zero. This type of code is called Gray excess code. Gray excess code:

These bitcombinations

allow the use ofall resolutionswhich can be

divided by two.

D C B A

8 4 2 1

0123456789

101112131415

binary code

0123456789

101112131415

Gray code

D C B A

0123456789

10 Gray excesscode 3

none

D C B A

none

Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

315

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

RevolutionThe maximum revolution refers to the mechanical load of an encoder. If theresolution is high the maximum switching frequency may be reached sooner.The reason: The maximum switching frequency of the electronics is 160 or300 kHz depending on the type.Example:Encoder RU-1500-I05 / RU1030Resolution: 1.500 pulses / 360ºmax. revolution mechanical: 1.2000 min–1

max. switching frequency electrical: 300 kHzFor rpm = 12.000 min–1 this would mean12.000 x 1.500

= 300 kHz60 s

MountingEncoders must be protected against mechanical overload, such as displace-ment between the drive and encoder shafts, to avoid damage to the shaftsand bearings or measuring inaccuracies. Therefore a flexible coupling shouldalways be mounted between the drive and encoder shafts (see encoderaccessories).N.B.: The encoder shaft must not be hit when mounting the coupling as thiscould cause the coded disc to break.The encoders can be mounted on an angle bracket by means of mountingholes on the front face of the encoder.

Special type hollow shaft encodersHollow shaft encoders are always used when reduced installation length isrequired or when precision is important where the drive is subjected to highacceleration.Because of their mechanical design incremental hollow shaft encoders aresuitable for revolutions up to 12,000 rpm.The encoder can be mounted easily by pushing it directly over the drivingshaft and connecting it by means of a screw to the shaft. The stator couplingcompensates for axial alignment errors and is connected to the fixed part ofthe motor or shaft housing by means of 4 screws. For more details we referyou to the Installation Instructions of the individual units.

No adjustment:Simply connectthe stator cou-pling by meansof screws –mechanicaltolerances areautomaticallycompensated for.

Hollow shaftencoders:

For drives withhigh acceleration.

They are alsodistinguished byreduced installa-

tion length.

Selection chartEncoders Incremental encoders,

absolute encoders

Incremental encoders

For industrialapplications

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Operatingvoltage

[V]

Shaft Ø[mm]

ResolutionPulses

Solidshaft

Hollowshaft

from to

Application /Page

316

Ø 35L = 45 – 6 10 1000 5 DC /

10...30 DC

Ø 35L = 40 6 – 5 1000 5 DC /

10...30 DC

Ø 58L = 46 6 – 48 10000 5 DC /

10...30 DC

Ø 58L = 46 10 – 50 5000 5 DC /

10...30 DC

Ø 58L = 46 – 10

12 100 5000 5 DC /10...30 DC

type RA

type RB

type RU

type RV

type RO

324

318

320

322

326

For industrialapplications

34Absolute encoders

Housing / Dimensions

[mm]

Operatingvoltage

[V]

Shaft Ø[mm]

ResolutionBits

Solidshaft

Hollowshaft

Single Multi

Application /Page

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Incremental encoders,absolute encoders

317

Ø 58L = 63

610 12 13 12 10...30 DC

Ø 58L = 85

610 – 13 12 10...30 DC

Ø 58L = 62 10 – 9

12 – 10...30 DC

type RN parallel

type RM SSI standard

type RM Profibus DP

328

330

332

Small outside diameter Ø 35 mm.

Solid shaft Ø 6 mm.

Resolutions up to 1000.

Cable entry for radial and axial use.

Very favourably priced solid shaftencoder.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type RB · aluminium /black anodised E60033

Resilient base for angle flanges ·aluminium / black anodised E60036

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60064

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · alu. E60063

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60121

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug, M23, group 40soldering E60128

Socket, M23, group 23soldering E60124

Plug, M23, group 25soldering E60141

Socket, M23, group 24soldering E60122

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Encoders Incremental encoders For industrialapplications

318

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Incremental encoder type RBwith solid shaft Ø 6 mm.

Resolution Ub

[V]

f

[kHz]

Iload

[mA]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output HTL-output 50 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min

5 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6044

10 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6001

20 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6002

25 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6003

30 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6004

50 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6005

60 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6006

100 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6007

125 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6009

150 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6010

200 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6011

250 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6012

360 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6013

400 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6014

500 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6015

600 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6016

1000 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 1 RB6029

Common technical data

Current consumption: 95 (max. 150) mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 10000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 10 (55 - 2000 Hz) gShock resistance: 100 (6 ms) gMax. shaft load: axial 5 N, radial 10 N, at the shaft endConnection: PUR cable, 2 m

You can find scale drawings from page 492

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Incremental encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

319

Wiring

white/green: 0Vbrown/green: L+brown: Agreen: 0V Agrey: Bpink: 0V Bred: 0 indexblack: 0V 0 indexlilac: error (inv.)screen: housing

Wiring no. 1

Up to 10,000 pulses.

High shaft load.

Compact dimensions.

Mounting by means of clampsor screws.

High mechanical rpm.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRU · aluminium / black anodised E60034

Fastening clamp · for synchro flange ·steel E60041

Resilient base for angle flanges ·aluminium / black anodised E60036

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60064

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · alu. E60063

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60121

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug, M23, group 40soldering E60123

Socket, M23, group 23soldering E60124

Plug, M23, group 25soldering E60141

Socket, M23, group 24soldering E60122

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Encoders Incremental encoders For industrialapplications

320

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Further encoders on request.

Incremental encoder type RUwith solid shaft Ø 6 mmSynchro flange

Resolution Ub

[V]

f

[kHz]

Iload

[mA]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output TTL output 20 mA

500 5 300 20 -40...100 1 2 RU1016

1000 5 300 20 -40...100 1 2 RU1024

1024 5 300 20 -40...100 1 2 RU1025

2000 5 300 20 -40...100 1 2 RU1033

2500 5 300 20 -40...100 1 2 RU1036

Cable 2 m · Output HTL-output 50 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min

100 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6003

250 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6010

360 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6013

500 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6016

1000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6024

1024 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6025

2000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6033

2500 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6036

3600 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6040

5000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6045

10000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 2 RU6052

Common technical data

Current consumption: < 150 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 16000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 30 g (55...2000 Hz)Shock resistance: 200 g (6 ms)Max. shaft load: axial 10 N, radial 20 N, at the shaft endConnection: PUR cable, 2 m

You can find scale drawings from page 492

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Incremental encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

321

Wiring

brown: Agreen: A (inv.)grey: Bpink: B (inv.)red: 0 indexblack: 0 index (inv.)blue: L+ (sensor)white: 0V (sensor)brown/green: L+ (Up)white/green: 0V (Un)lilac: error (inv.)screen: housing

Wiring no. 1

Robust design.

High shaft load.

Long centring collar Ø 36 mm.

Resolution up to 5,000 pulses.

Mounting by clamping ringor screws.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRV · aluminium / black anodised E60035

Resilient base for angle flanges ·aluminium / black anodised E60036

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60066

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection · Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · alu. E60028

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60117

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug, M23, group 40soldering E60123

Socket, M23, group 23soldering E60124

Plug, M23, group 25soldering E60141

Socket, M23, group 24soldering E60122

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Encoders Incremental encoders For industrialapplications

322

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Further encoders on request.

Incremental encoder type RVwith solid shaft Ø 10 mm with recessed surfaceClamp flange

Resolution Ub

[V]

f

[kHz]

Iload

[mA]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output TTL output 20 mA

500 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1016

1000 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1024

1024 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1025

2000 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1033

2500 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1036

5000 5 300 20 -40...100 1 3 RV1051

Cable 2 m · Output HTL-output 50 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min

50 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6001

100 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6003

200 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6009

250 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6010

360 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6013

500 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6016

600 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6018

1000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6024

1024 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6025

1250 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6028

2000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6033

2048 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6034

2500 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6036

3600 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6040

5000 10...30 300 50 -40...100 1 3 RV6100

Common technical data

Current consumption: < 150 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 12000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 30 g (55...2000 Hz)Shock resistance: 200 g (6 ms)Max. shaft load: axial 10 N, radial 20 N, at the shaft endConnection: PUR cable, 2 m

You can find scale drawings from page 492

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Incremental encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

323

Wiring

brown: Agreen: A (inv.)grey: Bpink: B (inv.)red: 0 indexblack: 0 index (inv.)blue: L+ (sensor)white: 0V (sensor)brown/green: L+ (Up)white/green: 0V (Un)lilac: error (inv.)screen: housing

Wiring no. 1

Mounting:

The incremental shaft encoders with stator coupling aremounted without any further mounting accessories. Theencoder is pushed onto the rotating shaft and connec-ted to the shaft at the rotor by means of screws orclamps.The stator coupling is then fixed to the non-rotating partas torque bracket.

Small outside diameter Ø 35 mm.

Hollow shaft opento one side Ø 6 mm.

Resolutions up to 1000.

Cable entry for radial and axial use.

Excellent price / performance ratio.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug, M23, group 40soldering E60128

Socket, M23, group 23soldering E60124

Plug, M23, group 25soldering E60141

Socket, M23, group 24soldering E60122

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Encoders Incremental encoders For industrialapplications

324

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Incremental shaft encoder type RAwith Ø 6 mm hollow shaft open to one side

Resolution Ub

[V]

f

[kHz]

Iload

[mA]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 2 m · Output HTL-output 50 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min

10 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 4 RA6001

100 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 4 RA6007

200 10...30 160 50 -30...70 1 5 RA6011

360 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 4 RA6013

500 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 4 RA6015

1000 10...30 160 50 -40...70 1 4 RA6029

Common technical data

Current consumption: 95 (max. 150) mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 10000 1/minStarting torque: < 2,5 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 10 (55 - 2000 Hz) gShock resistance: 100 (6 ms) gConnection: PUR cable, 2 m

You can find scale drawings from page 492

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Incremental encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

325

Wiring

white/green: 0Vbrown/green: L+brown: Agreen: 0V Agrey: Bpink: 0V Bred: 0 indexblack: 0V 0 indexlilac: error (inv.)screen: housing

Wiring no. 1

Mounting:

The incremental shaft encoders with stator coupling aremounted without any further mounting accessories. Theencoder is pushed onto the rotating shaft and connec-ted to the shaft at the rotor by means of screws orclamps.The stator coupling is then fixed to the non-rotating partas torque bracket.

12 mm hollow shaft.

High switching frequency.

Reduced installation length.

Allows connection to shaft end.

Mounted stator coupling.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug, M23, group 40soldering E60123

Socket, M23, group 23soldering E60124

Plug, M23, group 25soldering E60141

Socket, M23, group 24soldering E60122

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Encoders Incremental encoders For industrialapplications

326

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Incremental shaft encoder type ROwith Ø 12 mm hollow shaft open to one side

Resolution Ub

[V]

f

[kHz]

Iload

[mA]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 1 m · Output HTL output 20 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min

100 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6342

360 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6343

500 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6344

1024 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6345

3600 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6348

4096 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6349

5000 10...30 300 20 -40...100 1 6 RO6350

Common technical data

Current consumption RO63xx: < 150 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 12000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 30 g (55...2000 Hz)Shock resistance: 200 g (6 ms)Connection: PUR cable, 1 m

You can find scale drawings from page 492

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Incremental encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

327

Wiring

brown: Agreen: A (inv.)grey: Bpink: B (inv.)red: 0 indexblack: 0 index (inv.)ncol:blue: L+ (sensor)white: 0V (sensor)brown/green: L+ (Up)white/green: 0V (Un)screen: housinglilac: error (inv.)

Wiring no. 1

Direct connection to I/O module.

Gray code proceeding by one step.

Standard type.

Cable connection axial or radial.

High switching frequency.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRN · aluminium / black anodised E60034

Fastening clamp · for synchro flange ·steel E60041

Resilient base for angle flanges ·aluminium / black anodised E60036

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60066

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection · Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · alu. E60028

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60117

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Scanning

photo elements

scanning plate

light sources

coded disc

shaft

Encoders Absolute encoders For industrialapplications

328

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Absolute singleturn encoderwith parallel interface and solid shaftSynchro flange 58 mm

Resolution

steps

Resolution

bit

Shaft Ø

[mm]

Cable entry Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 1 m · Output Parallel data interface / HTL output 20 mA

360 360 10 09 1 1 RN6002

360 9 10 09 1 1 RN6010

4096 12 10 09 2 1 RN6024

4096 12 10 09 2 1 RN6026

Common technical data

Current consumption: < 250 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 10000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 10 (55 - 2000 Hz) gShock resistance: 100 (6 ms) gMax. shaft load: axial 10 N, radial 20 N, at the shaft endConnection: PUR cable, 1 m

You can find scale drawings from page 493

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Absolute encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

329

Wiring

brown: 10...30Vyellow/brown: 10...30V (sensor)white: 0Vwhite/yellow: 0V (sensor)green: release A (inv.) 5...30Vyellow: release B (inv.) 5...30Vwhite/grey: Bit 9 (MSB) (inv.)brown/green: Bit 9 (MSB)white/green: Bit 8ncol:red/blue: Bit 7grey/pink: Bit 6lilac: Bit 5black: Bit 4red: Bit 3blue: Bit 2pink: Bit 1screen: housing

Wiring no. 1

brown: 10...30Vyellow/brown: 10...30V (sensor)white: 0Vwhite/yellow: 0V (sensor)brown/green: Bit 12 (MSB)white/green: Bit 11red/blue: Bit 10grey/pink: Bit 9ncol:lilac: Bit 8black: Bit 7red: Bit 6blue: Bit 5pink: Bit 4grey: Bit 3grey/brown: Bit 2white/pink: Bit 1screen: housing

Wiring no. 2

Pulse diagram

t1, t2 < 60 ns

release A

release B

= low: tracks 3 to 10 to output (8 to 10 bit version)

= low: tracks 1 to 2 to output (8 to 10 bit version)

high -impedance signal outputs

tracks 7 to 12 to output (11 and 12 bit version)

tracks 1 to 6 to output (11 and12 bit version)

release B

release A

t1 t2

t+ t– t1 t 2

tracks 3 to 10 (8, 9, 10 bit)7 to 12 (11, 12 bit)

tracks1 to 2 (8, 9, 10 bit)1 to 6 (11, 12 bit)

release Aand release B simultaneously low: tracks 1 to 8 (1 to 9; 1 to 10; 1 to 11; 1 to 12) to output.

You can find the system component SSI controller E65005in the chapter evaluation systems, page 370.

High resolution.

Serial interface RS-485.

Easy and quick connection.

High switching frequency.

Standard flange.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type RM · aluminium / black anodised E60034

Fastening clamp · for synchro flange ·steel E60041

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60066

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection · Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · alu. E60028

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60117

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Incremental signal

90° el. phase difference

signal period

360° el.

zero positionof the absoluteposition value

0

0

A

B

2 sinusoidal signals A and B.B following A when turned clockwise (seen on the shaft).

signal amplitude A and B:0.8...1.2 Vss with resistor Z0 = 120

Encoders Absolute encoders For industrialapplications

330

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

SSI connection

In quiescent condition the clock and datalines are “high”. The current data word isstored with the first falling clock edge. Datatransfer begins with the first rising clockedge. After transfer of a complete dataword the data output remains at “low”. Theencoder is ready for a new data word trans-fer after time t3 has elapsed. If during thistime t3 a new clock pulse comes, the samedata word is transferred again. If the dataoutput (clock = high for t3) is interrupted,the next data word is stored and the exter-nal electronics receives the data with thenext rising clock edge.

Absolute multiturn encoderwith serial interface and solid shaftSynchro flange 58 mm

Resolution Ub

[V]

Shaft Ø

[mm]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Cable 1 m · Output SSI data interface

25 bits 10...30 6 -20...85 1 2 RM6101

25 bits 10...30 10 -20...85 1 2 RM6104

Common technical data

Current consumption: < 250 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 12000 1/min / 10000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 10 (55 - 2000 Hz) gShock resistance: 100 (6 ms) gMax. shaft load: axial 10 N, radial 20 N, at the shaft endConnection: PUR cable, 1 m

You can find scale drawings from page 493

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Absolute encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

331

Wiring

black: n.c.red: n.c.green: n.c.brown: n.c.brown/green: 10...30V (Up)lilac: clockyellow: clock (inv.)screen: housingncol:white/green: 0V (Un)blue/black: B+red/black: B-grey: datagreen/black: A+yellow/black: A-pink: data (inv.)

Wiring no. 1

Pulse diagram

t1 T25T

t3

t2

25 2 1LSBMSB

data

cycle

24 23

T = 0,9 to 11 µs (cycle)t1 = > 0,45 µst2 = 0,4 µs (without extension cable)t3 = 12 to 35 µs

Function

encoder according to the class 2 profile:

units ofclass 1

units ofclass 2

basic function

scalingfunction

preset function

position

output of theposition value

direction of rotation

- scaling function

- measuring step per revolution

- measuring range in measuring steps

- control function / status

preset value

absolute position. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The GSD file and the manual can be downloadedfree of charge from www.ifm-electronic.com.

Short housing length of only 80 mm.

Easy connection by terminal chamber.

Functionalities of class 2to EN 50170.

Integrated diagnostic function.

Resolution, direction of rotation andlimit switch function selectable.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Angle bracket · for type RM · aluminium / black anodised E60034

Fastening clamp · for synchro flange ·steel E60041

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRM · aluminium / black anodised E60035

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60064

Flexible coupling with clamp connection ·Ø 10 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60067

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Encoders Absolute encoders For industrialapplications

332

Incrementalencoders

Page

For industrialapplications

RBØ 35 mm

318 - 319

RUØ 58 mm

320 - 321

RVØ 58 mm

322 - 323

RAØ 35 mm

324 - 325

ROØ 58 mm

326 - 327

Absoluteencoders

For industrialapplications

Profibus-DP

Profibus-DP is a manufacturer-independent, open field-bus standardised by the international standards IEC61158 and IEC 61784. By using fieldbus systems, thewiring complexity between the sensors / actuators of amachine and the control system (PLC) as compared toparallel wiring is to be considerably reduced.In principle, two different means of transmission areavailable for Profibus-DP, electrical line and fibre optic.When using fibre optics, line, star and ring topologiescan be implemented. For electrical lines, only the linestructure can be implemented as topology, because bothends must be terminated by a resistor. The electrical cha-racteristics correspond to the standard of an RS-485interface. Profibus-DP supports transmission rates bet-ween 9.6 Kbits/s and 12 Mbits/s.

Absolute multiturn shaft encoderwith integrated Profibus interface

Resolution Ub

[V]

Shaft Ø

[mm]

Operatingtemperature

[°C]

Wiringdiagram

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Terminals · Output Profibus data interface

25 bits 10...30 6 -40...70 - 3 RM3001

25 bits 10...30 10 -40...70 - 4 RM3005

Common technical data

Current consumption: < 150 mAMax. perm. rpm / mech.: 12000 1/minStarting torque: < 1 (20 °C) NcmVibration resistance: 10 (55 - 2000 Hz) gShock resistance: 100 (6 ms) gMax. shaft load: axial 10 N, radial 20 N, at the shaft endConnection: Terminal strip in the terminalchamber

You can find scale drawings from page 493

RN (parallel)Ø 58 mm

328 - 329

RM (SSI)Ø 58 mm

330 - 331

RM (Profibus)Ø 58 mm

332 - 333

Absolute encoders

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

333

Configuration and set-upThe unit data of a participant required for a Profibus-DPconfiguration are stored in the so-called unit master file(GSD). Using the GSD file, a user-friendly integration of aProfibus-DP participant in the bus system is possible.Customer-specific parameter settings are also stored inthe GSD file and provided to the master.Additional functionsifm has equipped its encoders with the profile of class 2.This profile supports diagnostic functions as well asreading of the “electronic type label”. Programmingfunctions such as preset / zero shift, scaling (change of resolution) and detection of the operating time arepossible.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Evaluation systems,power supplies

335

Digital and analogue signal processingfor industrial applications

Digital and analogue signal processingfor safety applications

Digital and analogue signal processingTransformer and switched-mode power supplies

System descriptionSelection chart

Pulse evaluation systemsMeasurement and displayCounting and displayingEncoder evaluation systemsDigital signal processingStandard signal evaluation and display

Universal application

Evaluation systems for safety applications

Special applicationDigital and analogue signal processingfor hazardous areas

Transformer and switched-mode power suppliesfor industrial applications

Universal applicationTransformer power suppliesSwitched-mode power supplies

Switching amplifiers intrinsically safe

336 - 343344 - 349

350 - 365366 - 367368 - 369370 - 371372 - 373374 - 377

378 - 381

382 - 387

388 - 389390 - 391

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

336

IntroductionAlthough it is quite natural that PLCs are finding increasing application inindustrial automation, there are still numerous operations in practice whoseprocesses and states require decentralised monitoring and displaying.The basis for evaluation is the translation of mechanical movement into digi-tal electrical signals (pulses). This is ideally implemented using non-contactsensors or encoders.For this ifm electronic offers a number of pulse evaluation systems in theproduct group “ecomat 200”. The application area ranges from simplestandstill monitoring or blockage protection of a conveyor belt, maximumspeed monitoring in wind power stations, slip monitoring of couplingsthrough to direction monitoring, e.g. twin pumps with non-return valves.Different units for rail mounting and compact designs in M30 metal housingare available. They include evaluation systems such as speed monitors, frequency-current converters for rail mounting as well as compact types inM30 metal housing and also processor-controlled units for panel mountingto indicate rates of rotation, speeds, processing times and quantities.In conjunction with sensors or incremental encoders electronic counters ena-ble detection of quantities or linear and angular measurement. Evaluation systems for standard analogue signals, for example for monito-ring and displaying process values such as pressure, flow rate, temperatureand volume are also available for rail mounting and as units for panel moun-ting.All units are distinguished by a high reliability and easy handling. Indepen-dent of the PLC they indicate operating states or signal faults and machinerystates. They help to reduce downtimes and production loss.

Pulse evaluationsystems are usedfor the decentral-ised monitoringof drives.

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

337

The double systemFR-2 monitors the

rotational speedof two independ-

ent drives.

The monitor FS-1for rotationalspeed monitoring.

Synchronousmonitoring with

FS-3 monitor.

The different evaluation systemsMonitorsThe monitor series includes speed monitors, slip / synchronous monitors,direction monitors, frequency-current / voltage converters and thresholdrelays for standard analogue signals.The units have numerous options. A combined 7 1/4-segment LCD displayserves to indicate the actual values of input frequencies and analogue out-put signals. Furthermore, it supports the user with parameter setting. Practi-cal setting ranges, freely selectable switching functions and combined relay /transistor outputs enable adaptation to different applications.Various special functions such as delay times, fleeting function for the out-put relays, external release of the start-up delay and the fault memory withexternal reset option underline functionality and flexible adaptability to theapplication. This eliminates the need to use additional switchgear such astimer or blocking relays.The inputs are designed for PNP or NPN switching sensors, 24 V DC NAMURsensors, encoder signals, mechanical pulse pick-ups or standard analoguesignals.Their wide-range voltage inputs ensure that they are suited for almost alloperating voltages world-wide. The UL/CSA approvals support the world-wide use of these units.FR-1: Single pulse evaluation systems for rates of rotation speed,speed, machine cyclesWith one pulse input, two switch points and an analogue output the unitmonitors whether the actual speed of a drive is below or above the setspeed. Setting and indication are in RPM (revolutions per minute) or Hertz(Hz). With the integrated frequency-to-current converter a frequency rangecan be converted into an analogue signal (0 /4 to 20 mA).FR-2: Double pulse evaluation systems for rates of rotation speed,speed, machine cyclesThis double system with the functions of the FR-1 (but without analogueoutput) allows monitoring of two independent drives. Each pulse input isassigned a switch point and switching output.FS-1 / FS-2 / FS-3: Pulse evaluation systems for rotational speed, slip /synchronisation, skew, torsionThe system has two pulse inputs to compare two pulse sequences (rotationalspeeds, linear movement) and determines the deviation – either as slip inpercent on the master / slave principle (FS-1) or by means of differential pul-ses per time unit and reset time (FS-2). The FS-3 works without reset timeand determines the pulse difference across any stretch of time. The relay /transistor outputs switch when the set slip or pulse difference is exceeded.With the FS-1 it is also possible to monitor whether the actual speed of thedrive (master) is above or below a set value.FD-1 / FD-2: Pulse evaluation systems for direction monitoringThe direction of rotation is monitored by means of two sensors or an enco-der. The detected direction is signalled with one relay output each for“right” and “left”. As an alternative a combined direction / rotational speedmonitoring with separate outputs for direction and rotational speed can beimplemented.

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

338

StandardSimple monitoring tasks can be handled by the tried-and-tested analoguespeed monitors of the series D 100 and A 300. These reliable monitors pro-vide the most important functions for simple speed monitoring, for exampleon conveyors and dosing systems, ventilators in drying systems or whenmoving workpieces in induction hardening systems. The A 300 and D 100monitors are the optimum choice for underspeed or blockage monitoring.And yet the user does not have to do without convenient features such aswide-range power supply and transistor output. Owing to the housing type and rail mounting it is possible to use varioussensor principles and types as pulse pick-ups – from the most frequentlyused inductive proximity switches or optical sensors to encoders.The exception is the family of M30 compact speed monitors DIA – the eva-luation systems with integrated sensor. The 3-wire DC units are especiallysuited for direct connection to the PLC while 2-wire AC units can be used inconjunction with contactors.

FA-1: Frequency-current / voltage converters and rotational speedmonitorsWith one pulse input and the integrated frequency-current converter anypulse sequence can be converted into a standard analogue signal. A propor-tional or antiproportional behaviour can be selected for the characteristics of the output signal. In addition it is possible to monitor whether the inputfrequency is above or below a set value. A combined relay-transistor outputswitches in accordance with the set switching function.AL-1 / AL-3: Analogue threshold relays for analogue signalsThe single-channel threshold relay AL-1 is suited for monitoring a 4...20 mAanalogue signal. It works without any auxiliary energy and switches the relayoutput once the limit value has been reached.With two analogue inputs, one analogue output and four operating modesthe AL-3 offers various possibilities to monitor physical units which can beconverted into standard analogue signals. Subtraction and summation ispossible by means of signal combination. Setting of the switch points anddisplay of the measured values can be adapted to the measuring range ofthe connected sensor. A combined relay-transistor output switches in accor-dance with the set switching function. In addition the signal monitoring indi-cates wire break and too high an input signal.Wire monitoringUnits of the monitor series FR and FS are also available with integrated wiremonitoring. By using NAMUR sensors in accordance with DIN 19234 with anoperating voltage of 8.2 V DC the cable to the sensor can be monitored forshort circuit or wire break by means of current measurement. Faults aredetected and a message is provided to the system.

Machine cyclesmust also bemonitored inconveying.

Level monitoringand display on

a tank with theanalogue thres-hold relay AL-3.

Frequency-to-currentconverter FA-1:Pulse sequencesare convertedinto digitalsignals.

System description

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Speed monitor D100The universal speed monitor with a setting range of 5...5,000 pulses / minu-te, switch point, hysteresis and start-up delay is set via a potentiometer. Theunits with wide-range power supply have a combined relay-transistor out-put. Its four switching functions enable it to indicate operating states such as

drive is runningrotational speed reached

or fault situations, e.g.speed exceededunderspeedstandstill / blockage

Standstill monitor A100The A300 with a setting range of 5...100 pulses per minute is normally usedfor underspeed monitoring, easy standstill messages or as a protectionagainst blockage. Hysteresis and start-up delay are fixed while the switchpoint is set using a potentiometer. The units with wide-range power supplyhave a combined relay-transistor output. Two switching functions are availa-ble for indicating

underspeedstandstill / blockage

Speed monitor compact DIAThe compact speed monitor is an analogue evaluation system for monitoringrotational speed – preferably whether the actual speed is below the presetvalue and blockage (standstill). Sensor and evaluation electronics are inte-grated into a compact M30 metal housing. The switch point is set within a large setting range using a spindle potentiometer. Switching function,start-up delay and hysteresis are fixed.The typical monitoring function is the indication of standstill or underspeed.This means that the output is only switched when the rotational speed isgreater than the set switch point.The unit is also suited for ATEX 3D applications.

339

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

DisplaysDisplays are used for local indication and monitoring of measured values.The user always has an overview of the various machine and plant parame-ters in automated processes. Thanks to the 15 mm characters the displaysensure good readability. Different functions enable various applications withone unit only. In addition there are variants with switching output or analo-gue output with standard signals.

Displays:Different machineparameters canbe directly indi-cated locally.

Compact speedmonitor:

The evaluationelectronics for

rotational speedmonitoring

is integratedinto the sensor

housing.

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

340

CountersFor detecting objects, e.g. by photoelectric sensors, pulse sequences aregenerated which are evaluated by electronic counters and indicated as anumerical value. They can be pure display counters which have to be resetmanually or preset counters with switching output which are used on pak-king machines for pick-and-pack operations, for example.In conjunction with encoders and the evaluation of shifted pulse sequencescounters can be used as direction-dependent linear measurement systemswhich, for example, trigger a cutting operation when a certain preset value(length) is reached.Series 100Counters of the series 100 are display counters which only indicate the num-ber of the input pulses or the measured length. Resetting is done manually. Series 200 / 400Counters of the series 200 / 400 are preset counters which trigger a swit-ching operation when a preset is reached and can be reset automatically(auto reset). Counting is possible starting from a preset towards 0 or startingfrom 0 to a preset value.To measure length an adjustable anticipatory preset value can be set in thecounter. This value triggers a switched signal always keeping the same diffe-rence to the final value. Series 210The counters of the series 210 are preset counters with LCD or LED display ina plastic housing with compact dimensions. Similar to the counter 200 theyfeature further operating modes and the function of a batch counter.

Not just counting:When a freelydefinable presetvalue has beenreached, a swit-ching signal isoutput.

FX360 for digital signalsIn automated processes it may be important for the machine operator to beinformed about the current rotational speeds, belt speeds or processingtimes on site. The FX360 allows calculation of the belt speeds as well as pro-cessing time for products in drying ovens on the basis of the speed-propor-tional pulse sequences.Limit values can be monitored or processing times be documented by meansof the current or voltage output. It is also suited for easy counting tasks orlength measurement.AX360 for analogue signalsIn process technology local visualisation and monitoring of current processvalues, e.g. flow, pressure or temperature may be important for the machineoperator. Typical sensors for these applications supply a digital switched sig-nal informing whether limit values have been reached or are above or belowpreset values. The pressure or temperature values measured by a sensor or atransmitter can be directly shown on these scaleable displays using the linearoutput signal which is proportional to the measured quantity. With suitableflow sensors it is possible to indicate flow velocities or quantities, e.g. in litresper minute. The display AX360 can measure standard analogue signals on two inputsand display them by means of the scaling function as pressure, temperatureor flow rate value. Different functions allow the unit to be operated as a oneor two-channel unit or as a differential display. The unit is also available withtransistor output at option.

Analogue valuedisplay AX360:By means of a

flow sensor theprogrammabledisplay directly

indicates theflow in “litres /

minute”.

System description

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

N600A power supply with 24 V DC / 100 mA in a housing for standard DIN railmounting serves to supply the connected sensor whose output signal trig-gers the output relay of the switching amplifier. Thus currents up to 8 A ACcan be switched at 250 V AC with the low switching power of a sensor.The unit is suited for PNP and NPN-switching sensors.N602The two-channel switching amplifier can supply two sensors which have atotal current consumption of 300 mA. Their output signals switch two sepa-rately operating relays. This means that currents up to 4 A AC can be swit-ched at 250 V AC.The unit is suited for PNP and NPN-switching sensors.Overview of the features:

two separately operating switching amplifiers in one housingoperating voltage 90...240 V ACintegrated power supply, 24 V DC, 300 mAsensor voltage supply 2 x 150 mA or 1 x 300 mAincrease of the switching capacity to 4 A AC by means of output relays

Multifunction relay T700The switching amplifier T700 operates in a similar way as the N600, how-ever it provides the possibility to influence the incoming signals with timerfunctions before the output relay switches.Switching functions:

on delayoff pulseon pulseoff delay

341

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Switching amplifiers

Pulse dividers and pulse convertersWith pulse dividers high frequencies or quick pulse sequences can be adap-ted to low input frequencies of evaluation systems and controllers.Pulse converters stretch very short pulses which are for example generatedwhen optically detecting small parts to a length which is detected by stan-dard inputs of a PLC.

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Fail-safe evaluation unitThe evaluation unit is a redundant system to process up to 3 chains of sen-sors. Up to 10 sensors can be connected.The evaluation unit supplies / monitors the connected fail-safe sensors andevaluates their sensing status. If all fail-safe switches are fully operational,correctly damped and the feedback contacts activated, the evaluation unitswitches the output stages (solid-state, pulsed PNP and NPN). The safe stateis the state when the output stages are switched off (principle of normallyclosed operation, zero-current state).

System description

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Primary switched-mode power supplies are a compact and economical solu-tion to supply sensors, actuators and sensitive electronic components andare gaining more and more acceptance. As opposed to conventional transformer power supplies with regulated out-put voltage primary switched-mode power supplies need no heavy transform-ers so that there are fewer iron and copper losses. They are thereforedistinguished by a very high degree of efficiency of up to 92 %. Due to theoperating principle by means of high frequency transformers switched-modepower supplies are much smaller and lighter than transformer power sup-plies with identical power. Nevertheless they guarantee an electrical separa-tion which is equivalent to that of transformer power supplies according toVDE 0551. Furthermore, they offer a wide input voltage range as standard,e.g. 340 to 576 V AC. This makes them fit for worldwide use.ifm switched-mode power supplies have a regulated output voltage of typ.24 V DC with a tolerance of ± 2 %. Apart from few exceptions the outputvoltage can be set between 24 V and 28 V to compensate for example for avoltage drop on long cables. Between no load and full load they ensure astable supply voltage and thus operational reliability in case of supply volt-age fluctuations. Mains fluctuations up to ± 15 % and mains interferenceare compensated for and not passed on to the load.Even mains voltage dips of a few milliseconds are compensated for, the out-put voltage is completely maintained.An active inrush current limitation reduces the inrush current by means of afixed resistor which is bridged after start up.

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

342

IntroductionThey may be unglamorous and unobtrusive, but without them it would notbe possible to operate an electronic system. Power supplies are essential.They provide the voltage supply for sensors, actuators, controllers and otherelectrical loads. ifm offers powerful switch-mode power supplies for diffe-rent applications but also combinations of switching amplifiers with integra-ted transformer power supplies.

Circuit diagramof a conventionaltransformerpower supply.

Switched-mode power supplies

L

PE

N

voltageregulator 24 V DC

0 V DC

U

mainsAC

heat sink

Transformer power suppliesTransformer power supplies provide a low voltage, normally 24 V DC to sup-ply PLCs, sensors or evaluation electronics. A transformer according to DIN0551 ensures a safe electrical separation from mains voltage and low volt-age. The output voltage can be regulated (± 5 %) or smoothed by means ofcapacitors. The different designs and output powers allow adaptation todiverse operating conditions.

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

343

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Compared to the normal NTC resistors this has the advantage of a betterwarm and cold start action, e.g. after short power failures or extremely lowoperating temperatures.

The outputs are protected against short circuits and overload. Special outputcharacteristics allow a current which can be up to 1.7 higher than the nomi-nal current without switch-off with the voltage being reduced at the sametime. Only with few power supplies the output begins to cycle (hickup modeat < 14 V). The outputs are also protected against no load operation, i.e.they need no minimum load at the output.Power supplies of the latest generation have two selectable output re-sponses, the “overload mode” as described above and the “switch-offmode” where the output is switched off after a few seconds in case of ashort circuit.

Output response

The dimensioning of the components allows a 20 to 25 % higher outputcurrent for a short time. This power reserve is provided by all power suppliesas from 2.5 A for a period of one minute. At an operating temperature of upto 45°C this power is available continuously.

Power reserves

Suitable forthe application:ifm providespower suppliesin differentpower classes.

Lflyback

converter

typ.100 kHz

PE

N

UV

regulator

OVP

Vout

GND

filter

115/230V AC

Circuit diagramof a primary

switched-modepower supply.

By means of the new mounting technology all power supplies can be safelyand tightly mounted on a TS 35 DIN rail which is 7.5 or 15 mm high. Theycan be removed without a tool. For the electrical connection stable screwterminals are used for cables up to 6 mm2 or 2 x 2.5 mm2 with a 1 A powersupply.

Mounting and connection

All switched-mode power supplies of 2.5 to 40 A comply with EN 50081(noise emission) and EN 50082 (noise immunity) in the severest class. Fur-thermore, they are fitted with a radio interference suppressor in the outputso that even long, unscreened cables do not radiate.The more powerful power supplies have an active transient filter to makevoltage spike on the side of the mains harmless. Thanks to the active inrushcurrent limitation which is also effective for warm units common circuit-break-ers can be used for protection. The integrated phase monitoring for three-phrase inputs prevents the unit and mains from being overloaded if onephase fails. With these features it is ensured that the CE certification alsocovers EMC. Concerning the international approvals EN 60950, UL1950,CUL CSA-C22.2 the power supplies already comply with the future standardEN 50178.

Important: EMC

For safetyapplications

Housing Description

monitorprogrammable evaluation systemfor monitoring rotational speed,

speed and machine cycles

type FR

Appli-cation /

Page

monitorprogrammable evaluation system

for monitoring slip,synchronisation and rotational speed

type FS

monitor programmable evaluation systemfor monitoring direction and rotational speed

type FD

monitor conversion of pulse sequencesinto proportional voltage or current values

type FA

speedmonitor

monitoring rotational speedand machine cycles

type D 100

standstillmonitor

monitoring rotational speed,standstill and blockage

type A 300

speedmonitorcompact

monitoring rotational speedand standstill

type DIA

Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

Pulse evaluation system

Selection chart

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

344

364

350

354

356

358

360

362

364

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Housing Description Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

For safetyapplications

displaydisplay for frequencies, rotational speed,

speed and processing times,counting function

type FX

counter display counter

type 100

counter preset counter, one preset

type 200

counter programmable preset counterwith 2 presets

type 210

Measurement and display

counter preset counter, with sliding preset

type 400

SSI controller

interface implementationfor I / O modules of the PLC

type SSI

Digital and analoguesignal processing

345

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

Counting and displaying

Encoder evaluation systems

366

368

368

368

368

370

For safetyapplications

Housing Description

pulse divider to extend the input frequency rangeof PLCs and evaluation systems

type E 80

Appli-cation /

Page

pulseconverter

to extend the input frequency rangeof PLCs and evaluation systems

type E 80

monitorprogrammable 2-channel threshold relay

for standard signals with integratedcomparator

type AL

LED display display of physical quantitiesfrom analogue standard signals

type AX

LCD displaydisplay of physical quantities

from analogue standard signalsvia 3 1 / 2-digit LCD display

type LC

NAMUR switching amplifier 1-channel withintrinsically safe control circuit

type N

Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

ATEX switching amplifier 2-channel withintrinsically safe control circuit

type N

Digital signal processing

Selection chart

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

346

Standard signal evaluation and display

Switching amplifiers intrinsically safe

372

372

378

378

376

376

374

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

For safetyapplications

Housing Description Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

Appli-cation /

Page

housingsfor DIN railmounting

control monitor for the connectionof 3 safety switches or chains with up to

10 safety switches

type G15001

housingsfor DIN railmounting

control monitor for the connectionof 6 safety switches or chains with up to

10 safety switches

type G15002

Fail-safe evaluation unit

Digital and analoguesignal processing

347

For hazardousareas

For industrialapplications

housingsfor DIN railmounting

safety relay for the connection of 1 chain with up to

10 clocked fail-safe sensorsor

1 fail-safe sensor with 2 PNP outputs

type G1501S

383

386

384

Selection chart

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

For industrialapplications

Housing Nominal voltageAC[V]

Output voltageDC[V]

Output current

[A]

Application /Page

348

1 channel 110 / 230 24 0.1

type N 600

2 channels 110 / 230 24 0.3

type N 600

1 channelwith

timer function110 / 230 24 0.04

type T 700

Transformer power supplies / Switching amplifiers

1~ 115 / 230selectable 24 2.5

type DN

1~ 115 / 230selectable 12...15 3

type DN

1~ 115 / 230selectable 24 5

type DN

Switched-mode power supplies single phase

1~ 100...240 24...281.3or2.1

type DN

1~ 100...240 24...28 4.1

type DN

388

388

388

390

390

390

390

390

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Housing Nominal voltageAC[V]

Output voltageDC[V]

Output current

[A]

Application /Page

349

For industrialapplications

1~115 / 230

or230

24...28adjustable 20

type DN

Switched-mode power supplies single phase

3~ 3 x 400...500 24...28adjustable 5

type DN

3~ 3 x 400...500 24...28adjustable 10

type DN

3~3 x 400

or3 x 400...500

24...28adjustable 20

type DN

3~ 3 x 400...500 24...28adjustable 30

type DN

3~ 3 x 400...500 24...28adjustable 40

type DN

Switched-mode power supplies three-phase

1~ 115 / 230selectable

24...28adjustable 10

type DN

390

390

390

390

390

390

390

Universal speed monitor.

The monitor FR-1 monitors rotational speeds or pulsesequences. To do so, it takes pulses of external pulsepick-ups, calculates the input frequency from the periodduration, compares it with the preset values and switches the outputs according to the set parameters.The display on the front panel serves to indicate the cur-rent values and to check the parameters entered. Inaddition to the standard parameters such as switchingfunction, switch point, hysteresis and start-up delay,further settings such as number of cams, switchingdelays and fleeting times for the outputs and a latchingfunction for fault signals enable optimum adaptation tothe application. By means of two adjustable switch points the monitorFR-1 can monitor whether a frequency or rotationalspeed range is above or below two limit values. Eachlimit value can be configured separately and is combi-ned with an output relay and a transistor output. An integrated frequency-to-current converter convertsthe input frequency into a scaleable analogue signal0/4...20 mA.

Easily programmable.

2 switch points,6 switching functions.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Integrated frequency-to-current converter.

Optional wire monitoring.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

350

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor FR-1; FR-1NSingle pulse evaluation systemalso with AC/DC wide-range power supply

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

MONITOR FR-1

230 AC / 24 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 2 – 1 DD2001

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 2 – 1 DD2003

23...60 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 2 – 1 DD2004

MONITOR FR-1N

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 Namur 8.2 V 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 4 1 1 DD2103

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

351

The FR-1 and FR-1N have a monitoring range of 1...60,000 pulses / min. or1...1,000 Hz. The maximum input frequency is 5 kHz. The monitors are setby means of three programming buttons and the LCD display on the frontpanel.

Terminal connection DD2001, DD2003, DD2004

*A power supply

*C sensor signal

*B supply transistor output

*E relay output

*D sensor supply

*F output

*G analog

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

*C pnp

*D

*A AC / DC

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

*C npn

n. c.

n. c.

*E 1

*F 1 pnp

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

reset 1 pnp

reset 2 pnp

*E 2

*F 3*G

*F 2 pnp

For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com

Two in one: Dual speed monitor

The monitor FR-2 monitors rotational speeds or pulsesequences. To do so, it takes pulses of external pulsepick-ups, calculates the input frequency from the periodduration, compares it with the preset values and switches the outputs according to the set parameters.The display on the front panel serves to indicate the cur-rent values and to check the parameters entered.The monitor FR-2 incorporates two independent pulseevaluation systems with one switch point each into ahousing. Otherwise, it provides the same functions asthe FR-1. In addition to the standard parameters such asswitching function, switch point, hysteresis and start-updelay, further settings such as number of cams, switching delays and fleeting times for the outputs and a latching function for fault signals enable optimumadaptation to the application. The monitor FR-2 canmonitor two different input frequencies with one limitvalue each. Each limit value can be configured separate-ly and is combined with an output relay and a transistor output.

2 independent evaluation systems.

Easily programmable.

1 switch point per system,6 switching functions.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Optional wire monitoring.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

352

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor FR-2; FR-2NDouble pulse evaluation systemalso with AC/DC wide-range power supply

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

MONITOR FR-2

230 AC / 24 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 – 2 2 – 1 DD2002

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 – 2 2 – 1 DD2005

23...60 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 – 2 2 – 1 DD2006

MONITOR FR-2N

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 Namur 8.2 V 1...60000 0.1...1000 – 2 2 2 1 DD2105

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

353

The FR-2 and FR-2N have a monitoring range of 1...60,000 pulses / min. or1...1,000 Hz. The maximum input frequency is 5 kHz. The monitors are setby means of three programming buttons and the LCD display on the frontpanel.

Terminal connection DD2002, DD2005, DD2006

*A power supply

*C sensor supply

*B supply transistor output

*D relay output

*E output

*F n.c. for FD-2

n. c.

n. c.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

1 pnp

*C

*AAC / DC

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

1 npn

2 pnp

2 npn

*D 1

*E 1 pnp

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

reset 1 pnp

*F reset 2 pnp

*D 2

*E 2 pnp

sensor

sensor

For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com

Individual slip/synchronous monitoring.

Equipped with two pulse outputs the slip/synchronousmonitors compare two speed-proportional pulsesequences. The FS-1 compares two rotational speeds(master/slave) and calculates the deviation in per cent.In addition it is possible to monitor whether the actualspeed of the drive (master) is above or below a set value.The FS-2 compares the pulse sequences according to theprinciple of an up/down differential counter. The num-ber of differential pulses within a time unit ( x sec) is themeasure for the slip. If the number of permissible diffe-rential pulses within the time x is exceeded the outputsswitch. The FS-3 determines the number of differentialpulses taking into account the sign. Thus it can signalwhich input has counted more pulses. If the number ofpermissible differential pulses is exceeded, the corre-sponding output switches.The display on the front panel serves to indicate the cur-rent values and to check the parameters entered.

Slip / synchronous monitor for different applications.

FS-1: Slip and speed monitor with slip setting in per cent.

FS-2: Slip / synchronous monitorwith 2 switch points.

FS-3: Synchronous monitorwith slip setting in per cent.

Optional wire monitoring.

Application

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

354

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor FS-1, Monitor FS-2, Monitor FS-3Slip / synchronous monitorAC/DC wide-range power supply

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Input-function

Setting-parameters

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

MONITOR FS-1

230 AC / 24 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur slip 2 2 – 1 DS2001

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur slip 2 2 – 1 DS2003

MONITOR FS-1N

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 Namur 8.2 V slip 2 2 2 1 DS2103

MONITOR FS-2

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur pulse 2 2 – 1 DS2005

MONITOR FS-2N

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 Namur 8.2 V pulse 2 2 2 1 DS2105

MONITOR FS-3

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur pulse 2 2 – 1 DS2006

MONITOR FS-3N

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 Namur 8.2 V pulse 2 2 2 1 DS2106

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

355

The FS-1 has a monitoring range of 0.1...99.9 % slip and a setting range formonitoring the rotational speed of 1...10,000 pulses / min. or RPM or0.1...1,000 Hz. For the FS-2 up to 999 differential pulses and a reset time ofup to 1.000 s can be set. The FS-3 can signal misalignment with a differenceof 2...999 pulses. To reset the misalignment message the number of sethysteresis pulses is evaluated. The maximum input frequency of all units is 5kHz. The monitors are set by means of three programming buttons and theLCD display on the front panel.

Terminal connection

*A power supply

*C sensor supply

*B supply transistor output

*D relay output

*E output

*F n.c. for FD-2

n. c.

n. c.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

1 pnp

*C

*AAC / DC

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

1 npn

2 pnp

2 npn

*D 1

*E 1 pnp

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

reset 1 pnp

*F reset 2 pnp

*D 2

*E 2 pnp

sensor

sensor

Combined direction and speed monitor.

By means of two sensors or an encoder these monitorsserve to monitor directions of rotation.The monitor FD-1 is a combined direction and speedmonitor with separate outputs for monitoring directionand rotational speed.The inputs pulses must be phase-shifted and overlap for0.25 ms. In case of a temporary standstill the outputsremain switched until they are reset via the cycle time orby means of a reset or the pulse sequence changes. The monitor FD-2 is a direction monitor with two out-puts for separate direction signals. Both units have anadjustable “reset time” which enables a fault signalunless direction-dependent pulses are detected againduring this time. Parameters such as adjustable numbersof cams, switching delays and fleeting times for the out-puts as well as adjustable start-up conditions enableadaptation to different monitoring problems.

FD-1: Direction and speed monitor.

FD-2: Monitor with separatedirection signals.

Easily programmable.

The failure of a pulse pick-up isautomatically detected.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Application

switching cam

pulse pick-up

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

356

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor FD-1, FD-2Direction monitor and combined direction / speed monitorAC/DC wide-range power supply

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

MONITOR FD-1

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 1...1000 – 2 2 – 1 DR2003

MONITOR FD-2

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 1...1000 – 2 2 – 1 DR2005

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

357

The FD-1 has a monitoring range of 1...60,000 pulses / min. or 1...1,000 Hz.The maximum input frequency of the FD-1 and FD-2 is 1 kHz for the moni-toring of direction. The monitors are set by means of three programmingbuttons and the LCD display on the front panel.

Terminal connection

*A power supply

*C sensor supply

*B supply transistor output

*D relay output

*E output

*F n.c. for FD-2

n. c.

n. c.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

1 pnp

*C

*AAC / DC

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

1 npn

2 pnp

2 npn

*D 1

*E 1 pnp

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

reset 1 pnp

*F reset 2 pnp

*D 2

*E 2 pnp

sensor

sensor

Versatile frequency-to-current converter.

The monitor FA-1 is a programmable frequency-to-current converter which converts any frequency rangeinto an analogue output signal (current or voltage). Todo so, it measures the frequency of the pulse sequenceat the input on the basis of the period measurement.The FA-1 calculates the value of the respective outputsignal in “mA” or “V” taking the set parameters intoaccount. The analogue initial value (e.g. 0 V) can also beassigned any frequency value (not necessarily“zero”).The value of the output signal changes either inproportion or out of proportion with the value of theinput frequency. The monitor is a compact unit for railmounting with many functions which offers more thancomparable other units. This includes the scaleable initial and final values of the analogue signal, the inver-tible output characteristics, the teach function for thecurrent frequency value and not least the limit monito-ring as “frequency monitor”. Due to the good price /performance ratio the FA-1 is an attractive unit forOEMs and end users.

Max. input frequency 15 kHz.

Analogue output 0/4...20 mAor 0...10 V.

Averaging.

Integrated speed monitor.

Easily programmable by means of teach function.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

358

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor FA-1Frequency-to-current converterSpeed monitor / jam indicator

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 0...600000 0.0...10000 2 2 2 – 1 DW2004

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 2 PNP / NPN / Namur 0...600000 0.0...10000 2 2 2 – 1 DW2003

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

359

The FA-1 has a transmission range of 0...600,000 pulses / min. or0.1...10,000 Hz for the frequency-to-current conversion and a setting rangefor monitoring the rotational speed of 1...60,000 pulses / min. or 01....1,000Hz. The maximum input frequency for the FA-1 is 5 kHz. The monitor FA-1 isset by means of three programming buttons and the LCD display on thefront panel.

Terminal connection

*A power supply

*C sensor signal

*B supply transistor output

*E relay output

*D sensor supply

*F transistor output

*G analogue

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

*C pnp

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

reset pnp

*F pnp

*E

n. c.

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

*G

V

*D

*D

n. c.

n. c.

*C npn

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

mA

Standard speed monitor.

The D 100 is an analogue evaluation system for easymonitoring of rotational speeds and pulse sequences. Todo so, it takes for example signals of inductive, capaci-tive or photoelectric sensors, incremental encoders ormechanical pulse pick-ups. From the period duration(time difference between the pulses) it determines theinput frequency (current value), compares it with the setswitch point (preset value) and switches the outputsaccordingly. The D 100 is set by means of selector switches for the switching functions and frequency ranges. The user can set the parameters for switchpoint, hysteresis and start-up delay using a potentio-meter on the front panel of the unit.

Easily adjustable.

4 switching functions.

AC/DC wide-range power supply.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Favourable price / performance ratio.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

360

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Speed monitor D 100Standard pulse evaluation system

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

230 AC / 24 DC 1 PNP 5...5000 – – 1 – – 2 DD0001

12 / 24 DC 1 PNP 5...5000 – – 1 – – 2 DD0008

230 AC / 24 DC 1 PNP 10...10000 – – 1 – – 2 DD0022

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP 5...5000 – – 1 1 – 2 DD0116

27...60 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP 5...5000 – – 1 1 – 2 DD0122

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

361

The D 100 has a monitoring range of 5...5,000 pulses / min. The maximuminput frequency is 250 Hz or 15,000 pulses / min. The D 100 is set by meansof two selector switches for the switching functions and frequency ranges.Switch point, hysteresis and start-up delay are set with potentiometers onthe front panel of the unit.

Terminal connection DD0116, DD0122

*A power supply

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

*A 24 V DC

sensor

signal

~ +

~ –

relay output

transistor output

*A AC / DC

For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com

Standard standstill monitor.

The A 300 is normally used for underspeed monitoring,easy standstill signals or as a protection against blocka-ge. It has a setting range of 5 to 100 pulses per minute.Hysteresis and start-up delay are fixed. A potentiometerserves to set the freely selectable switch point. Two switching functions are available for the signals “mini-mum rotational speed reached” and “standstill / blocka-ge, below rotational speed”.The A 300 takes for example signals of inductive, capa-citive or photoelectric sensors, incremental encoders ormechanical pulse pick-ups. From the period duration(time difference between the pulses) it determines theinput frequency (current value), compares it with the setswitch point (preset value) and switches the outputsaccordingly.

Easily adjustable.

2 switching functions.

AC/DC wide-range power supply.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Favourable price /performance ratio.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

362

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Standstill monitor A 300Standard pulse evaluation system

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

230 AC / 24 DC 1 PNP 5...25 / 20...100 – – 1 – – 3 DA0001

110...240 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP 5...25 / 20...100 – – 1 1 – 3 DA0116

27...60 AC/DC / 27 DC 1 PNP 5...25 / 20...100 – – 1 1 – 3 DA0122

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

363

The A 300 has a monitoring range of 5...100 pulses / min. The maximuminput frequency is 250 Hz or 15,000 pulses / min. The switch point of the A 300 is set by means of a potentiometer on the front panel of the unit. Switching functions and frequency ranges are set using a selector switch.The hysteresis and the start-up delay are fixed.

Terminal connection DA0116, DA0122

*A power supply

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

*A 24 V DC

sensor

signal

~ +

~ –

relay output

transistor output

*A AC / DC

For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com

Combined speed monitor and sensor.

The compact speed monitor is an analogue evaluationsystem for monitoring rotational speeds or pulsesequences for falling below the preset value or for blok-kage (standstill). The integrated inductive proximityswitch is damped by passing cams or other metallic tar-gets. From the period duration (time difference betweendamping) the system determines the input frequency(current value) and compares it with the set switch point(preset value). The output is switched when the rotatio-nal speed is above the preset value. Setting is done witha multi-turn potentiometer. Start-up delay and hystere-sis are fixed.

Metal housing M18 or M30.

Easily adjustable.

3-wire or 2-wire connection.

Transistor output, short-circuit pro-tected ideal in conjunction with a PLC.

Versions with cUlus certification or ATEX approval.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

364

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

* Note for AC and AC/DC unitsMiniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, = 2A (fast acting).Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after ashort circuit.

Speed monitor compact M18 or M303-wire / 2-wireDI6001: with cUlus certification

Sensingrange[mm]

Electricaldesign

Ub

[V]

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Start-updelay

[s]

Output Terminalconnection

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Compact speed monitor M30, Cable

10 f AC/DC 20...250 AC/DC 5...300 12 normally open 7 4 DI0001*

10 f AC/DC 20...250 AC/DC 50...3000 12 normally open 7 4 DI0002*

10 f AC/DC 20...250 AC/DC 5...300 < 0.5 normally open 7 4 DI0004*

10 f AC 20...250 AC 5...300 12 normally open 61 4 DI0100*

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 normally open 4 4 DI5001

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 30...3000 15 normally open 4 4 DI5003

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 normally closed 11 4 DI5005

Compact speed monitor M30, SS connector

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 normally open 62 5 DI5004

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 5 normally open 62 5 DI5007

Compact speed monitor M30, M12 connector

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 normally open 1 6 DI5009

Compact speed monitor M18, M12 connector

12 nf DC PNP 10...36 3...6000 0...15 programmable 63 7 DI6001

Compact speed monitor M30, ATEX approval, cable

10 f AC/DC 20...250 AC/DC 5...300 12 normally open 7 4 DI001A*

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 5...300 15 normally open 4 4 DI501A

Compact speed monitor M30, ATEX approval, M12 connector

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 5...300 15 normally open 1 6 DI502A

10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 5...300 5 normally open 1 6 DI503A

Compact speed monitor M18, ATEX approval, M12 connector

12 nf DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...6000 0...15 programmable 25 7 DI601A

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

365

Multifunction display for rotational speeds, etc.

The display FX360 is for universal use, e.g. to indicateand monitor frequencies, rotational speeds, speeds, pro-cessing times, quantities or lengths. To do so, it takespulses of external pulse pick-ups at two separate inputs,calculates the input frequency from the period duration(time difference between the pulses) and indicates it asrotational speed, speed or processing time. Sensor sig-nals can also be used to count events or measure time.Phase-shifted encoder signals can be used for linearmeasurements.The FX360 converts frequencies into analogue standardsignals (0 ... 10 V or 0/4 ... 20 mA). It also compares theinput frequency with the set switch points (presetvalues) and switches the outputs accordingly. Selectionof the five possible operating modes and parameter set-ting are done with two buttons on the front panel. A 15mm high LED display is used for checking and indica-tion.

Easily programmable.

5 operating modes.

6-digit LED display,15 mm character height.

Option: analogue output.

Option: switching output.

Application

RPM

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

366

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

Display FX360Frequency, rotational speed and speed meterIndustrial timer and counter

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

[puls. / min.]

Settingrange[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

115 / 230 AC; 24 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 6...99999 0.1...25000 – – – – 8 DX2001

115 / 230 AC; 24 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 6...99999 0.1...25000 1 – – – 8 DX2002

115 / 230 AC; 24 DC 1 PNP / NPN / Namur 6...99999 0.1...25000 – – 2 – 8 DX2003

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

367

The FX360 has a monitoring and display range of 0.1...25 kHz or 99,999pulses / min. The time range is up to 999,999 seconds and the countingrange covers -99,999...+99,999. The parameter values are set by means oftwo programming buttons and the LCD display on the front panel.

Terminal connection

electrical connections DX 2001...2003

GND

230 V AC

115 V AC

0 V AC

24 V DC Out

GND

reset

input B

input A

18...30 V DC IN

GND

DX 2002

10

9

8

0/4...20 mA

+/– 10 V

GND

DX 2001

10

9

8

NC

NC

NC

DX 2003

10

9

8

Out 2

Out 1

COM +

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Universal counter, e.g. for determining quantities

The counters of the series 100, 200 and 400 are distin-guished by a robust metal housing, large operatingkeys, an easily legible, red LED display and extensive set-ting possibilities for many different measuring and coun-ting tasks.The counter 100 is a pure display counter without swit-ching output. With the counter 200 defined quantitiescan be counted and an output switches when they arereached (with auto reset).With the counters 200 / 400 in connection with shaftencoders, linear distances and angles can be measured,displayed and cutting operations can be triggered. Thecounter 400 is equipped with a sliding preset to activatefor example a creep speed.The counters of the series 210 have a compact plastichousing with mounting dimensions of 48 x 48 mm. Inaddition to the typical counting functions includingbatch and loop counter function there are other opera-ting modes like timer and frequency counter. The coun-ters are available either with a two-line LCD display(E89005) or with a one-line LCD display (E89004).

Easily programmable.

5 operating modes.

LED or LCD display.

Relay switching outputs.

Loop counter function.

Application

RPM

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

368

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

P

Reset

>

Out

>

Display counter 100Preset counter 200Preset counter 400 with sliding preset

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Countingfrequency

[Hz]

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

230 AC / 24 DC 2 PNP / NPN 20000 – – – – 9 DZ0101

230 AC / 24 DC 2 PNP / NPN 20000 – 1 – – 10 DZ0201

230 AC / 24 DC 2 PNP / NPN 20000 – 2 – – 11 DZ0401

90...260 AC 2 PNP / NPN 10000 – 2 – – 12 E89005

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

369

All counters have an integrated 24 V DC voltage supply for the pulse pick-ups. For the series 100 / 200 / 400 it is also possible to supply shaft encoderswith a current consumption of up to 200 mA. The counters of the series 210can have a load of 60 mA.All counters can be locked to avoid unauthorised changes of the parame-ters.

Terminal connection

reset 13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

ZU

PE

N

L1

230 V AC

24 V DC

Prog.MODE

subtraction B

addition A

sensor

power supply

Out 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Out 1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Out 2

counter 100, 200, 400

counter 200 counter 400

SSI controller

The SSI controller enables connection of absolute enco-ders with SSI interface to the I/O module of the PLC. Thedata provided in Gray code are converted into paralleldata by the SSI controller. The output code can be set asbinary or BCD using a slide switch. The requested reso-lution can also be selected by means of a switch.Measured values are synchronised by clocking the PLC.The controller provides additional functions which indi-cate wire break, operator’s faults and voltage faults tothe user.

Output data scaleable.

Internal and external zeroing.

Integrated monitoring function.

Binary or BCD as outputcode selectable.

Short-circuit protected paralleloutputs.

Application

serial parallel

24 V DC

multiturnRM

SSI-controller

PLC

+ –

power adapter

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

370

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 20%SSI input according to RS-485Short-circuit protected parallel outputs

Ub

[V]

Signal levelpulse pick-up

Signal leveloutput

Data frequencyoutput

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

24 DC ± 20 % TTL compatible signals (according to RS485) High = 22.8 V / Low = 1.4 V

bin. 1 kHz, BCD 0.6 kHz dataoutput level High 22.8 V without

load / Low 1.4 V without load13 E65005

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

371

The SSI controller has a typical current consumption of 150 mA for non-switch outputs. The encoder data are read at a frequency of 100 kHz. Thehousing has the protection rating IP 40, the terminals IP 20. The operatingtemperature is between 0...50 °C. It is fixed with two screws or on a DIN rail.For connection there are 46 self-opening terminals for a wire cross-sectionup to 2.5 mm .

Terminal connection

LSB

D 00 D 01 D 02 D 03 D 04 D 05 D 06 D 07 D 08 D 09 D 10 D 11 D 12 D 13 D 14 D 15 D 16 D 17 D 18 D 19 D 20 D 21 D 22

outputsmultiturn

LSB outputssingleturn

T TD DUN UP-SOENSTR

24 VDAV PYB D 30 D 29 D 28 D 27 D 26 D 25 D 24 D 23

outputsmultiturn

SSI-encoder -inputsupply

RSTn.c. n.c.

Extension of the input frequency range.

With pulse dividers high frequencies or quick pulsesequences can be adapted to low input frequencies ofevaluation systems and controllers. Pulse stretchersextend very short pulses, which are for example genera-ted while small parts are optically detected or toothedwheels are sensed, to a pulse length which is detectedby standard inputs of a PLC. Using the pulse divider thuseliminates the need of fast input cards.In addition, the pulse divider can also be used as a levelconverter of TTL and HTL signals irrespective of the setdivision factor.

Pulse divider adjustable up to 255:1.

100 kHz input frequency.

Converter TTL - HTL integrated.

Pulse divider 10:1; 2.5 kHz.

Pulse stretcher.

Schematics

10

1

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

372

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Adjustable pulse divider E80102Pulse divider 10:1 E80100Pulse stretcher 25 ms E80110

Ub

[V]

Inputlevel

Inputfrequency

[Hz]

Functionrange

Outputssolid-state

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

10...36 DC HTL 10...30 DC / TTL 5 DC 100000 1...255 : 1 24 DC 14 E80102

24 DC ± 10 % 24 DC 2500 10 : 1 fixed 24 DC 15 E80100

24 DC ± 10 % 24 DC 250 0.2...25 ms 24 DC 15 E80110

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

373

Terminal connection E80102

TTL

GND

GND

GND

1

2operating voltage

input

output

3

4

5

6

7

Terminal connection E80100 / E80110

1

2

3

Out

4

5

6

7

L+

L

In

2-channel threshold relay for standard signals

The Monitor AL-3 is a programmable, analogue thres-hold relay for the evaluation of physical values derivedfrom analogue standard signals. The analogue current signals at both inputs can be scaled, displayed and monitored independently of eachother. The start and end values of the current signal canbe assigned any numerical value, corresponding to themeasuring range of the sensor (e.g. 4...20 mA corre-sponding to 0...250 bar). The setting of the limit valuesis supported by the teach function.The monitor compares the actual values with the setlimit values and switches the assigned outputs depen-ding on the set parameter values and functions. At thesame time the analogue output provides the input sig-nal IN 1 unchanged or scaled for further use. The diffe-rential or the total value from the two input signals canalso be displayed, evaluated, compared with the setlimit values, and provided as analogue signal.

Two analogue inputs for 0 / 4...20 mA.

Scaleable display of the actual values.

Analogue output 0 / 4...20 mA.

Formation of the signal difference, e.g. for differential pressure monitoring.

RS-232 interface for parameter setting and communication.

Application

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

374

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

Monitor AL-32-channel analogue threshold relay for standard signalswith integrated comparator

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Settingrange

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

110...240 AC/DC / 24 DC 2 0/4...20 -9999.0...9999.0 1 2 2 1 16 DL2003

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

375

The monitor AL-3 can be parameterised via programming cable or softwarevia Internet Explorer by means of a PC. To do so, the RS-232 interface isaccessible at the front via a 3.5 mm jack socket. For series applications theuser can “copy” a parameter setting once set into any number of units. Thevalues of the input signals can be read via PC with an online connection bymeans of a serial interface.

Terminal connection

*A power supply

*C sensor signal

*B supply transistor output

*E relay output

*D sensor supply

*F transistor output

*G analogue

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

*A24 V DC

*B

*C pnp

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

n. c.

reset pnp

*F pnp

*E

n. c.

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

*G

V

*D

*D

n. c.

n. c.

*C npn

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

mA

Indication of physical process values.

In process technology local visualisation of current pro-cess values, e.g. flow, pressure or temperature may beimportant for the operator of an installation. Typical sensors for these applications supply a digital switched signal informing whether limit values have been reachedor are above or below preset values. Other sensors ortransmitters supply a standard analogue signal whichcan be used by digital displays and indicated as currentor voltage value.But when pressure or temperature sensors supply a linear output signal proportional to the measured quan-tity this scaleable display can directly indicate the measu-red pressure or temperature values. Thus two pressuresensors can also display and monitor pressure differen-ces. With the suitable flow sensors it is possible to displayflow velocities or quantities (e.g. litres per minute) or thedifference of volume flows.

For the display of process quantities.

Input for analogue standard signals0/4...20 mA; 0...10 V.

LCD display supplied from a currentloop.

LED display, programmable,with switching output.

Display and monitoring of e. g.pressure differences (diff. pressure).

Application

bar

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing For industrial

applications

376

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view E89150

Digital displaysAX360: DX2011, DX2012; 6-digit LED display with 15 mm character height, switching outputLCD display, 3 1/2-digit, without auxiliary energy, supply from the 4...20 mA current loop

Ub

[V]

In-puts

Inputfunction

Displayrange

Out-puts

analog

Out-puts

relays

Out-puts

transist.

Out-puts

faults

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Digital display

115 / 230 AC; 24 DC 2 0/4...20mA, 0...10V -999999...999999 – – – – 8 DX2011

115 / 230 AC; 24 DC 2 0/4...20mA, 0...10V -999999...999999 – – 2 – 8 DX2012

LC display

from the current loop 1 4...20mA -1999...1999 – – – – 17 E89150

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

377

The parameters of the AX 360 are set by means of a display and 2 buttonson the front panel. Standard parameters like scaling factor, averaging andswitch points can be set as well as operating modes like “input A – input B”or “input A + input B”. The LCD display is set using potentiometers for cour-se and fine setting of the initial and final values.

Terminal connection DX2011, DX2012

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

18...30 V DC

input B

input A

GND

analogue GND

GND

24 V DC

n. c.

n. c.

n. c.

DX 2011

GND

230 V AC

115 V AC

0 V

8

9

10

COM +

Out 1

Out 2

DX 2012

For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com

One-channel switching amplifiers

The one-channel NAMUR switching amplifiers evaluatethe sensor signal and control the output. They meet allrequirements of the ATEX directives. Switching ampli-fiers with relay and active transistor output are available.The control circuits hold the approval Ex II (1) GD [EEx ia]IIC. The amplifiers are designed for the connection toNAMUR sensors according to DIN EN 60947-5-6 andmechanical switches. They provide the supply voltagefor the intrinsically safe circuit. Other features:- Programmable effective direction of the output.- Relay output is designed as changeover contact.Max. contact rating at 250 V AC, 2 A at a cos > 0.7 or at30..0.40 V DC, 2 A and ohmic load.- Short-circuit protected transistor outputs, voltagerange 10...30 V DC, output current max. 100 mA.- The sensor cables are monitored for wire break andshort circuit. In case of a fault the output is blocked orthe relay is de-energised.

One-channel NAMUR switching amplifier to DIN EN 60947-5-6.

Mounting on standard rail according to DIN EN 50022.

Short-circuit andwire break monitoring.

Programmable output function.

Relay and transistor outputs.

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For hazardous areas

378

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

ATEX-NAMUR switching amplifier1-channel versionsHazardous gas and dust areas category 1G and 1D

Ub

[V]

Power/ Currentconsumption[VA] / [mA]

f

[Hz]

Ta

[°C]

Output Protection Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

230 1.0 / 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact) IP 20 18 N0031A

115 1.0 / 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact) IP 20 18 N0030A

24 / < 23 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact) IP 20 18 N0530A

24 / < 50 5000 -20...60 2 transistor outputs PNP (100 mA,short-circuit protection) IP 20 18 N0531A

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

379

Terminal connection

* wire break (S2=I) or signal (S2=II)

IN

1

2

3

sensor

OUT relay

7

8

9

OUT transistor

7

8

9

OUT 1

OUT 2*

AC supply

L1

13

14

15 N

DC supply

L+

13

14

15 L–

unused terminals mustnot be connected

Two-channel switching amplifiers

The two-channel NAMUR switching amplifiers evaluatethe sensor signal and control the output. They meet allrequirements of the ATEX directives. Switching ampli-fiers with relay and active transistor and potential-freeoptocoupler outputs are available. The control circuitshold the approval Ex II (1) GD [EEx ia] IIC. The amplifiersare designed for the connection to NAMUR sensorsaccording to DIN EN 60947-5-6 and mechanical switches. They provide the supply voltage for the intrin-sically safe circuit. Other features:- Programmable effective direction of the output.- Relay output is designed as changeover contact.Max. contact rating at 250 V AC, 2 A at a cos > 0.7 or at30..0.40 V DC, 2 A and ohmic load.- Short-circuit protected transistor or opto-coupler out-put, voltage range 10...30 V DC, output current max.100 mA.- The sensor cables are monitored for wire break andshort circuit. In case of a fault the output is blocked orthe relay is de-energised.

2-channel NAMUR switching amplifier to DIN EN 60947-5-6

Mounting on standard railaccording to DIN EN 50022.

Short-circuit andwire break monitoring.

Programmable output function.

Relay, transistor andoptocoupler outputs.

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For hazardous areas

380

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view

ATEX-NAMUR switching amplifier2-channel versionsHazardous gas and dust areas category 1G and 1D

Ub

[V]

Power/ Currentconsumption[VA] / [mA]

f

[Hz]

Ta

[°C]

Output Protection Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

230 1.3 / 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact perchannel) IP 20 18 N0033A

115 1.3 / 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact perchannel) IP 20 18 N0032A

24 / < 50 10 -20...60 relay (1 changeover contact perchannel) IP 20 18 N0533A

24 / < 50 5000 -20...60 2 outputs (optocoupler, bipolar, 100mA, short-circuit protection) IP 20 18 N0532A

24 / < 50 5000 -20...60 2 transistor outputs PNP (100 mA,short-circuit protection) IP 20 18 N0534A

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

381

Terminal connection

IN

1

2

3

sensor

4

5

6

sensor

OUT relay

7

8

9

10

11

12

OUT transistor /optocoupler

*A

*A not used in case of transistor output/ bipolar in case of optocoupler output

7

8

9

OUT 1

OUT 2

AC supply

L1

13

14

15 N

DC supply

L+

13

14

15 L–

unused terminals mustnot be connected

G15001 shown on the right.

Certified to EN 954-1, category 4.

Direct connection of 3 safety switches / chains.

Safety-related semi-conductor outputs PNP/NPN.

Feedback contacts for 2 externalrelays.

Connection of up to 10 fail-safe switches possible.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Safety T-splitter M12 connector E11569

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Functions

The evaluation unit is a redundant diverse system to pro-cess up to 3 chains of sensors. Up to 10 sensors can beconnected.The evaluation unit supplies / monitors the connectedfail-safe switches and evaluates their sensing status. If allfail-safe switches are fully operational, correctly dampedand the feedback contacts activated, the evaluation unitswitches the output stages (solid-state, pulsed PNP andNPN). The safe state is the state when the output stagesare switched off (principle of normally closed operation,zero-current state).The evaluation unit corresponds to the control category4 according to EN 954-1 or requirement class 5 accor-ding to DIN V 19250/DIN V 19251 and DIN VDE 0801.

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For safety applications

382

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Terminal connection

L-

A

TE

L+

GNDP1P2V+

L+ TE A L L+ TE A L L+ TE A L L+ TE A L

24 V (20,4...30 V)

Safety classification: Category 4Semi-conductor outputs PNP / NPNTypical connection of up to 10 sensors.

Ub

[V]

Sensorinput / output

Safety-relatedoutput

Signalcontacts

(nor. closed)

Feedback-contacts

Responsetime[ms]

Off -delay[ms]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

24 DC (20.4...30 DC) 3 1 PNP / 1 NPN – 2 < 210 – 19 G15001

Common technical data

Current rating: 200 mACurrent consumption: 250 mAShort-circuit protection, pulsed Protection housing / terminals: IP 30 / IP 20Output status indication: LEDsPower-on delay time for release: typ. 5s / 1 s (power on/normal operation)Operating temperature: 0...60 °CHousing material: Polyamid (PA)

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

383

G15002 / G15004 / G15005 shown on the left.

Certified to EN 954-1, category 4.

Direct connection of 6 safety switches / chains.

Set-up override,emergency stop.

Feedback contacts for 2 externalrelays.

Connection of up to 10fail-safe switches possible.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Safety T-splitter M12 connector E11569

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 393

Functions

The evaluation unit is a redundant diverse system to pro-cess up to 6 chains of sensors. Up to 10 sensors can beconnected.The evaluation unit supplies / monitors the connectedfail-safe switches and evaluates their sensing status. If allfail-safe switches are fully operational, correctly dampedand the feedback contacts activated, the evaluation unitswitches the output stages (relais). The safe state is thestate when the output stages are switched off (principleof normally closed operation, zero-current state).The evaluation unit can be deactivated externally, on thecondition that relevant safety measures are taken intoaccount.

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For safety applications

384

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Terminal connection

L-

A

TE

L+

GNDP1P2V+

L+ TE A L L+ TE A L L+ TE A L L+ TE A L

24 V (20,4...30 V)

Safety classification: category 4Relay outputsTypical connection of up to 10 sensors

Ub

[V]

Sensorinput / output

Safety-relatedoutput

Signalcontacts

(nor. closed)

Feedback-contacts

Responsetime[ms]

Off -delay[ms]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

24 DC (20.4...30 DC) 6 3 2 2 < 210 – 20 G15002

24 DC (20.4...30 DC) 6 3 2 2 < 210 – 21 G15004

24 DC (20.4...30 DC) 6 3 2 2 < 210 < 10 21 G15005

Common technical data

Current rating AC/DC: 6 ACurrent consumption: < 200 mAOutput status indication: LEDsPower-on delay time for release: typ. 5s / 1 s (power on/normal operation)Operating temperature: 0...70 °CProtection housing / terminal: IP 30 / IP 20Housing material: Polyamide (PA)

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

385

Safety relay with relay outputs

There are versatile options for connection to the safetyrelay. It performs monitoring tasks in safety applicationsin combination with different non-contact guards.The evaluation of the signals from safety light barriers,safety light curtains, electronic fail-safe sensors ormechanical safety switches for protective guard contactsor electronic position sensors or mechanical positionswitches with or without cross-fault monitoring are onlya few applications.The safety relay has several multifunctional self-detec-ting and self-monitoring short-circuit protected inputsand outputs. The simultaneity monitoring of inputs andthe functions “monitored” or “automatic start” can beset as an option. The operation in two-hand control toEN 574 type IIIC in combination with electronic sensorsor mechanical switches is another advantage of thesafety relay.

E-stop with cross-fault monitoring and optional simultaneity monitoring.

Connection of mechanical safety switches and fail-safe sensors.

For clocked fail-safe sensors from ifm electronic.

Two-hand control to EN 574, type IIIC, mechanical or electronic.

Certified to IEC 61508, EN 954-1, EN 574 type IIIC.

Accessories

Type Description Orderno.

Combicon connector · with screwterminals 4-pole · for G1501S E11929

Combicon connector · with cage clamps4 poles · for G1501S E11930

Further accessories are available starting on page 425

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Digital and analoguesignal processing

For safety applications

386

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Safety classification: category 4

Ub

[V]

Sensorinput / output

Safety-relatedoutput

Signalcontacts

(nor. closed)

Feedback-contacts

Responsetime[ms]

Off -delay[ms]

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

24 DC (19.2...30 DC) 1/2 2 1 1 < 180 – 22 G1501S

You can find scale drawings from page 494

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Digital and analoguesignal processing

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

387

Power supplies for sensors / switching amplifiers.

Transformer power supplies provide a low voltage (normally 24 V DC) to supply PLC, sensors or evaluationelectronics. A transformer according to DIN 0551 ensu-res a safe electrical separation from mains voltage andlow voltage. The output voltage can be regulated orsmoothed by means of capacitors. The switching amplifiers have a transformer power sup-ply with a 24 V DC output voltage. This voltage is usedto supply a sensor. Since sensors normally have solid-state outputs with typically 24 V DC and approx. 250mA , they cannot switch high loads. If the outputs of thesensors are connected to the input of the switchingamplifiers, a relay with a potential-free change-overcontact is switched. This allows switching of higherloads or AC voltages. One-channel switching amplifiersare suitable for a sensor with one output, the two-channel types are suitable for a sensor with two outputsor two sensors with one output each. Current consump-tion must be taken into account.

One- and two-channel versions.

Regulated 24 V DC output voltage.

Suitable for pnp or npnswitching sensors.

Output short-circuit protected.

Also available with integrated timerfunction.

Schematics

230 V AC~

24 V DC

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies For industrial

applications

388

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view DN0200

L+ L– I1

L N I2

12 14 11

2221 24

Switching amplifier 1-channel (DN0001, DN0012) Switching amplifier 1-channel with timer function (DT0001, DT0012)Switching amplifier 2-channel (DN0200)

Current

[mA]

Outputvoltage

[V]

Nominalvoltage

[V]

Output Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

max. 100 mA 24 DC; ±5% 230 AC Relais 1 DN0001

max. 100 mA 24 DC; ±5% 110 AC Relais 1 DN0012

max. 300 mA 24 V DC; ± 3 % 110...240 Relais 2 DN0200

max. 40 mA 24 DC; ±5% 230 AC / 24 DC Relais 1 DT0001

You can find scale drawings from page 498

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

389

Terminal connection DN0001, DN0012, DT0001, DT0012

*A power supply

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

sensor

signal

*A ACL1

N

relay output

Terminal connection DN0200

*A power supply

*C signal input

*B relay output

*D sensor supply

*C 1 I1

L–

L+

11

14

12

*D

I2

N

L

22

24

21

*B 2

L1

*C 2

*B 1

N*A AC

Switched-mode power supplies.

Primary switched-mode power supplies are a compactand economical solution to supply sensors, actuatorsand sensitive electronic components in machines andinstallations and are gaining more and more accep-tance. As opposed to conventional transformer powersupplies with regulated output voltage primary switched-mode power supplies need no heavy 50 Hztransformers so that there are fewer iron and copperlosses – just a small high frequency power transformer isneeded. Between no load and full load switched-modepower supplies ensure a stable supply voltage and thusoperational reliability even in case of supply voltage fluc-tuations, for mains fluctuations up to ± 15% and mainsinterference are compensated for and not passed on tothe load. Even mains voltage dips of a few millisecondsare compensated for so that the output voltage is com-pletely maintained. All types are electronically protectedagainst overvoltage (OVP) and permanent short circuit.The electrical design is equivalent to that of safety trans-formers according to VDE 0551.

Regulated 24 V DC output voltage.

Wide input voltage range.

High efficiency.

Output short-circuitand overload protected.

Robust metal housing,secure fixing.

Schematics

400...500 V AC3 ~

24...28 V DC

Evaluation systems,power supplies

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies For industrial

applications

390

Evaluationsystems

Page

For industrialapplications

Pulseevaluation systems

350 - 365

Measurementand display

366 - 367

Countingand displaying

368 - 369

Encoderevaluation systems

370 - 371

Digital signalprocessing

372 - 373

Standard signalevaluationand display

374 - 377

For hazardousareas

378 - 381

Front view DN2012

Power supplies single-phasePower supplies three-phase

Current

[A]

Outputvoltage

[V]

Nominalvoltage

[V]

Efficiencytyp.[%]

Terminalconnection

Nr.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

2.5 24 DC (+5% / -1%) 115 / 230 AC 87.5 4 3 DN2011

1.3 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC 87.5 4 4 DN1020

2.1 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC 88.5 4 4 DN1021

3 12...15 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC 87 4 5 DN2021

4 24 DC (+5% / -1%) 115 / 230 AC 90 4 6 DN2112

4.1 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC 90 4 7 DN1022

5 24 DC (+5% / -1%) 115 / 230 AC 90 4 6 DN2012

10 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC 90 4 8 DN2013

20 24...28 DC (±2%) 230 AC 91 4 9 DN2014

20 24...28 DC, ±2% 115 / 230 AC 90 4 9 DN2114

5 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC 89 4 10 DN2032

10 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC 90 4 11 DN2033

20 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400 AC 92 4 12 DN2034

20 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC 92 4 13 DN2134

30 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC 93 4 14 DN2036

40 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC 92.5 4 15 DN2035

You can find scale drawings from page 498

For safetyapplications

382 - 387

Powersupplies

For industrialapplications

Transformerpower supplies

388 - 389

Switched-modepower supplies

390 - 391

Transformer andswitched-mode power supplies

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

391

Terminal connection

primaryN

secondary

N L1 L

NL2LL1L1

L L3L2L2

L3L3

1 2 3 4 5 6

Terminal connection

outp

ut v

olta

ge U

out [

V]

output current Iout [A]

10 15 20 25

8

16

24

32

50

4

12

20

28

TU = 0°CTU = 25°CTU = 45°CTU = 60°C

control range Vout

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Connection technology

393

Connectors and splitter boxesfor industrial applications

Complete ifm product range

System descriptionSelection chart

SocketsCable plugsCablesSplitter boxes

Universal application

Connectors and splitter boxesfor oils and coolants

Sockets

Special application

Connectors and splitter boxesfor electromagnetic fields

Sockets

Connectors and splitter boxesfor hygienic and wet areas

SocketsCable plugsCablesSplitter boxes

Connectors and splitter boxesfor hazardous areas

SocketsCable plugsCables

394 - 395396 - 398

400 - 406407

408 - 409410 - 412

414

416

418 - 420419 - 420419 - 420

420

422422422

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

System description

This series is specially designed for hygienic areas in food manufacture. Highquality PVC cable and housing materials, coupling nuts of high-grade stain-less steel (316S12) as well as gold-plated contacts are ideal features for usein wet areas. The high protection ratings IP 67, IP 68 and IP 69K withstandhigh-pressure steam cleaning. They are chemically resistant to most commoncleaning agents. The UL / CSA approval is a matter of course for these units.

M12 series with cable for the food industry:

Connection technology Complete ifm product range

394

IntroductionThe electrical connection of the sensors via connectors has become moreand more important in the last few years. Easy handling and high uptime ofthe machines are of prime importance for the customer. This requires ex-tremely reliable products.With a wide variety of different sensor designs ifm electronic offers a widerange of high quality connectors. The choice of types covers common M8,M12, M18 types through to solenoid connectors.In addition to the sockets the basic range covers connection cables (jumpers)and splitter boxes. These are used where several sensors are mounted closetogether and must then be connected to the panel across longer distances.The M12 design in particular has become firmly established on the sensormarket for many years and is therefore the preferred choice for extremelyharsh applications.To be able to meet the different application requirements three productseries have been developed with the following application focus.

The ifm standard series for industrial use. Halogen-free PUR cable with highresistance to alternate bending stress, PUR housing material, gold-platedcontacts and protection rating IP 68 guarantee long life in an oily and greasyenvironment. The international UL and CSA approval means these units areaccepted anywhere in the world market.

M12 series with cable for factory automation:

Specially for use in automated welding systems, several product reliabilityfeatures must be met. This includes a long-term resistance to weld spatter.Irradiated, halogen-free PUR cables provide an especially efficient protec-tion. This prevents weld slag from burning into the cable material thusdamaging it. Teflon coated coupling nuts prevent the connector from beingwelded to the sensor. A special polyester fleece strip foil in the cable ensuresa long life even in case of high torsional stress, for example in robot arms. Itgoes without saying that this series is also UL and CSA listed.

M12 series with cable for welding:

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

395

ifm plug and sok-ket connections:the right connec-tion for everyapplication.

When using sockets in explosion-protected areas to 94/9/EC (ATEX) there arespecial requirements for wiring. The requirements of the applicable installa-tion regulations must be absolutely adhered to by the user on his ownresponsibility. More information is given in the EC type test certificate, ope-rating instructions and the technical data sheet of the corresponding units.

M12 series with cable for hazardous areas:

Selection chartConnection technology Complete ifm product range

396

DescriptionFor hygienic

and wet areasFor electro-

magnetic fieldsFor oils and

coolantsFor industrialapplications

For hazardousareas

from page 400 from page 414 from page 416 from page 418 from page 422

Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire

Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP

Socket M8, 4-pole, 4-wire

Socket M12, 2-pole,for AS-i isolation displacement connector

Socket M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

Socket M12, 5 / 4-pole, 2-wire,for quadronorm units

Socket M12, 4-pole

Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

Socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP

Socket M12, 5-pole

Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

Socket M12, 8-pole, 6-wire

Socket M12, 8-pole, 7-wire

Socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire,for temperature sensors TR 8...

Socket M16, 14-pole, 10-wire

Socket M16, 14-pole, 12-wire

Socket M18, 4-pole

Socket M18, 12-pole

Socket M23, 12-pole, pin numbering anticlockwise,for splitter boxes

Socket M23, 12-pole, external thread,pin numbering anticlockwise, for encoders

Socket M23, 12-pole, pin numbering clockwise, for encoders

Cable plug M23, 12-pole, pin numbering anticlockwise, for encoders

Socket M23, 17-pole, pin numbering clockwise, for encoders

Socket M23, 21-pole,pin numbering clockwise, for encoders

Socket M23, 12-pole for splitter boxes

Socket M23, 19-pole for splitter boxes

Sockets – Groups

1

2

3 62

4

5

7 57 59 63 75

6

8 64

9 58 60 65

10 66

11 71

12 / 13 61 67 76 / 77

14 / 15

16

17

19

18

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Complete ifm product range

397

DescriptionFor hazardous

areasFor hygienic

and wet areasFor electro-

magnetic fieldsFor oils and

coolantsFor industrialapplications

from page 400 from page 414 from page 416 from page 418 from page 422

Bayonet socket,for pressure sensors PP ....

Socket Rd24, 6-pole + PE

Sockets – Groups

Cable plugs M12, 4-pole

Cable plugs M12, 5-pole

Cable plugs M12, 2-pole + PE, 2-wire

Cable plugs M12, 5-pole, 2-wire

Cable plugs M23, 12-pole, pin numbering clockwise,for encoders

Cable plugs – Groups

Jumper M8 plug, 3-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

Jumper M8 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 3-pole

Jumper M8 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

Jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

Jumper M12, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3 / 4-pole, 3-wire, LED

Jumper M12 / DIN B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

Jumper M12 / DIN C, 3 / 4-pole, 3-wire, LED

Jumper M12, ind. standard B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

Jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / socket bayonet

Cables – Groups

Socket 1/2", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

Socket 1/2", 5-pole, 4-wire

Socket 7/8", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

Socket 7/8", 3-pole, 3-wire

Socket DIN A, 2-pole + PE

Jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M12 socket, 4-pole, 4-wire

36

35

38 68

39 72

78

37

40

42

41

43

44

70

45

46 69

73

47 79

48 80

49 81

50 82

51

30

31

32

33

34

Selection chartConnection technology Complete ifm product range

from page 400 from page 414 from page 416 from page 418 from page 422

398

Description

Splitter box M12 for 2 signals

Splitter boxes – Groups

For hygienicand wet areas

For electro-magnetic fields

For oils andcoolants

For industrialapplications

For hazardousareas

Splitter box M8, 4-pole

Splitter box M8, 3-pole

Splitter box M12 for 1 signal

Cables – Groups

Y-jumper M12 plug /2 x valve plug type A ( to DIN 43650)

54

53

55 74

56

52

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Complete ifm product range

399

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 1 · Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 1 E11486

5 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 1 E11487

Group 2 · Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

10...30DC -25...85 IP 68 • green /

yellow 2 E11492

5 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

10...30DC -25...85 IP 68 • green /

yellow 2 E11493

Group 3 · Socket M8, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 3 E11199

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 3 E11200

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 3 E11201

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 4 E11196

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 4 E11197

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 4 E11198

Group 4 · socket M12, 2-pole for AS-i isolation displacement connector

– – NBR – -25...70 IP 67 – – 5 E70271

Group 5 · socket M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

2 m orangePVC cable

3 x AWG 22(3 x 0.34 mm2)

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 6 E10865

5 m orangePVC cable

3 x AWG 22(3 x 0.34 mm2)

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 6 E10866

2 m orangePVC cable

3 x AWG 22(3 x 0.34 mm2)

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 7 E10867

5 m orangePVC cable

3 x AWG 22(3 x 0.34 mm2)

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 7 E10868

Group 6 · Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 2-wire

2 m orangePUR / PVC cable

2 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E10188

5 m orangePUR / PVC cable

2 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E10214

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

400

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 6 · Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 2-wire

2 m blackPUR / PVC cable

2 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 9 E10216

5 m orangePUR / PVC cable

2 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 9 E10215

Group 7 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC004

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC005

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC006

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC001

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC002

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC003

Group 8 · Socket M12, 4-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 12 E11509

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 13 E11508

Group 9 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC007

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC008

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC009

Group 10 · Socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

10...30DC -25...100 IP 68 • green /

yellow 15 E11510

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA 10...30

DC -40...85 IP 67 – green /yellow 16 E10136

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

401

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 11 · Socket M12, 5-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 17 E11512

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 18 E11511

Group 12 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 19 EVC073

5 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 19 EVC074

10 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 19 EVC075

Group 13 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 20 EVC070

5 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 20 EVC071

10 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 20 EVC072

Group 14 · Socket M12, 8-pole, 6-wire

5 m blackPUR / PVC cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 6 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 21 E10976

Group 15 · Socket M12, 8-pole, 6-wire

10 m blackPUR / PVC cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 6 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 21 E10977

Group 16 · socket M12, 8-pole, 7-wire + screen

2 m orangePUR cable

7 x 0.25 mm2

+ screenTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 21 E20738

Group 17 · socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire, for temperature sensors TR 8...

2 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 6.2 mmPUR /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 22 E11231

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

402

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 17 · socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire, for temperature sensors TR 8...

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 6.2 mmPUR /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 22 E11232

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 6.2 mmPUR /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...80 IP 68 – – 23 E11311

Group 18 · socket M16, 14-pole, 10-wire

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2PUR /brass 30 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 24 E11226

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2PUR /brass 30 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 24 E11227

Group 19 · Socket , 14-pole, 12-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

10 x 0.25 mm2

+ 2 x 0.34 mm2PUR /brass 30 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 25 E11645

5 m blackPUR cable

10 x 0.25 mm2

+ 2 x 0.34 mm2PUR /brass 30 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 25 E11697

Group 20 · Socket M18, 4-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)PA 20...250

AC/DC -40...85 IP 65 – – 26 E10013

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)PA /

ULTRAMID20...250AC/DC -40...85 IP 65 – – 27 E10137

Group 21 · Socket M18, 12-pole

soldering ...0.25 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)brass 4.5...30

DC -40...85 IP 67 – – 28 E60174

soldering ...0.25 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)brass 4.5...30

DC -40...85 IP 67 – – 29 E60175

Group 22 · socket M23, 12-pole, numbering anticlockwise

soldering ...1 mm2

(Ø 10...14 mm)brass 10...30

DC -25...90 IP 65 – – 30 E10447

soldering ...1 mm2

(Ø 10...14 mm)brass 10...30

DC -25...90 IP 65 – – 31 E10448

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

403

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 23 · socket M23, 12-pole, numbering anticlockwise

soldering ...1 mm2

Ø 8 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 32 E60124

Group 24 · socket M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise, for encoders

soldering ...1 mm2

Ø 8 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 33 E60122

soldering ...1 mm2

(Ø 4.5...6 mm)brass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 34 E60136

5 m PUR cable

8 x 0.14 mm2

+ 4 x 0.5 mm2 brass 4.5...30DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 35 E60144

10 m PUR cable

8 x 0.14 mm2

+ 4 x 0.5 mm2 brass 4.5...30DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 35 E60147

Group 25 · plug M23, 12-pole, numbering anticlockwise

soldering ...1 mm2

Ø 8 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 36 E60141

Group 26 · socket M23, 17-pole, numbering clockwise

Soldering/crimpingconnection

...0.5 mm2

Ø 8 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 37 E60157

Group 27 · socket M23, 21-pole, numbering clockwise

Soldering/crimpingconnection

...0.5 mm2

Ø 8 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 38 E60146

Group 28 · Socket , 12-pole

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 39 E11736

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 39 E11737

15 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 39 E11738

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 40 E11739

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 40 E11740

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

404

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 28 · Socket , 12-pole

15 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

250AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 40 E11741

Group 29 · Socket , 19-pole

5 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 41 E11742

10 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 41 E11743

15 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 41 E11744

5 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 42 E11745

10 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 42 E11746

15 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2PUR /brass

160AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – – 42 E11747

Group 30 · socket 1/2", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

2 m yellowPVC cable

3 x AWG22Ø 5.2 mm

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 43 E10190

5 m yellowPVC cable

3 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.2 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 43 E10200

2 m yellowPVC cable

3 x AWG22Ø 5.2 mm

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 44 E10189

5 m yellowPVC cable

3 x AWG22Ø 5.2 mm

TPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 44 E10191

Group 31 · socket 1/2", 5-pole, 4-wire

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmTPU /brass 300 AC -25...90 IP 67 – – 45 E11248

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmTPU /brass 300 AC -25...90 IP 67 – – 45 E11249

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmTPU /brass 300 AC -25...90 IP 67 – – 46 E11250

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmTPU /brass 300 AC -25...90 IP 67 – – 46 E11251

Group 32 · socket 7/8", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

2 m orangePVC cable

3 x 0.75 mm2

Ø 5.2 mmTPU 250 AC -40...90 IP 68 – – 47 E20428

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

405

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 33 · socket 7/8", 3-pole, 3-wire

2 m orangePVC cable

3 x 0.75 mm2

Ø 5.2 mmTPU 10...30

DC -40...90 IP 68 – – 47 E20430

Group 34 · socket DIN A (DIN 43650)

wirable ...1.5 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)PA ... 250 AC

...300 DC -40...125 IP 65 – – 48 E10058

Group 35 · socket Rd24, 6-pole + PE

wirable ...2.5 mm2

(Ø 10...12 mm)PBT 250 AC

300 DC -40...100 IP 67 • – 49 E70142

wirable ...2.5 mm2

(Ø 6...8 mm)PBT /PA

250 AC300 DC -40...100 IP 67 • – 50 E11043

Group 36 · socket bayonet, for pressure sensors type PP....

2 m blackPUR cable 4 x 0.5 mm2 Hytrel G-4774 9.6...30

DC -40...85 IP 67 /IP 69K – – 51 E11273

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

406

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 37 · plug M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

0.6 m PUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmPUR /

stainless steel 24 AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 52 E10838

Group 38 · Plug M12, 4-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 53 E11504

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 54 E11505

Group 39 · Plug M12, 5-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 55 E11506

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 56 E11507

Group 40 · plug M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise

soldering ...1 mm2

Ø 6 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 57 E60123

soldering ...1 mm2

Ø 4.5 mmbrass 4.5...30

DC -40...125 IP 67 – – 57 E60128

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

407

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 41 · jumper M8 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 3-pole

1 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 58 E11267

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 58 E11268

Group 42 · jumper M8 plug, 3-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

1 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 59 E11202

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 59 E11203

1 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 60 E11204

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.1 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 60 E11205

Group 43 · jumper M8 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

1 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 61 E11206

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 61 E11207

1 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 62 E11208

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...80 IP 68 • – 62 E11209

Group 44 · jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole

1 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 63 E11210

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 63 E11211

1 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 64 E11212

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 4.4 mmPUR /brass

60 AC75 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 64 E11213

Group 45 · Jumper M12, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.6 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.3 mmPUR /brass

10...30DC -25...80 IP 68 • green /

yellow 65 E11412

2 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.3 mmPUR /brass

10...30DC -25...80 IP 68 • green /

yellow 65 E11414

5 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.3 mmPUR /brass

10...30DC -25...80 IP 68 • green /

yellow 65 E11415

Group 46 · Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

0.6 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmPUR /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 66 E11452

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmPUR /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 66 E11454

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

408

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 46 · Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.7 mmPUR /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 66 E11455

0.6 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 67 E11472

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...85 IP 68 • – 67 E11474

Group 47 · Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 68 E11416

0.6 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 68 E11417

Group 48 · Jumper M12 / DIN B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 69 E11421

0.6 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 69 E11422

Group 49 · Jumper M12 / DIN C, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 65 – yellow 70 E11426

0.6 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 65 – yellow 70 E11427

Group 50 · Jumper M12 / Indu.Std. B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 71 E11431

0.6 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 71 E11432

Group 51 · jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / socket bayonet

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 6 mmPA /

stainless steel9.6...30

DC -40...85 IP 67 – – 72 E11274

Group 52 · Y-jumper M12 plug / 2 x valve plug type A (to DIN 43650)

1 m blackPUR cable

3 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 67 – 2 x

yellow 73 E70203

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

409

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 53 · splitter box M8, 3-pole

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2 PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

8 x yel. 74 E11214

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2 PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

8 x yel. 74 E11215

M12 connector – PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

4 x yel. 75 E11216

Group 54 · splitter box M8, 4-pole

5 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2 PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

16 x yel. 76 E11217

10 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.34 mm2

+ 2 x 0.75 mm2 PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

16 x yel. 76 E11218

M16 connector – PBT-GF 20 10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

8 x yel. 77 E11219

Group 55 · M12 splitter box for 1 signal

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

10...55DC -25...90 IP 67 • – 78 E10437

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 79 E11717

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 79 E11718

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

4 x yel. 79 E10278

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

4 x yel. 79 E10279

5 m blackPUR cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 80 E11720

10 m blackPUR cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 80 E11721

5 m blackPUR cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

6 x yel. 81 E10280

10 m blackPUR cable

6 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

6 x yel. 81 E10281

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 82 E11723

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 82 E11724

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 83 E10282

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.34 mm2

+ 3 x 0.75 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 83 E10283

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

410

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 55 · M12 splitter box for 1 signal

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 84 E11719

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

4 x yel. 85 E11735

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 86 E11722

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

6 x yel. 87 E10445

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 88 E11725

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 89 E10446

Group 56 · M12 splitter box for 2 signals

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 90 E11726

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 90 E11727

5 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 91 E11017

10 m blackPUR cable

8 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 91 E11018

5 m blackPUR cable

12 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 92 E11729

10 m blackPUR cable

12 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 92 E11730

5 m blackPUR cable

12 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

12 x yel. 93 E11019

10 m PUR cable

12 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

12 x yel. 93 E11020

5 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 94 E11732

10 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 94 E11733

5 m blackPUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

16 x yel. 95 E11021

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

411

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 56 · M12 splitter box for 2 signals

10 m PUR cable

16 x 0.5 mm2

+ 3 x 1.0 mm2 TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

16 x yel. 95 E11022

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 96 E11728

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

8 x yel. 97 E10945

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 98 E11731

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

12 x yel. 99 E10946

M23 connector – TPU 60 AC75 DC -15...80 IP 67 • – 100 E11734

M23 connector – TPU 10...30DC -15...80 IP 67 • green /

16 x yel. 101 E10659

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For industrialapplications

412

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

413

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 57 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC004

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC005

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 10 EVC006

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC001

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC002

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 11 EVC003

Group 58 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC007

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC008

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmTPU /brass

10...36DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • green /2 x yel. 14 EVC009

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For oils andcoolants

414

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 409

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

415

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 59 · socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, irradiated cable

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 102 E10909

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 102 E10910

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 102 E10911

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 103 E10915

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 103 E10916

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 103 E10917

Group 60 · socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, irradiated cable, LED, PNP

2 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

2 x yel. 104 E10912

5 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

2 x yel. 104 E10913

10 m blackPUR cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.8 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 68 • green /

2 x yel. 104 E10914

Group 61 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 8 E10957

5 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 8 E10958

10 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 8 E10959

2 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 9 E10960

5 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 9 E10961

10 m blackPUR cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 • – 9 E10962

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For electro-magnetic fields

416

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 410

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

417

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 62 · Socket M8, 4-pole, 4-wire

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 105 E11220

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 105 E11221

25 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 105 E11222

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 106 E11223

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 106 E11224

25 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5 mmPVC /

st. steel60 AC75 DC -25...90 IP 68 – – 106 E11225

Group 63 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 107 EVT004

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 107 EVT005

25 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 107 EVT006

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 108 EVT001

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 108 EVT002

25 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 108 EVT003

Group 64 · Socket M12, 4-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel240

AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 109 E11862

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel240

AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 110 E11861

Group 65 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel10...36

DC -25...100 IP 68 /IP 69K • green /

2 x yel. 111 EVT007

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For hygienicand wet areas

418

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 65 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel10...36

DC -25...100 IP 68 /IP 69K • green /

2 x yel. 111 EVT008

25 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel10...36

DC -25...100 IP 68 /IP 69K • green /

2 x yel. 111 EVT009

Group 66 · Socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel10...30

DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • green /

yellow 109 E11863

Group 67 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

5 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 112 EVT013

10 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 112 EVT014

25 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 112 EVT015

5 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 113 EVT010

10 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 113 EVT011

25 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.1 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 113 EVT012

Group 68 · Plug M12, 4-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel240

AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 114 E11858

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel240

AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 115 E11857

Group 69 · Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

1 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 116 EVT042

2 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 116 EVT043

5 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 116 EVT044

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 4.9 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 116 EVT045

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

419

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 70 · jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M12 socket, 4-pole, 4-wire

10 m orangePVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5.3 mmPVC /

st. steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 117 E70189

Group 71 · Socket M12, 5-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel 60 AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 118 E11865

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel 60 AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 119 E11864

Group 72 · Plug M12, 5-pole

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel 60 AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 120 E11860

wirable ...0.75 mm2

(Ø 4...8 mm)PBT /

st. steel 60 AC/DC -25...90 IP 67 /IP 69K • – 121 E11859

Group 73 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

0.6 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5.3 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 122 E11641

1 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5.3 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 122 E11642

2 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5.3 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 122 E11643

5 m orangePVC cable

5 x 0.25 mm2

Ø 5.3 mmPVC /

st. steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 122 E11644

Group 74 · splitter box M12

10 m blackPUR / PVC cable

3 x 0.75 mm2

+ 16 x 0.34 mm2 st. steel 10...36DC -5...70 IP 69K – green /

16 x yel. 123 E11775

Connection technology Complete ifm product range For hygienicand wet areas

420

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 412

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 420

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

421

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing/

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Gold-con-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 75 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m bluePUR / PVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 102 E10355

5 m bluePUR / PVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 102 E10356

2 m bluePUR / PVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 103 E10357

5 m bluePUR / PVC cable

4 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 103 E10358

Group 76 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m bluePUR / PVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E11693

5 m bluePUR / PVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E11694

Group 77 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m bluePUR / PVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 6 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E40075

5 m bluePUR / PVC cable

5 x 0.34 mm2

Ø 6 mmTPU /brass

10...30DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 8 E40076

Group 78 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 2-wire

0.6 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5.5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 124 E10853

Group 79 · jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A (to DIN 43650)

0.3 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 125 E10821

0.6 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 125 E10822

Group 80 · jumper M12 plug / valve plug type B (to DIN 43650)

0.3 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 126 E10823

Group 81 · jumper M12 plug / valve plug type C (to DIN 43650)

0.3 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 127 E10846

0.6 m bluePUR / PVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 127 E10847

Group 82 · jumper M12 plug / valve plug type B (industrial standard)

0.3 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 128 E10825

0.6 m bluePVC cable

2 x 0.5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU / stainlesssteel (316S12) ...15 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 128 E10826

Connection technology Complete ifm product range

For hazardous areas

422

Completeifm productrange

Page

For industrialapplications Socket

400 - 406

Cable plugs

406 - 407

Cables

408 - 408

Splitter boxes

410 - 410

For oils andcoolants

414 - 414

For electro-magnetic fields

416 - 416

For hygienicand wet areas

418 - 418

For hazardousareas

422 - 422

Complete ifm product range

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

423

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Accessories

425

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors, cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensors, infrared / red light sensorsPhotoelectric sensors, laser sensorsPhotoelectric sensors, systems for specific applicationsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems, power supplies

426 - 428428 - 431431 - 432

432432 - 433433 - 436436 - 437437 - 438438 - 440440 - 441

441

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting bracket · with integrated snap-on rail · for type IDC · stainless steel (303S22)

E10730

Protective bracket · for cable units · for type OW, IW · stainless steel (320S31)

E20813

Mounting clamp · Ø 6.5 mm · PPE E10014

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10015

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10016

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10017

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M18 · PBT (Pocan)

E10076

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M30 · PBT (Pocan)

E10077

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm · PA E10192

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Mounting clamp · Ø 4 mm · TPE E10204

Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · aluminium / black anodised E10221

Mounting adapter · G 3/4 - M18 x 1 · for type M18 x 1 · PTFE E10698

Mounting sleeve · M16 x 1 - Ø 12 mm ·45 mm · with end stop · for type M12 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10741

Mounting sleeve · M24 x 1.5 - Ø 18 mm58 mm · with end stop · for type M18 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10742

Mounting sleeve · M36 x 1.5 - Ø 30 mm58 mm · with end stop · for type M30 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10743

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

426

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Mounting sleeve · M16 x 1 - Ø 12 mm ·34 mm · with end stop · for type M12 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10806

Mounting sleeve · M24 x 1.5 - Ø 18 mm36 mm · with end stop · for type M18 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10807

Mounting sleeve · M36 x 1.5 - Ø 30 mm36 mm · with end stop · for type M30 ·brass / nickel-plated

E10808

Mounting sleeve · M12 x 1 - Ø 8 mm ·32 mm · with end stop · for type M8 ·brass / special coated

E10848

Mounting sleeve · M12 x 1 - Ø 8 mm ·42 mm · with end stop · for type M8 ·brass / special coated

E10849

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Mounting sleeve · M16 x 1 - Ø 12 mm ·with end stop · for type M12 · brass / nickel-plated

E11114

Mounting sleeve · M22 x 1 - Ø 18 mm ·with end stop · for type M18 · brass / white bronze coated

E11115

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Mounting set · straight · Clampmounting · for type IA, IB, KA, KB ·clamp: stainless steel (316C) / fixture: stainless steel (320S31)

E11117

Mounting set · angled · Clamp mounting · for type IA, IB, KA, KBclamp: stainless steel (316C) / fixture:stainless steel (320S31)

E11118

Mounting set · angled · only for flush-mountable sensors · Clamp mounting ·for type IME, IMC · clamp: stainless steel(316C) / fixture: stainless steel (320S31)

E11119

Mounting set · straight · only for flush-mountable sensors · Clamp mounting ·for type IME, IMC · clamp: stainless steel(316C) / fixture: stainless steel (320S31)

E11120

Mounting set · angled · Clamp mountingfor type ICE, ID, KD · clamp: stainlesssteel (316C) / fixture: stainless steel(320S31)

E11121

Mounting set · straight · Clampmounting · for type ICE, ID, KD · clamp:stainless steel (316C) / fixture: stainlesssteel (320S31)

E11122

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20718

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20719

Angle bracket · Clamp mounting · for type OW, IW, KW · stainless steel(320S31)

E20811

Protective bracket · for cable units · for type OW, IW · stainless steel (320S31)

E20813

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

427

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Protective bracket · for devices with M8connection · for type OW, IW · stainlesssteel (320S31)

E20814

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E20856

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20857

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E20860

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20861

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20864

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20865

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20866

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20867

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20869

Type Description Orderno.

Inductive sensors

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20870

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E20873

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20874

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20875

Limit plungers · for types M8 x 1 · withSn = 1 mm f, 2 mm f and 3 mm f · Limitplungers / free cutting steel / plunger:C45K / hardened on front / nut: brass /nickel-plated

E10154

Limit plungers · for type Ø 6.5 mm · withSn = 1 mm f · Limit plungers / freecutting steel / plunger: C45K / hardenedon front / nut: brass / nickel-plated

E10155

Capacitive sensors

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10015

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PBT(Pocan) E10017

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M18 · PBT(Pocan)

E10076

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M30 · PBT(Pocan)

E10077

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

428

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Capacitive sensors

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm · PA E10193

Mounting adapter · G 3/4 - M18 x 1 · for type M18 x 1 · PTFE E10698

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting adapter · Ø 34 mm - G 1 1/2 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E11027

Mounting adapter · Ø 34 mm - G 1 1/4 ·PVDF E11028

Locknut · G 11/4 · for mounting adapter · PVDF E11030

Locknut · G 11/2 · for mounting adapter · POM (polyoxymethylene)

E11031

Type Description Orderno.

Capacitive sensors

Locknut · G 1 1/2 · for mounting adapter · PVDF E11032

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) / EPDM E11033

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/2 ·PVDF / EPDM E11034

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/4 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) / EPDM E11035

Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1 1/4 ·PVDF / EPDM E11036

Mounting set · M30 x 1.5 / G 1/4...G 1 ·for capacitive sensors on rising pipes G1/4" - 1" · POM (polyoxymethylene)

E11037

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Mounting clamp · Ø 30 mm · with end stop · for type M30 · PC E11049

Locknut · G 11/4 · for mounting adapter · POM (polyoxymethylene)

E11055

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

429

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Capacitive sensors

Protective cover · G 11/4 · for mountingadapter · PES / black transparent E11078

Mounting set · straight · Clampmounting · for type IA, IB, KA, KB ·clamp: stainless steel (316C) / fixture:stainless steel (320S31)

E11117

Mounting set · angled · Clamp mountingfor type IA, IB, KA, KB · clamp: stainlesssteel (316C) / fixture: stainless steel(320S31)

E11118

Mounting set · angled · Clamp mountingfor type ICE, ID, KD · clamp: stainlesssteel (316C) / fixture: stainless steel(320S31)

E11121

Mounting set · straight · Clampmounting · for type ICE, ID, KD · clamp:stainless steel (316C) / fixture: stainlesssteel (320S31)

E11122

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20718

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20719

Angle bracket · Clamp mounting · fortype OW, IW, KW · stainless steel(320S31)

E20811

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20866

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20867

Type Description Orderno.

Capacitive sensors

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainlesssteel (316C)

E20869

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainlesssteel (316C)

E20870

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc

E20873

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainlesssteel (316C)

E20874

Mounting set · Ø 30.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OI, II, KI · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20875

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43900

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 3/4 ·PVDF E43901

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43902

Locknut · G 3/4 · for mounting adapter ·PVDF E43903

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 1 · POM(polyoxymethylene) E43904

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

430

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Capacitive sensors

Mounting adapter · M18 x 1 - G 1 · PVDF E43905

Locknut · G 1 · for mounting adapter ·POM (polyoxymethylene) E43906

Locknut · G 1 · for mounting adapter ·PVDF E43907

Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Angle bracket · for type M8 · stainless steel (304S15) E10734

Angle bracket · for type M12 · stainless steel (304S15) E10735

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · aluminium /black anodised E10221

Mounting clamp · Ø 12 mm · with end stop · for type M12 · PC E11047

Mounting clamp · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · for type M18 · PC E11048

Damping magnet · M 1.0 · Samarium cobalt E10749

Type Description Orderno.

Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Damping magnet · M 2.0 · AlNiCo E10750

Damping magnet · M 3.0 · Barium ferrite E10751

Damping magnet · M 4.0 · Barium ferrite E10752

Damping magnet · M 4.1 · Barium ferrite/ stainless steel E11803

Damping magnet · M 5.0 · Barium ferrite E10753

Damping magnet · M 5.1 · Barium ferritewith plastic coating E10754

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20718

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20719

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainlesssteel (316C)

E20869

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainlesssteel (316C)

E20870

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

431

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20866

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecastzinc / Cube: diecast zinc

E20867

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 8...12 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11816

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 16...20 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11817

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 25...32 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11818

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 40 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11819

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 50 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11820

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 63 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11821

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 80 mm · Piston diameter · for typeMKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11822

Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Ø 100 mm · Piston diameter · for type MKT · stainless steel (303S22)

E11823

Type Description Orderno.

Safety technology

Combicon connector · with screwterminals 4-pole · for G1501S · PA(polyamide) / current carrying parts:copper alloy / tin-coated

E11929

Combicon connector · with cage clamps4 poles · for G1501S · PA (polyamide) /current carrying parts: copper alloy / tin-coated

E11930

Safety T-splitter · ifm electronic · T-piecefor the pseudo-serial connection of fail-safe sensors · PUR

E11569

Valve sensors

Spacer · 10 mm · for compensationbetween target pucks and dual sensorIND · PBT (Pocan)

E10579

Spacer · 3 mm · for compensationbetween target pucks and dual sensorIND · PBT (Pocan)

E10584

Spacer · 5 mm · for compensationbetween target pucks and dual sensorIND · PBT (Pocan)

E10585

Mounting kit · MS-MEC-KU-RA--F04A ·for ball valve Mecafrance ISO5211/F04DN25 PN40 · Detection of the “ON/OFF”position by means of the IND dual sensor

E10597

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · Adjustablebetween 0° and 360° · Target puck / PVC / screws: high-grade stainless steel

E10661

Mounting kit for limit position feedback ·tyco 792E-100 · for Keystone actuators E11243

Target puck · Ø 59 mm · for Nelesactuator type B1CU 6/20E · Target puck /POM (polyoxymethylene)

E11278

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

432

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Valve sensors

Reinforcement bracket · for type IND ·stainless steel (320S31) E11310

Mounting adapter · accessory for IX5010· adapter: PA (polyamide) / Target:stainless steel (316S12)

E11900

Mounting adapter · for Georg Fischerdiaphragm valve Diastar with strokelimiter M12 · accessory for IX5010 ·adapter: POM (polyoxymethylene) /Target: stainless steel

E12009

Mounting adapter · for Georg Fischerdiaphragm valve Diastar with strokelimiter M16 · accessory for IX5010 ·adapter: POM (polyoxymethylene) /Target: stainless steel

E12010

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · 6 possibleswitching flag positions · with drain holesTarget puck / POM (polyoxymethylene) /screws: high-grade stainless steel

E17105

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · Target puck /PBT (Pocan) / screws: high-grade stainlesssteel

E17118

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · Target puck /PVC / screws: high-grade stainless steel E17148

Target puck · Ø 55 mm · Invertedfunction · Target puck / PVC / screws:high-grade stainless steel / Metal ring:stainless steel

E17205

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · 8 possibleswitching flag positions · with drain holesTarget puck / POM (polyoxymethylene) /screws: high-grade stainless steel

E17294

Direction indicator black · 12 x 4.8 · For target puck E17320 · POM(polyoxymethylene)

E17295

Type Description Orderno.

Valve sensors

Direction indicator yellow · 12 x 4.8 · for target puck E17320 · POM(polyoxymethylene)

E17296

Target puck · Ø 53 mm · Target puck / PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17320

Target puck · Ø 65 mm · Target puck / PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17327

Target puck · Ø 102 · Target puck / PA 6 / screws: V2A (1.4302) E17328

protective housing · accessory for valvesensors · for type IND · stainless steel E11984

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Prismatic reflector · Ø 42 mm · round ·for type O5P, OA, OC, OE, OF, OG, OH,OI, OJ, OL, OM, OR, OS, OT, OU · plastics

E20004

Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round ·for type O4P, O5P, OG, OJ, OA, OC, OEOF, OH, OI, OM, OR, OS, OT, OU ·plastics

E20005

Prismatic reflector · 45 x 28 mm · angularfor type O5P, OA, OC, OE OF, OG, OH,OI, OJ, OM, OR, OS, OT, OU · plastics

E20452

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angularfor type OA, OC, OE OF, OG, OH, OI, OJ,OM, OR, OS, OS, OT, OU · plastics

E20744

Angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20590

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

433

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Angle bracket · Ø 12 mm · with end stopMounting clamp · Clamp mounting · fortype OG, IG, KG · clamp: diecast zinc /fixture: stainless steel (304S15) /Mounting clamp / PC / black

E21144

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21200

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E21201

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21202

Mounting set · Ø 12.2 mm · Clampmounting · for type OF, IF · fixture:stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E21203

Angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20590

Rod mounting · Ø 10 / M8 · straight ·stainless steel (320S31) E21081

Rod mounting · Ø 10 / M8 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E80310

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21204

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / high-gradestainless steel

E21205

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20720

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:high-grade stainless steel / fixture: high-grade stainless steel

E21206

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp:high-grade stainless steel / fixture: high-grade stainless steel

E21207

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · straight ·stainless steel (320S31) E20938

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E20940

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Protective bracket for free-standing and rod mounting · Ø 18 mm · Clampmounting · Protective bracket for free-standing and rod mounting / stainlesssteel (316S12)

E21125

Protective bracket for free-standing androd mounting · Ø 18 mm · with end stopMounting clamp · PC / black / Protectivebracket for free-standing and rodmounting / stainless steel (316S12)

E21126

Angle bracket · Ø 18 mm · with end stopMounting clamp · Clamp mounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp: diecast zinc/ fixture: stainless steel (304S15) /Mounting clamp / PC / black

E21145

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

434

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21208

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / high-gradestainless steel

E21209

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

angle support · 90° · for type OG ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20723

angle support · 90° · for type OGP ·housing: ABS / lens: glass E20740

Angle bracket · for type OJ · high-grade stainless steel E20984

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · clamp: diecast zinc / fixture: stainlesssteel (320S31)

E21095

Mounting set · OJ · for front lens · Clamp mounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E20970

Mounting set · OJ · for front lens · Clamp mounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E21221

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21222

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20973

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainlesssteel (320S31) E21087

Mounting set · O5 · Clamp mounting ·with protective cover · for type O5 ·fixture: stainless steel (320S31) / clamp:high-grade stainless steel

E21223

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · withprotective cover · for type O5 · stainlesssteel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21210

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) /clamp: diecast zinc

E21211

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) /clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E21212

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / high-gradestainless steel

E21214

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21085

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

435

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Mounting brackets Mounting on theback of the unit · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31)

E21086

Dovetail clamp · for type DTS, O5 ·AlMgSi0.5 E21088

clamp · Ø 12 mm · clamp: diecast zinc E20717

clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · clamp: stainless steel (316C) E21110

Angle bracket · O4 · for type O4 ·stainless steel (316S12) E21120

Mounting set · O4 · Clamp mounting ·with protective cover · for type O4 ·stainless steel (316S12) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21215

Mounting set · O4 · Clamp mounting ·with protective cover · for type O4 ·stainless steel (316S12) / clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E21216

Mounting set · O4 · Clamp mounting ·for type O4 · stainless steel (316S12) /clamp: diecast zinc

E21217

Mounting set · O4 · Clamp mounting ·for type O4 · stainless steel (316S12) /clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E21218

Angle bracket · O4 · for type O4 ·stainless steel (316S12) E21117

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - infrared / red light sensors

Mounting brackets Mounting on theback of the unit · O4 · for type O4 ·stainless steel (320S31)

E21116

Photoelectric sensors - laser sensors

Prismatic reflector · Ø 19 mm · round ·fixing by screw · M3 · for laser units · fortype OGPL, OJPL, OLPL · screw / springwasher: / nut: stainless steel (316S16) ·front plate: PMMA / base: ABS

E20993

Prismatic reflector · 30 x 20 mm · angular · for laser units · for type OGPL,OJPL, OLPL · front plate: PMMA / base: ABS

E20994

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · for laser sensors and glass / film detection sensors · plastics

E20722

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp: diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20720

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp: diecast zinc / fixture: steel

E20721

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp: high-grade stainless steel / fixture: high-grade stainless steel

E21206

Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG, IG, KG · clamp: high-grade stainless steel / fixture: high-grade stainless steel

E21207

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · straight ·stainless steel (320S31) E20938

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E20940

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

436

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - laser sensors

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21208

Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / high-gradestainless steel

E21209

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentof laser units · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG · fixture: stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21219

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentof laser units · Ø 18.5 mm · Clampmounting · for type OG · fixture: stainless steel (320S31) / clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E21220

Mounting set · OJ · for front lens · Clamp mounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E20970

Mounting set · OJ · for front lens · Clamp mounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E21221

rod mounting · Ø 10 / M8 · straight ·stainless steel (320S31) E21081

rod mounting · Ø 10 / M8 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E80310

Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21204

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - laser sensors

Swivel-mount clip · for type OJ · diecast zinc E20974

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · for front lens · for type OJ · aluminium

E20975

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clamp mounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21222

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(320S31) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E20973

Fixture for mounting and fine adjustmentof laser units · for side lens · for type OJ ·aluminium

E20976

Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · clamp: diecast zinc / fixture: stainlesssteel (320S31)

E21095

angle support · 90° · for type OF ·housing: ABS / lens: PC E20590

Photoelectric sensors - systems for specific applications

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · for type OA, OC, OE OF, OG,OH, OI, OJ, OM, OR, OS, OS, OT, OU ·plastics

E20744

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) E21087

Mounting set · O5 · Clamp mounting ·with protective cover · for type O5 ·fixture: stainless steel (320S31) / clamp:high-grade stainless steel

E21223

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

437

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - systems for specific applications

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · withprotective cover · for type O5 · stainlesssteel (320S31) / clamp: diecast zinc

E21210

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) /clamp: diecast zinc

E21211

Mounting set · Clamp mounting · for type O5 · stainless steel (320S31) /clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E21212

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / steel /galvanised

E21213

Head cap screw · M10 x 120 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · screw / high-gradestainless steel

E21214

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · straight ·stainless steel (320S31) E20938

Rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E20940

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Angle bracket · for type O5 · stainlesssteel (320S31) E21085

Mounting brackets Mounting on theback of the unit · for type O5 · stainlesssteel (320S31)

E21086

Type Description Orderno.

Photoelectric sensors - systems for specific applications

Dovetail clamp · for type DTS, O5 ·AlMgSi0.5 E21088

Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · angular · for laser sensors and glass / filmdetection sensors · plastics

E20722

Mounting set · O1D, O2D · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(304S15) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E2D101

Object recognition

Illumination unit · Backlight 50 x 50infrared · Illuminated area: 50 x 50 mm ·transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D903

Illumination unit · Backlight 50 x 50IR/0.15m/US · Illuminated area: 50 x 50 mm · transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D907

Illumination unit · Backlight 50 x 50 red ·Illuminated area: 50 x 50 mm ·transmitter red light 660 nm · aluminium

O2D902

Operating software · O2D E2D200

Mounting set · O2D, O2M, O2I · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(304S15) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E2D110

Mounting set · O2D, O2M, O2I · Clampmounting · fixture: stainless steel(304S15) / clamp: stainless steel (316C)

E2D112

clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · clamp: stainless steel (316C) E21110

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

438

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Object recognition

Clamp · Ø 14 mm · clamp: high-grade stainless steel E21109

Rod mounting · Ø 12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E21111

Rod mounting · Ø 12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E21112

Connection piece · Ø 20 mm · for the connection of two clamps with Ø 20 mm · stainless steel (316S12)

E21076

Rod mounting · Ø 12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E21113

Clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · clamp: stainless steel (316C) E20946

clamp · Ø 14 mm; M12 · clamp: stainless steel (316C) E20948

rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E20938

rod mounting · Ø 14 / M12 · straight · stainless steel (320S31) E20939

rod mounting · Ø 12 / M10 · angled · stainless steel (320S31) E20940

Type Description Orderno.

Object recognition

Rod mounting · Ø 14 / M12 · angled ·stainless steel (320S31) E20941

Mounting set · Backlight 25 x 25 mm ·Clamp mounting · Mounting plate /stainless steel (303S22) / clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E2D107

Mounting set · Backlight 50 x 50 mm ·Clamp mounting · Mounting plate /stainless steel (303S22) / clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E2D108

Mounting set · Backlight 100 x 100 mm ·Clamp mounting · Mounting plate /stainless steel (303S22) / clamp: high-grade stainless steel

E2D109

Illumination unit · Backlight 25 x 25 red ·Illuminated area: 25 x 25 mm ·transmitter red light 660 nm · aluminium

O2D900

Illumination unit · Backlight 25 x 25infrared · Illuminated area: 25 x 25 mm ·transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D901

Illumination unit · Backlight 100 x 100infrared · Illuminated area: 100 x 100 mm · transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D905

Illumination unit · Backlight 100 x 100IR/0.15m/US · Illuminated area: 100 x 100 mm · transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D908

Illumination unit · Backlight 100 x 100red · Illuminated area: 100 x 100 mm ·transmitter red light 660 nm · aluminium

O2D904

Illumination unit · Backlight 25 x 25IR/0.15m/US · Illuminated area: 25 x 25 mm · transmitter infrared 880 nm · aluminium

O2D906

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

439

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Object recognition

Reflective tape · TS-03 · 100 x 100 mm ·plastics E2D106

Cube · M10 · diecast zinc E20951

Cube · M12 · diecast zinc E20952

Complete connection and test stand forefector dualis object recognition (sensorand software not supplied) · E21111 +E21112 + E21110 (3x) + E21076 +E21123 (3x) + E2D110 + E11898

ZZ0196

Encoders

Resilient base for angle flanges ·aluminium / black anodised E60036

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRB, RC, RU, RN, RM · aluminium / blackanodised

E60033

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRM, RMU, RN, RU · aluminium / blackanodised

E60034

Angle bracket · for encoders · for typeRMV, RV · aluminium / black anodised E60035

Fastening clamp · for synchro flange ·steel E60041

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 4 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60119

Type Description Orderno.

Encoders

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60064

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium E60065

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 8 mm · aluminium E60120

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60066

Flexible coupling with clamp connection[KV] · Ø 10 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium E60067

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection [SV] · Ø 4 mm / Ø 6 mm ·aluminium

E60062

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection [SV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm ·aluminium

E60063

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection [SV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 8 mm ·aluminium

E60027

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection [SV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm ·aluminium

E60028

Flexible coupling with adjusting screwconnection [SV] · Ø 10 mm / Ø 10 mm ·aluminium

E60022

Accessories Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

440

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Type Description Orderno.

Encoders

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60121

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 6 mm / Ø 10 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60117

Spring disc coupling electrically isolating ·Ø 10 mm / Ø 10 mm · diecast zinc / PA E60118

Measuring wheel · Ø 159.2 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium · aluminium E60098

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 6 mm · aluminium · aluminium E60006

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 10 mm · aluminium · aluminium E60095

Measuring wheel · Ø 159.2 mm / Ø 10 mm · rubber · aluminium E60076

Measuring wheel · Ø 159.2 mm / Ø 10 mm · smooth plastic · plastics E60110

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 6 mm · smooth plastic · plastics E60111

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 10 mm · smooth plastic · plastics E60112

Type Description Orderno.

Encoders

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 6 mm · grooved plastic · plastics E60137

Measuring wheel · Ø 63.6 mm / Ø 10 mm · grooved plastic · plastics E60138

Evaluation systems and power supplies

Angle bracket · for type M18 · stainless steel (304S15) E10736

Angle bracket · for type M30 · stainless steel (304S15) E10737

Mounting clamp · Ø 20 mm - Ø 18 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M18 · PBT (Pocan)

E10076

Mounting clamp · Ø 34 mm - Ø 30 mm ·with reducing bush · for type M30 · PBT (Pocan)

E10077

Target wheel · Plastic disk with 8 screwsas “target” · Centered drill holes E89010

Target for pulse pickups · Strapdimensions 7 x 220 mm E89013

Accessories position sensorsand object recognition

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

441

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

443

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors, cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensorsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems, power suppliesConnection technology

Technical glossary

Position sensors and object recognition

ifm information and ordering service

Other ifm productsInternet serviceCustomer serviceOrdering serviceAddresses

Wiring diagrams

Position sensors and object recognition

450 - 468469 - 471472 - 474

475476 - 478479 - 490

491492 - 493494 - 501502 - 515

516 - 525

526 - 529530 - 531

532533

534 - 535

444 - 449

1

L+

L

1

4

3

2

L+

L

1

2

3

3

L+

L

1

4

3

4

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

5

L+

L

1

3

2

6

BN

BU

L1

N

7

BN

BU

L+L1

LN

8

/L+

L

13

/2 4

9

BN

BU

L+L1

LN

10

/1 3

/2 4

L1L+

LN

11

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

12

4

L

L+1

2

32:4:

13

L

L+

4

2

1

32:4:

14

1

3

2

L1L+

LN

15

L+

L

1

4

16

BK

BK

L+

L

17

AS-i+1

3 AS-i

18

L

L+

WH:BK :

BK

BU

WH

BN

19

+BN

BU

20

L+

L2

1

1

1: connection to NAMUR-amplifier

21

L+

L2

1

1

5 2

1: connection to NAMUR-amplifier2: Potential equalisation plug housing

22

L+

L

1

4

3

1

1: fuse

23

L

L+

3 BU

2 WH

4 BK

1 BN

2:4: A1

A2

24

L

L+

BK

WH

BN

BUWH:BK: A1

A2

25

L+

L

1

4

3

26

L+

L

1

3

2

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

444

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

27

L

L+

/2 4

1

3

28

1

2

L1

N

L+

L

29

/1 3

/2 4

L1L+

LN

30

BN

GN/YE

BU

+

31

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

32

L

BN

BU

L+

33

L+

L

1

4

3

34

L

L+

L+

L

2 WH

1 BN

4 BK

3 BU

35

L+L1

LNL+L1

LN

1

2

4

33:4: A1

A2

36

BN

BU

L+L1

LN

WHL+L1

BK

LNBU:

BK: A1A2

37

GY

WH

BK

BN

BU L

L+

38

L+

L

1

5

4

2

3

39

Out 1

3 BU

2 WH

4 BK

1 BNL+ 1

L+ 2

Out 2

1

1: connection to NAMUR-amplifier

40

Out 1BK

BU

WH

BNL+ 1

L+ 2

Out 21

1: connection to NAMUR-amplifier

41

Out 2

4 BK

2 BU

3 WH

1 BNL+ 1

L+ 2

Out 1

1

1: connection to NAMUR-amplifier

42

L+

L

BN

BU

43

1

3

L+

L

44

L

L+

4

2 n.c.

1

3

45

L+

4

2 n.c.

1

3L

46

2

3

L1

N

L+

L

47

2

3

L1

N

L+

L

48

L1L+

LN

BN

BU

49

L1L+

LN

BN

BU

50

L+

L

1

4

3

51

L+

L

1

4

3

52

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

445

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

53

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

54

L+

2

4

1

3L

2: Teach

55

L+

2

4

1

3L

2: Teach

56

WH

BK

BN

BU

L+

LWH: Teach

57

L+

L

1

4

3

58

L+

L

1

4

3

59

L+

L

BN

BK

WH

BU

BK: TriggerWH: Operating mode “high light intensity”

60

L+

L

1

4

2

3

1: Trigger2: Operating mode “high light intensity”

61

L1

N

BN

BU

BK

62

L+

L

1

3

2

63

4

L

L+1

2

3

2: pulse output (the pulsesequence corresponds to thedamping frequency)4: switching output (adjustable)

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

446

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

447

64

L+

L

1

4

L+

L

1

4

3

65

L+

L

1

4

3

L+

L

1

4

66

L+

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

BN

BK

67

L+

L

1

4NPN

L+

L

1

4

3PNP

68

L+

L1

4L+

L

1

4

69

WH

BK

L+

L L

BK

WH

L+

70

L+

L

/1 3

/2 4

L+

L/1 3

/2 4

71

2

4

3

1

5

L+

L

2

4

3

1

5

L+

L

72

2

4

3

1

5

AC;DC NPN

L+N

LL1

2

4

3

1

5

AC;DC NPN

L+N

LL1

2

4

3

1

5

DC PNP

L+

L

2

4

3

1

5

DC PNP

L+

L

73

L+

L

4

3PNP

L+

L

1

4

3NPN

74

L+

L1

4L+

L

1

4

75

BN

BU

L+

L

NPNBN

BU

L+

L

PNP

76

L+

L1

2L+

L

1

2

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

77

5

4

3

2

1L+

L

1

5

4

3

2

1L+

L

1

1: fuse

78

L+

L

1

4

3

L+

L

1

4

3

79

L

L+

4

2

3

1

2

L

L+

4

1

3

2: function check output / programming wire

80

L+

L

1

4

3

L+

L

1

4

2

81

(BK)

3

1

4

2

L+

L

(BN)

A

TE

(BU)

(WH)+24 V

OUT

GND

IN

1

1: Control monitor G1500x or PLC (to EN 61131-2)

82

(BK)

3

1

4

2

L+

L

(BN)

A2

A1

(BU)

(WH)+24 V

IN1

GND

IN2

1

83

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

BU

BK

BN

L+

84

L

BU

BK

BN

L+

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

85

L

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

BU

BK

BN

L+

86

L

L+

3

2

4

1

L

L+

1

2

4

3

2: function check

87

L

L+

1

4

2

3

L

L+

3

4

2

1

2: function check

88

L

L+

3

4

2

1

L

L+

1

4

2

3

2: function check

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

448

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

89

L+

L3

4

2

1

Out 1Out 2

4:2:

4

L

L+1

2

3Out 1Out 2

4:2:

90

L

L+

Out 2Out 1

2:4: 3

4

2

1L+

LOut 2Out 1

2:4: 3

2

4

1

91

L+

L

2

5

1

4

3

n.c.

L+

L

2

5

1

4

3

n.c.

92

1: TD+2: RD+3: TD-4: RD-S: Shield

6

2 1

45

738 1: U+

2:3: 0 V4:

5: Ready6: Out7: In 08: In 1

1

2

1

4 3

2

S

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

449

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

1 type IF ....

3530

M12

x1

174

46

LED 4 x 90°

38M

8x1

page 37

2 type IF ....

4030

M12

x1

174

51

LED 4 x 90°

43

M8

x1

5

page 37

3 type IG ....

46

LED 4 x 90°

M18

x1

4

3335

24

M8

x1

29

page 37

4 type IG ....

52

LED 4 x 90°

M18

x1

4

3840

10

24

M8

x1

24

page 37

5 type IF, NF ....

453432

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 51, 79, 83, 105, 109, 117, 119, 123

6 type IF, NF ....

32

M12

x1

174

5

M12

x1

3950

LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 51, 79, 83, 109, 117, 123

7 type IF ....

70

LED 4 x 90°

5950

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

page 37, 39, 45, 51, 79, 93, 103, 105, 109

8 type IF ....

45

M12

x1

174

5

M12

x1

5970

LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 45, 51, 79, 105

9 type IG, NG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3033

4635

424LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 51, 81, 83, 105, 109, 117, 119, 123

10 type IG, NG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

2538

5140

424

10

LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 51, 81, 83, 117, 123

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

450

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

11 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

4956

7059

424LED 4 x 90°

page 37, 39, 51, 81, 85, 93, 105

12 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3956

70

LED 4 x 90°

59

10

424

page 37, 39, 51, 81, 85, 105

13 type II, NI ....

39

33

M30

x1,5

37

50

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°5

36

page 37, 39, 81, 105, 109, 117, 119, 123

14 type II, NI ....

39

19

M30

x1,5

37

50

M12

x1

LED 2 x 180°5

15

36

page 37, 39, 81, 117, 123

15 type II ....

59

53

M30

x1,5

57

70

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°5

36

page 37, 39, 45, 81, 85, 97, 103, 105, 109, 121

16 type II ....

LED 4 x 90°

59

38

M30

x1,5

5

57

70

36

M12

x1

15

page 37, 39, 45, 81, 85, 97, 103, 105, 109

17 type IE ....

2734

M8

x1

LED 4

13

M12

x1

53

page 41

18 type IE ....

M8

x1

4

13

M12

x1

6247

40

LED 4 x 90°

page 41

19 type IE ....M

8x1

4

13

M12

x1

624738 2

LED 4 x 90°

page 41

20 type IE ....

35

LED

M8

x1

413

2

page 41, 43

21 type IE ....

27

LED

M8

x1

413

82

page 41, 43

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

451

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

22 type IE ....

38,542,5

M8

x1

4

13

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

50

page 41

23 type IE ....

18,5

30

M8

x1

4

13

M8

x1

22,5

LED 4 x 90°

page 41

24 type IE ....

10

30

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

8

22,5

4

13

page 41

25 type IE ....

4

13

28,5

40

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

32,5

page 41

26 type IE ....

23

40

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

4

13

M8

x1

832,5

page 41

27 type IE ....

4050

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

4

13

M8

x1

page 41

28 type IE ....

4

13

28,5

40

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

32,5

page 41

29 type IY ....

LED 4 x 90° 8

22

45

M5

x0,

5

2,7

M8

x1

36

page 43

30 type IY ....

7

20

41

2LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

34

M5

x0,

5

page 43

31 type IY ....

8LED

20

2530

M5

x0,

5

2,7

page 43

32 type IY ....

16

LED

1823

M5

x0,

5

2,7

8

page 43

33 type IY ....

15,5

LED

2427

M5

x0,

5

7

2

page 43

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

452

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

34 type IE ....

2735

M8

x1

LED 4

13

page 43

35 type IE ....

3942

50

LED

M8

x1

413

page 43, 55

36 type IE ....

20

LED

M8

x1

4

13

page 43

37 type IE ....

27

M8

x1

4LED

13

23

page 43

38 type IE ....

2715

M8

x1

4

8

LED

13

page 43

39 type IG, MG ....

24

4947

40

M18

x1

4

M12

x1

60

LED 4 x 90°

page 45, 81, 99

40 type IG ....

M18

x1

30 10

M12

x1

47

60

LED 4 x 90°

49

424

page 45, 81, 95

41 type IM ....

40

66

40

54

M12

x130

30 2

2

1

46

46

5,5

5,5

29,5

1: LED yellow, 2: LED green, page 45, 71, 101

42 type JA ....

M12

x1

174

4

M12

x1

5263

LED 4 x 90°

43

page 47

43 type IF ....

3524

M12

x1

4LED

17

9

18

page 49, 123

44 type IF ....

9

18 7160

50

M12

x1

LED 174

page 49, 55, 57

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

453

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

45 type IF ....

4

3524

M12

x1

4LED

17

9

18

page 49

46 type IF ....

9

18 716046

M12

x1

LED 174

4

page 49, 55, 57

47 type IG ....

3827

M18

x1

4LED 24

9

18

page 49, 123

48 type IG ....

24LED

801869

58

M18

x1

4

9

page 49, 55, 57

49 type IG ....

9

18

M18

x1

4LED 24

3827

8

page 49

50 type IG ....

24LED

80186950

M18

x1

4

9

8

page 49, 55, 57, 111, 123, 127

51 type II ....

4531

5

M30

x1,5

36LED

9

18

page 49, 55

52 type II ....

36

8167

59

5

M30

x1,5

9

18

LED

page 49, 55, 57

53 type II ....

15

4531

5

M30

x1,5

36LED

9

18

page 49

54 type II ....

8167

5

1544

36

M30

x1,5

9

18

LED

page 49, 55, 57, 127

55 type IE ....

3842

M8

x1

LED

4

13

69

M12

x1

page 53, 87

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

454

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

56 type IF ....

M12

x1

7460

51

M12

x1

LED 174

83

page 53, 111, 113

57 type IF ....

83

6047

M12

x1

LED 174

4

M12

x1

74

page 53, 111, 113

58 type IG ....

24LED 4 x 90°

5957

50

M18

x1

4

M12

x1

70

page 53

59 type IG ....

24

675542

M18

x1

4LED

8

M12

x1

76

page 53

60 type II ....

36

685350

5LED

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

78

page 53

61 type II ....

15

36

6853

35

5LED

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

78

page 53, 113

62 type IE ....

36,542

50

LED

M8

x1

413

2,5

page 55

63 type IG ....

79

24

50

M18

x1

4

110

20

30

81LED

page 55

64 type IZ ....

36

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

4

45

22

page 59

65 type IZ ....

34

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1

4

41

20

page 59

66 type IT ....

40

M8

x1

6,5

49

LED 4 x 90°

page 59

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

455

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

67 type IT ....

3022,5

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1 6,5

page 59

68 type IT ....

3022,5

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1 6,5

8

page 59

69 type IT ....

5034,5

LED 4 x 90°

M8

x1 6,5

8

page 59

70 type IA ....

20

9281

55

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

page 59

71 type IZ ....

LED

3020 4

page 59

72 type IZ ....

LED

2316 4

page 59

73 type IZ ....

LED

2717 3

page 59

74 type IZ ....

LED

2715,4 4

page 59

75 type IT ....

LED

3,5 27 6,5

page 59

76 type IT ....

LED 8

3,5

27

6,5

page 59

77 type IT ....

LED

6,5

3527

page 59

78 type IT ....

6,515

19

page 59

79 type IA ....

9

18

20

7766

55

LED

page 59, 63, 65

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

456

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

80 type IB ....9

18

LED

34

8272

60

page 59, 65

81 type IA ....

62

9263

30

LED

20

page 61, 63, 65

82 type IB ....

9870LED

34

38

60

page 61, 63, 65

83 type IS, MS ....

10,2

27,8

LED

5,6

M8x1

36,8

16

22,2

2,75

3,1

3,5

2,83,1

10,4

M8x1

LED

page 67

84 type IL ....

LED20 10

5M3

8

40

520

M8

x1

LED

52

IL 5005IL 50041

1: sensing face, page 67

85 type IN ....

4

2613

32

3,2

45

LED

3,2

18

M8x1

9406

12LED

1610

1

1: threaded insert M3, depth 5.8 mm, max. tightening torque 1.2 Nm(screw fixing class 8.8) when brass insert in contact with counterpart.,page 67

86 type IW ....

6036

163,2

28

3,2159

24

4,2

M8

x1

70

LED10

4

20

12

4

page 67

87 type IS, MS ....

10,2

27,8

LED

5,6

165,1

22,2

2,75

3,1

3,5

2,83,1

LED

10,4

page 69, 75

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

457

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

88 type IS ....

10,2

27,8

5,6

16

22,2

2,753,

1

3,5

2,83,1

LED10,4

8

page 69

89 type IL ....

5

145,5

3,5M1,6

25

2,814

LED

1

1: sensing face, page 69

90 type ....

20 10

5M3

8

LED

40

520

IL 5003

4

IL 50021

1: sensing face, page 69

91 type IN ....

406

12LED

4

2613

32

3,2

45

LED

3,2

18

1610

1

1: threaded insert M3, depth 5.8 mm, max. tightening torque 1.2 Nm(screw fixing class 8.8) when brass insert in contact with counterpart.,page 69, 75, 77, 125

92 type IW ....

LED10

4

20

12

4

60

36

16

3,2 28

3,2159

24

4,2

page 69

93 type IJ ....

10,5

274,

6

LED 625

15

9,5

1

2,5

page 69

94 type DT, ID ....

92

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3

M12

x1

112

40

LED171

20

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 71, 77, 99

95 type ID ....

105

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3

M12

x1

123

4012

2718

LED

pot.

16

page 71

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

458

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

96 type ID, KD ....

120

45

8060

10100

69,5

4021

3015

pot.

LED

page 73, 77

97 type IM ....

40

10,4

45,6

LED

32

5,3

30

61,5

77

5,1

121101

LED

27

page 73, 75, 77

98 type IC ....

90

30

45

7,545

9,35,5

60

16

LEDpot.

4012

8

16

page 73, 77

99 type ID, KD ....

105

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3 40

12

2718

LED

pot.

16

page 73, 77

100 type IV ....

7,35,3

46

LED

30

60

137

LED58

5,3

40118

LED

29

40

page 73

101 type IM, NM ....

40

M12

x1

4066

17

34

LED

4661

30 20

5,4

105,

4

6

16

33

page 77, 117

102 type IE ....

M8

x1

M12

x1

503917 8

LED 4 x 90° 13

4

page 79

103 type IE ....

M12

x1

5039

25

LED 4 x 90° 13

4

M8

x1

page 79

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

459

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

104 type IF, MF ....

4940

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

60

page 79, 85, 95

105 type IF ....

4935

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

60

5

page 79, 85, 95

106 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

4047

60

LED 4 x 90°4

24

49

page 81, 95

107 type II ....

49

43

M30

x1,5

5

47

60

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 36

page 81, 95

108 type II ....

49

28

M30

x1,5

5

47

60

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

15

36

page 81, 95

109 type IF ....

6041

M12

x1

4LED

17

page 87

110 type IG ....

55

M18

x1

4LED 24

M12

x1

4044

65

page 87

111 type IO ....

343

254

6

26

M12

x1

42,526

LED

page 87

112 type IM ....

40

66

40

54

M12

x130

30 2

46

46

5,5

5,5

LED

29,5

page 87

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

460

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

113 type IE ....

42

M12

x1

13

35

M8

x1

4

LED 42

page 89

114 type IF ....

42

M12

x1

LED40

M12

x1

417

54

page 89

115 type IG ....

42

M12

x1

5852

M18

x1

4

24

LED

page 89

116 type IO ....

343

254

6

26 26LED

page 89

117 type IM ....

40 40

54

30

46

5,5

30

46

LED

5,5

M12

x1

29,5

page 89

118 type IE ....

13

35

M8

x1

4

LED 42

page 89

119 type IF ....

LED40

M12

x1

417

54

page 89

120 type IG ....

24

5452

M18

x1

4LED

page 89

121 type IE ....

46,5

65

M8x

1

LED4 x 90°

M8x

1

4

13

57,3

page 91

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

461

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

122 type IE ....

38,5

65

M8x

1

LED4 x 90°

M8x

1

4

13

57,38

page 91

123 type IF ....

5445

M12

x1

4

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

65

17

page 91

124 type IF ....

5442

M12

x1

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

65

10

174

page 91, 101

125 type IG ....

M18

x1

4LED 4 x 90° 24

M12

x1

5254

65

45

page 91, 101

126 type IG ....

10

M18

x1

4LED 4 x 90° 24

M12

x1

35

5465

52

page 91, 101

127 type II ....

53

49

M30

x1,5

5

52

65

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 36

page 91, 101

128 type II ....

53

34

M30

x1,5

5

52

65

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

15

36

page 91, 101

129 type IF ....

5950

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED

70

page 97

130 type IF ....

45

M12

x1

174

5

M12

x1

5970

LED

page 97, 103, 109

131 type IG ....M

18x1

M12

x1

5057

7059

424LED 4 x 90°

page 97, 103, 109

132 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

4057

70

LED 4 x 90°

59

10

424

page 97

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

462

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

133 type IF ....5,

4

7962

53

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 174

page 97

134 type IF ....

5,4

796248

LED 4 x 90° 174

M12

x1

5

page 97

135 type IG ....

64

LED 4 x 90° 24

81

5750

M18

x1

4

page 97

136 type IG ....

64

LED 4 x 90° 24

81

5740

M18

x1

4

10

page 97

137 type II ....

36

53

M30

x1,5

57

5

5

64

LED 4 x 90°

81

page 97

138 type II ....

36

38

M30

x1,5

1557

5

5

64

LED 4 x 90°

81

page 97

139 type IF ....

4840

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

5160

LED 4 x 90°

page 99

140 type IF ....

36

M12

x1

174

4

M12

x1

4851

60

LED 4 x 90°

page 99

141 type II ....

48

40

M30

x1,5

5

46,5

60

M12

x1

36LED 4 x 90°

page 99

142 type IV ....

40118

LED

M12

x1

136

13

7,35,3

46

30

60

LED58

5,3

40

page 99

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

463

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

143 type IF ....

5452

M12

x1

4

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

65

17

page 101

144 type IM ....

40

66

40

54

M12

x130

30 2

5,5

5,5

1

2

46

46

29,5

page 101

145 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3956

70

LED

59

10

424

page 103, 109

146 type IF ....

50

5

M12

x1

5970

LED 4 x 90°

12

47

1

1: locating groove, page 103

147 type IG ....

59

LED 4 x 90°

70

5750

10

18

37

M12

x1

1

1: locating groove, page 103

148 type IF ....

5

7962

47

LED 4 x 90°

5

12

55

1

1: locating groove, page 103, 107

149 type IG ....

5

64

LED 4 x 90°

81

5750

10

18

37

1

1: locating groove, page 103, 107

150 type IF ....

32

M12

x1

174

5

M12

x1

3950

LED 2 x 180°

page 105

151 type IF ....

3432

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED 2 x 180°

45

page 105

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

464

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

152 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x125

38

5140

424

10

LED 4 x 90°

page 105, 109

153 type II ....

39

18

M30

x1,5

37

50

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°5

15

36

page 105, 109

154 type IF ....

5037

29

M12

x1

174

LED

page 107

155 type IF ....

5

614428

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 174

5

page 107

156 type IG ....

57

39,5

29

33

LED4 x 90°

M18

x1

424

5

page 107

157 type IG ....

6244,5

24

LED4 x 90°

38

M18

x1

424

10

page 107

158 type II ....

16

M30

x1,5

1535

5

42

LED 4 x 90°

59

536

page 107

159 type II ....

31

M30

x1,5

355

42

LED 4 x 90°

59

365

page 107

160 type ....

5

5639

28

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 174

page 107

161 type IE ....

40

M8

x1

4

13

70

M12

x1

page 111

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

465

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

162 type IE ....

31,543

M8

x1

4

13

55

M12

x12,5

LED 4 x 90°

page 111

163 type IF ....

4425

M12

x1

4

17

LED

page 111

164 type IF ....

5040

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

59

page 111

165 type IF ....

17

4

4425

M12

x1

4LED

page 111

166 type IF ....

50

29

M12

x1

174

4

M12

x1

59

37

LED

page 111

167 type IG ....

67

24

5550

M18

x1

4LED

M12

x1

76

page 111

168 type IG ....

24

806950

M18

x1

4LED

8

M12

x1

90

page 111

169 type II ....

36

8266

59

5LED

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

92

page 111, 113

170 type II ....

36

8266

44

5LED

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

92

15

page 111

171 type IG ....

45

M12

x1

M18

x1

4

3234

8

24LED 4 x 90°

page 111

172 type IG ....

24

8069

58

M18

x1

4LED

M12

x1

90

page 113

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

466

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

173 type IG ....

24

675642

M18

x1

4LED

8

M12

x177

page 113

174 type NT ....

6,530

page 115

175 type NE ....

30

M8

x1

4

13

page 115

176 type NF ....

30

M12

x1

4

2

17

page 115

177 type NF ....

430

M12

x1

4

2

17

page 115

178 type NG ....

33

M18

x1

4

2

24

page 115

179 type NG ....

M18

x1

4

2 338

24

page 115

180 type NI ....

2 41

5

M30

x1,5

36

page 115

181 type NI ....

2 41

5

M30

x1,5

15

36

page 115

182 type NS ....

10,2

27,8

5,6

16

22,2

2,75

3,1

3,5

2,83,1

10,4

page 115

183 type NN ....

1610

4

26

32

3,2

45

3,2

18

40

6,2

12

1

1: threaded insert M3, depth 5.8 mm, max. tightening torque 1.2 Nm(screw fixing class 8.8) when brass insert in contact with counterpart.,page 115

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

467

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Inductive sensors

184 type ID ....

105

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3

24

4012

2718

LED

pot.

16

page 121, 125, 127

185 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

2433

45

4

8

LED 4 x 90° 24

page 123

186 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3233

45

424LED 4 x 90°

page 123

187 type IG ....

24

796950

M18

x1

4LED

8

M12

x1

89

page 123

188 type IN, NN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,54 26

4,5

5,5

30

page 125

189 type GM, IM ....

40

M12

x1

4066

17

34

LED

4661

30 20

5,4

105,

4

6

8,5

33

page 125

190 type IM ....

10,4

45,6

LED

32

5,3

30

61,5

77

5,1

24

121101

LED

27

40

page 125, 127

191 type IC ....16

LEDpot.

4012

8

1624

90

30

45

7,545

9,35,5

60

page 125, 127

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Inductive sensors

468

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Capacitive sensors

1 type KF ....

40,238,2

M12

x1

M12

x159,8

1 2

page 135

2 type KF ....

34,6

M12

x1

5

M12

x1

41,661,2

1 2

page 135

3 type KI ....

60

M30

x1,5

7790

LED (4 x 90°) 5

M12

x 1

361

page 137

4 type KI ....

60

M30

x1,5

7790

LED (4 x 90°) 5

M12

x 1

361

15

page 137

5 type KN ....

116

5

68 20

36

M30

x1,5

101

109

5

50

36

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

LED

120

100

1

1: Programming button, page 139

6 type KG ....

24

7756

M18

x1

4M

12x1

87

1 2

page 139

7 type KI ....

61M

30x1

,580

90

5

M12

x 1

3621

page 139

8 type KI ....

LED36

66

5

59

M30

x1,5

92

pot.

82

page 141, 145

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

469

Capacitive sensors

9 type KG ....

1

24

58

4

84

M18

x1

93,8

67,2

M12

x1

2

1: with pot., 2: LED, page 141

10 type KG ....

24

58

4

84

M18

x1

pot.LED LEDpot.

page 141, 143, 145

11 type KI ....

36

8159

5

M30

x1,5

9

18pot.LED

page 141, 145, 155

12 type KG ....

80

24

67,250

M18

x1

4

110

20

30

81LED

17

1

1: with pot., page 141, 143, 145

13 type KI ....

36

6454

5

M30

x1,5

95125

3725

88

LED pot.

page 141, 145

14 type KB ....

34

8160

M12

x1

93

LED pot.

page 147

15 type KB ....

9

18

34

8160 LED pot.

page 147, 149

16 type KD ....

105

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3

M12

x1

120

40

12

27

18

LED

pot.

16

page 151

17 type ID, KD ....

120

45

8060

10100

69,5

4021

3015

pot.

LED

page 151, 153

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Capacitive sensors

470

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Capacitive sensors

18 type ID, KD ....

105

80

40

7,565

65

5,59,3 40

12

2718

LED

pot.

16

page 151, 153, 155

19 type KX ....

822040

M34

x1,5

10

541

LEDpot.

page 155

20 type KI ....

36

6454

5

M30

x1,5

95125

37

88

LED POTI

26

151

63

24

page 155

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

471

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Magnetic sensors

1 type ME ....

4552

M8

x1

4

13

M8

x1

LED 4 x 90°

60

page 163

2 type ME ....

4050

M8

x1

4

13LED

page 163

3 type MF ....

5029

M12

x1

4LED

17

page 163

4 type IF, MF ....

4940

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°

60

page 163, 165

5 type IG, MG ....

24

4947

40

M18

x1

4

M12

x1

60

LED 4 x 90°

page 163, 165

6 type MG ....

24

504340

M18

x1

2LED

4

page 163

7 type IS, MS ....

10,2

27,8

LED

5,6

M8x1

36,8

16

22,2

2,75

3,1

3,5

2,83,1

10,4

M8x1

LED

page 163

8 type IS, MS ....

10,2

27,8

LED

5,6

165,1

22,2

2,75

3,1

3,5

2,83,1

LED

10,4

page 163

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

472

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

473

Cylinder sensors

1 type MK ....

L

25

5

LED

2

1

M8

x1

376,5

5,1

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 175, 177

2 type MK ....

M8

x1

L

6,5

5,1

25

5

LED

2

141,5

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 175, 177

3 type MK ....

L

M12

x1

25

5

LED

2

155

6,5

5,1

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 175, 177

4 type MK ....

6,5

5,1

25

5

LED

2

1

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 175, 177, 185

5 type MK ....

L

M12

x1

25

5

LED

2

155

6,5

5,1

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 177, 185

6 type MK ....

17,5

7,7

2,84,8

1

4,2LED

2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

7 type MK ....

LED

2,84,8

1

25,8

5

6,5

2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

8 type MK ....

M8

x1

L

37

17,5

7,7

LED

2,84,8

1 2

4,2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

9 type MK ....

M8

x1

L

37LED

2,84,8

1

25,8

5

6,5

2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

10 type MK ....

L

M8

x1

41,5

17,5

7,7

LED

2,84,8

1 2

4,2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Cylinder sensors

11 type MK ....

L

M8

x1

41,5LED

2,84,8

1

25,8

5

6,5

2

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

12 type MK ....

L

M12

x1

55

17,5

7,7

LED

2,84,8

1 2

4,2

page 183

13 type MK ....

L

M12

x1

LED

2,84,8

1

25,8

5

6,5

2

40

1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face, page 183

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Magnetic sensors,cylinder sensors

474

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

475

Fail-safe inductive sensors

1 type GM, IM ....

40

M12

x1

4066

17

34

LED

4661

30 20

5,4

105,

4

6

8,5

33

page 195

2 type GG ....

M18

x1

55 10

M12

x1

90,5

LED 8 x 45°

79

424

page 195

3 type GI ....

LED 4 x 90°

69

39

M30

x1,5

5

67

80

36

M12

x1

15

page 195

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Valve sensors

1 type IN ....40

2613

M12

x18,5

26

4,55,

5

30

40

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

page 203

2 type IN, NN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,54 26

4,5

5,5

30

page 203, 209

3 type IN, NN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,526

4,5

5,5

30

49

M18

x1

page 203, 209

4 type IN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,526

4,5

5,5

30

47

M12

x1

page 203

5 type IN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,540

4,5

5,5

30M18

x1

67

page 203

6 type IN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

8,54 40

4,5

5,5

30

page 203

7 type IN, N9 ....

M12

x1

4055

60

Rd24x1 8

78

30 2635

1

1: field connection, page 203, 209

8 type AC ....

2635

LEDM12 x1

4055

LEDLED

60

1312

1: sensor 1, 2: sensor 2, page 205, 211

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Valve sensors

476

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Valve sensors

9 type AC ....

2635

LEDM12 x1

M12

x1

4055

LEDLED

60

1312

1: sensor 1, 2: sensor 2, page 205, 211

10 type IX ....

43

3 LED 4

67,5

85

110

99,6

26

80 88,6

34,838

6,2

6

25

14

3

(1)

(2)

1: Measuring distance, 2: Max. spindle stroke , 3: Initial value of themeasuring range (zero point) , 4: Programming buttons, page 207

11 type IX ....

52

3 LED 4

65

83,5

110

99,6

26

80 88,6

34,838

6,2

4,5

26,5 15

,5(1

)

(2)

3

4,3

page 207

12 type IN, NN ....

40

2613

9LED

A1

A2 6,5

LED

M12

x1

8,526

4,5

5,5

30

40

page 209

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

477

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Valve sensors

13 type AC ....

M12

x1

M12 x1

4055

LED

LED

60

132

105

30

42

M5

page 211

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Valve sensors

478

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

479

Infrared / Red light sensors

1 type OF ....

5540

M12

x1

174

52 LED

page 223

2 type OF ....

M12

x1

745554

M12

x1

3 LED 174

85

pot.

17

page 225, 227

3 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

4047

6049

LED 4 x 90°

4

24

page 229

4 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

44

59

7261

LED 4 x 90°

50

1

4

24

1: with pot., page 229

5 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3459

7261

LED 4 x 90°4

24

page 231

6 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3459

7261

LED 4 x 90°

1

4

24

1: Programming buttons, page 231

7 type OG ....

14,5

24

M18 x1

M12 x1

70,159

,334

416

LED 4 x 90°

8,2

page 233

8 type OG ....

M18 x1

M12 x1

7665

29

419

9,7

27

LED 4 x 90°

13,6

24

page 233

9 type OG ....

766453

M18

x1

4

5,2

86

24

LED

"20U

NF

21

1

1: push button, page 235

10 type OG ....

766453

M18

x1

4

5,2

78,5

24

LED

1

1: push button, page 237

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

11 type OH ....

3,9 9,6

12,5

3,2 15

2,9

7,66,

420

,625

,1

LED

page 239, 241

12 type OH ....

3,9 9,6

12,5

3,2 15

2,9

7,6

6,4

20,6

25,15,

7

LED

page 239, 241

13 type OH ....

3,9 9,6

12,5

3,2 15

2,9

7,6

7,2

20,6

25,15

LED

page 239, 241

14 type OJ ....

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

M8x1

36,5

11

8,2

43,5

9

LED

4

11,6

page 243

15 type OJ ....

9

LED

4

11,6

19,5

M8x1

36,5

11

43,5

9,5

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

page 243

16 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

4

LED

4

1

24

8,2

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

1: push button, page 245

17 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

3,1

24

7,6

16,6

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

4

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 245

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

480

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

18 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

24

9,5

19,5

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

LED

44

1

1: push button, page 245

19 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

24

7,6

16,6

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED 1

4

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 245, 247

20 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

2412

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

8,2

35

1

4

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 247

21 type OJ ....

48

M12

x1

45

11

LED

1

LED

44

1

24

9,5

19,5

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

2

3

1

1: push button, 2: Receiver, 3: Transmitter, page 247

22 type OJ ....

1LED

44

11,6

1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

M8x1

19

12412

LED

8,2

35

3,58,5

5

1,85,3

1: push button, page 249

23 type OJ ....

1LED

44

11,6

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

43,519

12412

LED

3,58,5

5

1,85,3 7,

6 16,6

35

1: push button, page 249

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

481

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

24 type OJ ....

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

1LED

44

11,6

19

12412

LED

3,58,5

5

1,85,3

9,5

3519

,5

1: push button, page 249

25 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

8,2

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

9

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 251

26 type OJ ....

11

LED

7,6

16,6

45

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

9

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 251

27 type OJ ....

11

LED

45

9,5

19,5

1

9

LED

4

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

1: push button, page 251

28 type OJ ....

1

9

LED

4

11,6

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

8,2

43,5

1

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1: push button, page 253

29 type OJ ....

9

LED

4

11,6

1

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1

M8x1

36,5

11

LED

43,57,

6 16,6

1

1: push button, page 253

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

482

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

30 type OJ ....

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1

9

LED

4

11,6

1

19,5

M8x1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

1

9,5

1: push button, page 253

31 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

8,2

1

9

LED

4

1

24

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

35

1

1: push button, page 255

32 type OJ ....

11

LED

7,6

16,6

45

1

9

LED

4

1

24

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

35

1

1: push button, page 255

33 type OJ ....

24

3,2

3,1

35

8,83,1

9

LED

4

1

1

48

M12

x1

11

LED

45

9,5

19,5

2

3

1: push button, 2: Receiver, 3: Transmitter, page 255

34 type O5 ....

LED

15,4

18,2

M12 x1

17

5x9

625 1

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

LED

6

1

1: when a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 257, 259

35 type O5 ....

18,2

M12 x1

1736

,5

LED

15,4

5x9

625 1

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

LED

6

1

1: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 257

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

483

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

36 type O5 ....

1

38

10

1

LED

24,3

15,4

18,2

M12 x1

19,5

37

5x9

625 2

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

1

LED6

2

1: with pot., 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 257

37 type O5 ....

1

LED

30,5

24,3

15,4

5x9

625 2

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

1

LED

6

2

18,2

M12 x1

17

1: Programming buttons, 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 259

38 type O5 ....

18,2

M12 x1

19,5

37

1

LED

30,5

24,3

15,4

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

1

LED

6

2

5x9

625 2

1: Programming buttons, 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 259

39 type O4 ....

7,963,8

LED

40

5

8,5

74,4

86,2

1

8,5

40

5x10

1

M12 x1

27

21,1

LED

29,5

1: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 261, 263

40 type O4 ....

7,963,8

LED

40

5

8,5

74,4

86,2

1

8,5

40

5x10

1

LED

29,5

M12 x1

27

5,2

21,1

LED

1: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 261

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

484

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Infrared / Red light sensors

41 type O4 ....

7,963,8

LED

40

5

8,5

74,4

86,2

1

8,5

40

5x10

1

M12 x1

27

21,1

50,9

LED

29,5

1: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 261

42 type O4 ....

7,963,8 LED

40

5

8,5

74,4

86,2

2

1

8,5

40

5x10

2

M12 x1

27

25,3

54,8

LED

29,5

1

38

10

38,6

1

1: with pot., 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 261

43 type O4 ....

7,963,8

LED

40

5

8,5

74,4

86,2

1

8,5

40

5x10

1

M12 x1

27

5,2

21,1

LED

29,5 44

,538

,3

2

LED

page 263

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

485

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Laser sensors

1 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3459

7261

LED 4 x 90°

1

4

24

1: Programming buttons, page 271

2 type OG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

3459

7261

LED 4 x 90°4

24

page 271

3 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

4

LED

4

1

24

8,2

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

1: push button, page 273

4 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

LED

44

1

24

9,5

15,5

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

1: push button, page 273

5 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

24

9,5

19,5

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

LED

44

1

1: push button, page 273

6 type OJ ....

1LED

44

11,6

1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

M8x1

19

12412

LED

8,2

35

3,58,5

5

1,85,3

1: push button, page 275

7 type OJ ....

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

1LED

44

11,6

19

12412

LED

3,58,5

5

1,85,3

9,5

3519

,5

1: push button, page 275

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

486

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Laser sensors

8 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

8,2

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

9

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 277

9 type OJ ....

11

LED

45

9,5

15,5

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

9

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 277

10 type OJ ....

11

LED

45

9,5

19,5

1

9

LED

4

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

1: push button, page 277

11 type OJ ....

1

9

LED

4

11,6

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

8,2

43,5

1

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1: push button, page 279

12 type OJ ....

24LED

35

8,51,

8 5,3 19

3,5

5

1

9

LED

4

11,6

1

M8x1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

1

9,5

15,5

1: push button, page 279

13 type OJ ....

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1

9

LED

4

11,6

1

19,5

M8x1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

1

9,5

1: push button, page 279

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

487

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Laser sensors

14 type O1 ....

52

1 2

30

M12x1

4,5

4559

4230

1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons, page 281

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

488

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Sensors for specific applications

1 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

1

4

LED

4

1

24

8,2

12

35

8,8

3,2

3,1

3,1

LED

M8x1

1

1: push button, page 289

2 type OJ ....

45

11

LED

8,2

1

24

3,2

3,1

LED

35

M8x1

8,83,1

1

9

LED

4

1

1: push button, page 289

3 type OJ ....

1

9

LED

4

11,6

M8x1

1

36,5

11

LED

8,2

43,5

1

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

1: push button, page 291

4 type OJ ....

1

36,5

11

LED

8,2

1

9

LED

4

11,6

1

24LED

35

8,5

1,8 5,

3 19

3,5

5

48

M12

x1

1: push button, page 291

5 type OJ ....

1LED

44

11,6

1

36,5

11

LED

43,5

M8x1

19

12412

LED

8,2

35

3,58,5

5

1,85,3

1: push button, page 291

6 type OJ ....

1

36,5

11

LED

LED

44

1

11,6

2412

LED

8,2

35

3,58,5

5

1,85,319

1

48

M12

x1

1: push button, page 291

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

489

Sensors for specific applications

7 type O1 ....

52

1 2

30

M12x1

4,5

4559

4230

1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons, page 293

8 type O5 ....

18,2

M12 x1

19,5

37

1

LED

30,5

24,3

15,4

56

6,446,8

25

70,3

5

1

LED

6

2

5x9

625 2

1: Programming buttons, 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is 2 Nm., page 295

9 type O5 ....

30

M12 x1

6378

,3

1LED

50

30

50

38

254

4,2

5,3

2013,5

12

36

1: Programming buttons, page 297

10 type O5 ....

30

M12 x1

6378

,3

50

38

254

4,2

5,3

2013,5

12

36

LED

50

30

page 297

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Photoelectric sensors

490

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

491

Image sensors

1 type O2 ....

M12x1

2

19

M12x1

53,5

4,3

20,5

44

19,7

33

1

45

24,5

42

57

8060

21

9,57

3

1: display, 2: Focus setting, page 307

2 type O2 ....

9,233,425

25

21,9

66,5

1934

3 LED

12,6

page 309

3 type O2 ....

8150

50

103

90

68

3,3

5,3

3 LED

24,6

9,8

page 309

4 type O2 ....

9,8133100

100 15

614

1

118

9,3

3 LED

3,3

6

631

page 309

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Incremental encoders

1 type RB ....

38

618 36

,5

2

15

30°

4,5

25

12

1: reference mark, 2: M3 5 mm deep, page 319

2 type RU ....

4

3

6

50 58

3

10

h7

46,7±0,5

6

120°

421 2

1: reference mark, 2: M4 5 mm deep, page 321

3 type RV ....

10

36 58

f8

1

1,52046,7±0,5

106

48

120°

1 2

1: reference mark, 2: M3 5 mm deep, page 323

4 type RA ....

32

6

36,5

1,52 x

13,5

45

21

H7

30°

4,5

3,3

4247

,6

20

page 325

5 type RA ....

3,3

42

20

6

35

1,52 x

13,5

42,1

21

H7

30°

4,5

page 325

6 type RO ....

20

63 68

3,2

6

34,5

12H

7

24

28

47,2±0,5

58

TX 8

page 327

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Encoders

492

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Absolute encoders

1 type RN ....

120°

30°

42

17

152

4

3

50 58

3

20

h7

14

6

12,5

10

1: M4 5 mm deep, page 329

2 type RM ....

634

3

D 50 58

3

I

h7

6,3

12,5

6 mm

10 mm

10 mm

20 mm

D I

120°

30°

42

17

1

1: M4 6 mm deep, page 331

3 type RM ....120°

42

20°

24

1

80

18

4

3

6

50 58

3

10,5

h7

page 333

4 type RM ....

120°

48

20°

24

1

70

18

10

36 58

20

f8

10

page 333

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

493

Digital and analogue signal processing

1 Type DD, DS,DR, DW ....

45

78

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97A1 8A2 10 11 12

120

35,5

1

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 351, 353, 355, 357, 359

2 Type DD ....

55

75

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

110

35,5

1

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 361

3 Type DA ....

55

75

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

110

35,5

1

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 363

4 Type DI ....

36

8167

58

5

M30

x1,5

9

18

2 LED

pot. 61

page 365

5 Type DI ....

312

2918

41

M323

36

8167

58

5

M30

x1,5

2 LED

pot. 61

92

page 365

6 Type DI ....

36

8266

59

5LED

M30

x1,5

M12

x1

92

pot.

page 365

7 Type DI ....M

12x1

77

5640

M18

x1

68

10

4

2421

1: 3 LED, 2: setting pushbutton, page 365

8 Type DX ....

96

48

129 9

page 367, 377

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Evaluation systems,power supplies

494

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Digital and analogue signal processing

9 Type DZ ....

91

7277,5

1572

96

P

Reset

page 369

10 Type DZ ....

91

7277,5

1572

96

P

Reset

Out

page 369

11 Type DZ ....

91

7277,5

1572

96

987

654

321

C

0

PReset

Out 1 Out 2

S

page 369

12 Type DZ ....

48105

86,5 3

45

page 369

13 Type E6 ....

110

35,5

149

75

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

page 371

14 Type E8 ....

98

59

LED

71

page 373

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

495

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Digital and analogue signal processing

15 Type E8 ....

66

4228

96

1 2 3

4 5 6 7

page 373

16 Type DL ....

45

78

1 4 652

19 20 21 22 23 24

13 14 15 16 17 18

3

97 8 10 11 12

120

35,5

11

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 375

17 Type E8 ....

75

39

50 4

33

control panel cutout: 68 x 33 mm (according to DIN), page 377

18 Type N0 ....

112

35,5

20

120

LED

1

1: Combicon plug with screw terminals (optional), page 379, 381

19 Type G1 ....

105

35,5

25

114

LED

1

1: Combicon connector with screw terminals, page 383

20 Type G1 ....

105

35,5

50

114

LED

1

1: Combicon connector with screw terminals, page 385

21 Type G1 ....

105

35,5

50

114

LED

1

1: Combicon connector with screw terminals, page 385

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Evaluation systems,power supplies

496

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Digital and analogue signal processing

22 Type G1 ....

105

35,5

2510

0

1

LED

page 387

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

497

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Transformer and switched-mode power supplies

1 Type DN ....

5575

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

110

35,5

1

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 389

2 Type DN ....

22,5

78

L+ L– I1

L N I2

12 14 11

2221 24

35,5

120

1

1: mounting on DIN rail, page 389

3 Type DN ....

89

4

10712

4

49

LED 131

page 391

4 Type DN ....

35,5

9645

75 83

LED

pot.

page 391

5 Type DN ....

89

4

107

124

49

LED 131

page 391

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Evaluation systems,power supplies

498

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Transformer and switched-mode power supplies

6 Type DN ....

124

64

LED 131

89

4

107

page 391

7 Type DN ....

35,5

10773

75 83

LED

pot.

1

1: jumper “single / parallel operation”, page 391

8 Type DN ....

89

4

107

124

120

131

LED

page 391

9 Type DN ....

124

220

131

LED

227

89

4

107

page 391

10 Type DN ....

124

73

LED

131

4 122

103

page 391

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

499

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Transformer and switched-mode power supplies

11 Type DN ....

4

121110

90

124

131

3

2

1

6

5

4

1: LED red, 2: reset push button, 3: jumper “overload performance”,4: jumper “single / parallel operation”, 5: with pot., 6: LED green,page 391

12 Type DN ....

89

4

107

124

220

131

227

LED

page 391

13 Type DN ....

4 127

108

124

150

131

157

LED

page 391

14 Type DN ....

89

4

107

124

240

131

LED

247

page 391

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings Evaluation systems,power supplies

500

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Transformer and switched-mode power supplies

15 Type DN ....

89

4

107

124

275

131

282

LED

page 391

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

501

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

1 Type E1 ....

10

M8 x1

31

1

4

3

page 400

2 Type E1 ....

10

26

M8 x1 LED

17

1

4

3

page 400

3 Type E1 ....

10

28

M8 x1

18

4

3

2

1

page 400

4 Type E1 ....

10

M8 x1

314

3

2

1

page 400

5 Type AC, E7 ....

3

1 2

4

page 400

6 Type E1, E4 ....

15

M12 x1

39

27

10,5

3

1

2

page 400, 416, 422

7 Type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

10,5

433

1

2

page 400, 416, 422

8 Type E1, E4 ....

15

M12 x1

39

27

10,5

3

1 2

4

5

page 400, 416, 422

9 Type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

10,5

43

3

1 2

4

5

page 400, 416, 422

10 Type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

page 400, 414

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

502

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

11 Type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 45

14

3

1 2

4

page 400, 414

12 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

35

19

3

1 2

4

page 400

13 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20 52,5

19

3

1 2

4

page 400

14 Type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

143 LED 3

1 2

4

page 400, 414

15 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

35

19

2 LED 3

1 2

4

page 400

16 Type E1 ....

18

M12 x1

46

3

1 2

4

page 400

17 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

35

19

3

1 2

4

5

page 400

18 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20 52,5

19

3

1 2

4

5

page 400

19 Type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

5

page 400, 414

20 Type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 45

14

3

1 2

4

5

page 400, 414

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

503

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

21 Type E1, E2, E8 ....

43

15

M12 x1

4

1 2

65

378

page 400

22 Type E1 ....

15

38

M12 x1

28

10,5

4

1 2

65

378

page 400

23 Type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

43

4

1 2

65

378

page 400

24 Type E1 ....

20

M16 x1

47

45

AMN

COP

E

LUT

JS

RG

page 400

25 Type E1 ....

4520

M16x1

49

AMN

COP

E

LUT

JS

RG

page 400

26 Type E1 ....

25

M18 x1

36

21

43

21

3

1 4

2

page 400

27 Type E1 ....

25

M18 x1

56

3

1 4

2

page 400

28 Type E6 ....

1860

6-8

L BCAKJ

HM

DEF

G

page 400

29 Type E6 ....

20

37

6-8

53

L BCAKJ

HM

DEF

G

page 400

30 Type E1 ....

20

58

26

M 23 x1

51

20

1

2

3

411

5

6

7

8910 12

page 400

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

504

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

31 Type E1 ....

49

20

26

M 23 x1

1

2

3

411

5

6

7

8910 12

page 400

32 Type E6 ....

28

53 9 8112

7

6511

10

2

34

page 400

33 Type E6 ....

52

28

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

page 400, 407

34 Type E6 ....

45

25

20

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

page 400

35 Type E6 ....

52

28

L

8

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

page 400

36 Type E6 ....

53

26

9 8112

7

6511

10

2

34

page 400

37 Type E6 ....

52

28

12 111

2

3

4

56

10

9

8

7

16

1517

13

14

page 400, 407

38 Type E6 ....

52

28

4

11

2015

13112

3

56

10

9

8

19

18 16

7

21

17

142

page 400, 407

39 Type E1 ....

26

M 23 x1

859 81

12

7

6511

10

2

34

page 400

40 Type E1 ....

51

70

26

M 23 x1

9 8112

7

6511

10

2

34

page 400

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

505

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

41 Type E1 ....

26

M 23 x1

85

12

3

45 6 7

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

1819

page 400

42 Type E1 ....

51

70

26

M 23 x1

12

3

45 6 7

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

1819

page 400

43 Type E1 ....

27

10,5

15

39

G 21

3

1

2

page 400

44 Type E1 ....

42

10,5

15

G 21

3

1

2

page 400

45 Type E1 ....

27

10,5

15

39

"-20UNF213

2

5 1

4

page 400

46 Type E1 ....

42

10,5

15

"-20UNF21

32

5 1

4

page 400

47 Type E2 ....

6026

G 87

1

2

3

page 400

48 Type E1 ....

2918

42

M322

282

21

3

page 400

49 Type E7 ....

29

Rd 24

71

4

1 6

352

page 400

50 Type E1 ....

29

Rd 24

38,5

20

59

26

4

1 6

352

page 400

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

506

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

51 Type E1 ....

30

68

3

2

4

1

page 400

52 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

39

15

30

10,5

1443

5

page 407, 422

53 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

58

19

20

4

2 1

3

page 407

54 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

40

19

4

2 1

3

page 407

55 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

58

19

20

4

2 1

3

5

page 407

56 Type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

40

19

4

2 1

3

5

page 407

57 Type E6 ....

52

28

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

page 400, 407

58 Type E1 ....

3137 L

M8

x1

M8

x12

1

4

31

4

3

page 408

59 Type E1 ....

3137 L

M8

x1

M8

x1

3

4

1

4

3

2

1

page 408

60 Type E1 ....

26

M8x1

37 L

M8

x1

17

3

4

1

4

3

2

1

page 408

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

507

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

61 Type E1 ....

3137 L

M8

x1

M8

x12

1

4

3

4

3

2

1

page 408

62 Type E1 ....

26

M8x1

37 L

M8

x1

17

2

1

4

3

4

3

2

1

page 408

63 Type E1 ....

3148 L

M8

x1

M12

x1

4

2 1

3

4

3

2

1

page 408

64 Type E1 ....

48 L

M12

x1

18

28M8 x14

2 1

3

4

3

2

1

page 408

65 Type E1 ....

M12

x1

47 L 39M12x1

3 LED

4

1

3 3

1

4

page 408

66 Type E1 ....

L 43

M12

x1

M12

x1

474

2 1

3 3

1 2

4

page 408

67 Type E1 ....

M12x1

38 L 38

M12x14

2 1

3 3

1 2

4

page 408

68 Type E1 ....

L 17,5 29,5

29,5

M12

x1

47

LED

M 3

28,5

43

5 2 1

page 408

69 Type E1 ....

LED

M 3

28,5

L 17,5 31,5

24

M12

x1

47

43

5

1 2

page 408

70 Type E1 ....

L 12 20

18

M12

x1

47

LED

M 2,5

21,5

43

5 12

page 408

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

508

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

71 Type E1 ....

LED

M 3

28,5

L 17,5 31,5

24

M12

x1

47

43

5

1 2

page 408

72 Type E1 ....

L52 54

M12

x1

44

4

2 1

33

2

4

1

page 408

73 Type E7 ....

L 15 26,5

28,4

46,7

M12

x120

,2

LED

M 3

26,5

17

4

2 1

3

5 2 1

page 408

74 Type E1 ....

145 12

9

4,5

4,5

8,51821

9

M8x1

LED

129

4,5

26

1

4

3

page 410

75 Type E1 ....

88

27

79

4,5

4,5

8,51821

M8x1

LED

79

4,5

26

M12 x1

6

2 1

45

738

1

4

3

page 410

76 Type E1 ....

145 12

9

4,5

4,5

8,51821

11,5

M8x1

LED

129

4,5

26

4

3

2

1

page 410

77 Type E1 ....

88

27

79

4,5

4,5

8,51821

M16 x 0,75

M8x1

LED

79

4,5

26

LUT

JSR

G

AMN

CO

PE

4

3

2

1

page 410

78 Type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

12

10,5

4212

39

3

1 2

4

page 410

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

509

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

79 type E1 ....

918

54

73

M12 x1

82

4,5

33

LED

3

1

4

2 3

1 2

4

5

page 410

80 type E1 ....

1854

73

M12x1

100

4,5

33

34

12

56

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

81 type E1 ....

1854

73

M12 x1

100

4,5

33

LED

5

3

1

6

4

23

1 2

4

5

page 410

82 type E1 ....

1854

73

M12x1

127

4,5

33

34

12

56

78

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

83 type E1 ....

1854

73

M12 x1

127

4,5

33

LED

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

84 type E1 ....

M23x1

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

M12x1

3311

118

182528

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

85 type E1 ....

M23x1

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

LED M12x1

3311

118

182528

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

86 type E1 ....

60

107

M12x1

4,5

39

125

M23x1

34

12

56

18

28

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

510

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

87 type E1 ....

1828

60

107

M12 x1

4,5

39

LED

125

M23x1

5

3

1

6

4

2

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

88 type E1 ....

28

1860

107

M12x1

4,5

39

M23x1

152

34

12

56

78

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

89 type E1 ....

1828

60

107

M12 x1

4,5

39

LED

M23x1

152

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

98 112

7

65 11

10

2

34

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

90 type E1 ....

1118

118

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

M12x1

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

91 type E1 ....

1118

118

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

LED M12x1

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

92 type E1 ....

60

107

39

4,5

36

12

34

56

M12x1

125

1118

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

93 type E1 ....

125

1118

60

107

39

4,5

36

12

34

56

M12x1LED

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

511

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

94 type E1 ....

152

1118

60

10739

4,5

36

12

34

56

78

M12x1

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

95 type E1 ....

60

107

39

4,5

36

12

34

56

78

M12x1LED

152

1118

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

96 type E1 ....

M23x1

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

M12x1

3311

118

182528

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

97 type E1 ....

M23x1

60

107

39

4,5

36

34

12

LED M12x1

3311

118

182528

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

98 type E1 ....

60

107

M12x1

4,5

39

125

M23x1

34

12

56

18

28

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

99 type E1 ....

18

28

60

107

M12x1

4,5

39

LED

125

M23x1

34

12

56

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

100 type E1 ....

28

1860

107

M12x1

4,5

39

M23x1

152

34

12

56

78

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

101 type E1 ....

28

1860

107

M12x1

4,5

39

LED

M23x1

152

34

12

56

78

12

3

456

78

9

1011 12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

3

1 2

4

5

page 410

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

512

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

102 type E1, E4 ....

15

M12 x1

39

27

10,5

3

1 2

4

page 400, 416, 422

103 type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

10,5

43

3

1 2

4

page 400, 416, 422

104 type E1 ....

15

M12 x1

39

27

3 LED

10,5

3

1 2

4

page 416

105 type E1 ....

18

9

28

M8 x1

10 4

3

2

1

page 418

106 type E1 ....

10

M8 x1

31

9

4

3

2

1

page 418

107 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

page 418

108 type EV ....

15,5

45

14

M12 x1

3

1 2

4

page 418

109 type E1 ....

35

19

15

21

M12 x1

383

1 2

4

page 418

110 type E1 ....

52,5

15 19

21

M12 x1

3

1 2

4

page 418

111 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14LED 3

1 2

4

page 418

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

513

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

112 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

5

page 418

113 type EV ....

15,5

45

14

M12 x1

3

1 2

4

5

page 418

114 type E1 ....

40

15

19

21

M12 x1

38

4

2 1

3

page 418

115 type E1 ....

58

15 19

21

M12 x1

4

2 1

3

page 418

116 type EV ....

L

15,5

M12 x1

49

14

45

15,5

M12 x1 14

4

2 1

3 3

1 2

4

page 418

117 type E1 ....

42

14

L46

14

M12

x1

M12

x1

4

2 1

3 3

1 2

4

page 418

118 type E1 ....

35

19

15

21

M12 x1

38

3

1 2

4

5

page 418

119 type E1 ....

52,5

15 19

21

M12 x1

3

1 2

4

5

page 418

120 type E1 ....

40

15

19

21

M12 x1

38

4

2 1

3

5

page 418

121 type E1 ....

58

15 19

21

M12 x1

4

2 1

3

5

page 418

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Connection technology

514

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Complete ifm product range

122 type E1 ....

46

M12

x1

51 L

M12

x1

1414

4

2 1

3

5

3

1 2

4

5

page 418

123 type E1 ....

137,

3

M12 x1

LED

7234

3

1 2

4

5

page 418

124 type E1 ....

M12 x1

39

15

30

10,5

144

2 1

3

5

page 407, 422

125 type E1 ....

M12 x1

L3915

15 26,5

28,4

30

14

10,5

M 3

26,5

4

2 1

3

5 2 1

page 422

126 type E1 ....

M12 x1

L3915

15 28,5

22,4

30

14

10,5

M 3

26,5

4

2 1

3

5

1 2

page 422

127 type E1 ....

M12 x1

L39

1520,5 15

15

30

14

10,5

M 2,5

25,3

4

2 1

3

5 12

page 422

128 type E1 ....

L

26,5

M3

28,515

22,4

15

M12x1

39

30

4

2 1

3

5

1 2

page 422

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

515

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Active zone / sensing face The active zone is the area over the sensing face in which a sensor reacts tothe approach of damping material, i.e. where it changes its switching status.

Ambient temperature range The temperature range in which the safe functioning of the sensor is guar-anteed.

ATEX ATEX (Atmosphère explosible) is an abbreviation for uniform EU directivesfor explosion protection in the industry (hazardous areas). Units for hazar-dous areas have to be approved according to these guidelines if they arelaunched after 30 June 2003.

Cable sheath materials Depending on environment and application the materials show differentresistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain appli-cation cannot be guaranteed. Concerning the specific resistances we referyou to the explanations under “PUR cable”, “PVC cable” and “PPU cable”.The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.

CIP / SIP Common abbreviations in the food industry:CIP = Cleaning in place.SIP = Sterilisation in place.They identify cleaning and sterilisation processes within closed installationswith cleaning/disinfecting solutions circulating in the circuit. Temperaturesup to 140°C may occur for a short time.

Correction factors The correction factors (K) indicate the reduction of the real sensing range if adifferent material other than mild steel (Fe360) is used. The change of thereal sensing range depends on the type, internal structure, size and geome-try of the material to be sensed.

Typical correction factors for inductive units:steel = 1, stainless steel approx. 0.7, brass approx. 0.4, aluminium approx.0.3, copper approx. 0.2

Typical correction factors for capacitive units:water = 1, glass approx. 0.4, ceramics approx. 0.2, PVC approx. 0.2

Some inductive sensors use a constant correction factor (K=1) for all metals.

Current consumption Current for the internal consumption of the unit. The value specified in thedata sheet applies to the switched unit without load.

Current rating / continuous The current at which units can be continuously operated. The units are pro-tected against short circuits, overload and reverse polarity. In the case of ashort circuit the output transistor is blocked immediately. When the short cir-cuit has been rectified, the unit is ready again for operation.

Current rating / peak The maximum current which may flow for a short time when power is app-lied without influencing the functioning of the sensor.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary Position sensors andobject recognition

516

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Dark-on mode For through-beam and retro-reflective sensors: the output is switched whenthe light beam between transmitter and receiver is interrupted. For diffusereflection sensors: the output is switched when the light beam is not reflec-ted back to the receiver by the object to be detected.

Data transfer Referred to absolute encoders there are two types of data transfer:

parallel:For absolute encoders with parallel data output each track has a separatedata line. The data are either constantly available or are released on a givensignal.

SSI - Synchronous-serial interface:During the transfer of the absolute position the data word is provided at theoutput synchronously to the given cycle of the controller. The data wordstarts with the most significant bit (MSB) and ends with the least significantbit (LSB).

Degree of soiling Defines the environmental conditions under which units can be used.

ifm sensors are designed for installation in environments according to soilingdegree 3. This applies to the complete system to which the IP data in thedata sheet apply, such as for the connector or the terminal chamber. Thedefinition of soiling degree 3 is as follows: Conductive soiling or dry non-conductive soiling which can become conductive as a result of condensa-tion.

Electrical design DC PNP: DC unit with positive output signal (sourcing).DC NPN: DC unit with negative output signal (sinking).AC/DC dual voltage: connection either to DC or AC voltage.

Electromagnetic field immunesensors

Electromagnetic field immune sensors of ifm electronic are designed so thatthey can be used close to strong magnetic fields. Typical applications are forexample position detection on welding robots, also in close vicinity to wel-ding electrodes. The proximity switches are internally protected by compen-sation electrodes and therefore operate reliably during the welding opera-tion in DC and medium-frequency welding systems. To externally protect theproximity switches against weld slag the “/SC” marked series possess anadditional teflon coating which prevents weld spatter from burning into theplastic or metal parts from being welded together.

Excess gain Photoelectric sensors feature an excess gain to ensure the highest possibleoperational safety when the lenses are soiled. The excess gain is defined asthe ratio of radiated energy received to the minimum radiated energy thephotoelectric sensor requires to switch safely. The excess gain depends onthe selected range and the type of unit.

Flush mounting The active face of a sensor can be mounted flush with the damping material.

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

517

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Function check output In addition to the function display some units have a function check output.This can be used, e.g. via a plc, to monitor the operation of the sensor.

Housing materials Metal housing:aluminium, galvanised steel, Optalloy-plated brass, Teflon-plated brass,

stainless steel (rustfree 303S22, acid-resistant 320S31):stainless steel material no. 303S22 (X10 Cr NiS 18 9)stainless steel material no. 316S12 (X2 Cr Ni Mo 1713 2)316S12 (X2 Cr Ni Mo 18 14 3)320S31 (X6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17 12 2)

Plastic housing:PBT (polybutyleneterephthalate)The housing is largely resistant to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, oils,greases, hydraulic fluids, fuels; no stress cracking when exposed to air.The housing is not resistant to hot water, hot steam, acetone , halocarbons,concentrated acids and alkalis.

Modified PPO:The housing is largely resistant to diluted mineral acids, weak alkalis, somealcohols, oils and greases depending on additives; resistant to hydrolysis inhot and cold water.The housing is not resistant to aromatic hydrocarbons and hydrocarbonscontaining chlorine, petrol, oils and greases depending on additives.

Chemically resistant fluoroplastics:PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), LCP. PEEK, PEI, PA, mod. PCDepending on environment and application plastics show different resistan-ces. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain applicationcannot be guaranteed.For frequent or permanent exposure to chemicals all housing materialsrequire testing prior to use.

HTL HTL signals are square-wave pulse trains with a voltage level higher than 10 V.HTL = High-threshold logic.

Hysteresis The difference between the switch-on and the switch-off point.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary Position sensors andobject recognition

518

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Increased sensing range Sensors with increased sensing range have nominal sensing ranges up to100% greater than conventional sensors, yet are designed to meet therequirements of the standard for flush or non-flush installation. In case offlush installation sensors are usually influenced by the surrounding metal.The special design and material selection of the sensor prevent this to a largeextent so that these sensors also have a high operational reliability over thecomplete temperature range. The high excess gain guarantees safe functio-ning, even in case of deposits on the front face.

K=1 Sensors with K=1 (correction factor = 1) have the full sensing range foralmost all metals. They are used where high sensing ranges have to be achie-ved for non-ferrous metals or stainless steel.

Laser protection class The photocells with laser diode in this catalogue comply with the laser pro-tection class 2, as described in EN 60825. The accessible laser radiation isonly in the visible spectral range (400nm - 700nm). In case of short-termradiation (up to 0.25s) it is harmless, even for the eye. The limit value of theaccessible radiation is 1mW. Nevertheless laser installations of class 2 mustnot be used without additional protective measures. Please refer to theabove standard.

Light-on mode For through-beam and retro-reflective sensors: the output is switched whenthe light beam between transmitter and receiver or between transmitter /receiver unit and prismatic reflector is not interrupted. For diffuse reflectionsensors: the output is switched when the light beam is reflected from theobject to be detected to the receiver.

LSB Least significant bit

Measurement of the sensingrange

The sensing range is determined according to EN 60947-5-2 with a standardrectangular measuring plate made of mild steel with a thickness of 1 mm.The side length of the square equals the sensor diameter or three times therated sensing range, whichever is greater.

Minimum load current The smallest current which must flow when the output is switched to ensure reliable operation of 2-wire sensors.

MSB Most significant bit

Multi-turn encoder The multi-turn encoder does not only count resolution but also the numberof revolutions.

Noise immunity To avoid malfunction as a result of too high voltage peaks which might occurin critical applications, we recommend laying the cables of sensors separa-tely from other cables (e.g. motors, solenoid valves). In especially difficultcases it might be necessary to lay screened cables. If in doubt please contactour engineers.

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

519

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Nominal sensing range (Sn) Also called rated sensing range.A characteristic value which does not take into account the deviation resul-ting from external influences such as temperature and voltage.

Non-flush mounting A sensor is non-flush mountable when a specified free zone around its sen-sing face is necessary in order to maintain its characteristics.

Operating distance Also called safe sensing range.The operating distance is any distance from the sensing face at which a sen-sor functions correctly at a given temperature and supply voltage.

Operating temperature Temperature range which guarantees a safe functioning of the device. Theoperating temperature of the unit must be within the range indicated in thedata sheet and must not be above or below this range.

Operating voltage The voltage range for which the device is rated. The stated nominal voltageand the tolerance result in the operating voltage range in which the devicefunctions safely. Exceeding or falling below the maximum or minimumvalues is only allowed within the limits specified in the data sheets.

Optical setting aid Inductive sensors with a two-colour setting LED increase operational reliabi-lity and thus machine uptime. An additional LED indicates to the user thatthe distance between the sensors and the damping target is uncertain. Inthis case readjustment is urgently recommended!

Output function Normally open: object within the active zone – output closed / high signal.Normally closed: object within the active zone – output open / low signal.Programmable: choice between normally closed or normally open.Complementary: normally open and normally closed outputs available simul-taneously.

Overload protected The response threshold for the short circuit protection is above the valuespecified for the continuous current rating. Units protected against overloadare protected against destruction in this range as well.

PELV PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in whichthe voltage cannot exceed the value of 60 V DC. It also includes a protectivemeasure against direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called “safe isolation” from the supply system. Circuits and / or bodies ina PELV system can be connected to ground - in contrast to the SELV system.

Power-on delay time The power-on delay time is the time which elapses between the applicationof the operating voltage and the readiness of the device to generate the correct switching signal.

Programmable output function The switching output can be programmed as normally open or normally closed (for photoelectric sensors light-on or dark-on) by means of the choiceof the wire connection or via programming buttons.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary Position sensors andobject recognition

520

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Protection classes Protection class 1 (I): units with protective wire connectionProtection class 2 (II): units with protective insulation (double insulation) Protection class 3 (III): units for connection to protective extra-low voltageVoltage supply to EN 50178, PELV, SELV

All units marked protection class III or all units without protective wire con-nection or protective insulation mark must be connected to protective extra-low voltage (max. 60 V DC). For inductive sensors this can be SELV or PELV.

Protection rating The protection rating (to IEC 529 / DIN 40 050) defines the degree of pro-tection from ingress of dust and moisture into the sensor.

IP64Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protectionagainst ingress of dust and water splashesIP 65Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protectionagainst ingress of dust; protection against water jets.IP66Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protectionagainst ingress of dust. Protection against strong water jets.IP 67Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protectionagainst ingress of dust; protection when immersed temporarily in water: 1 mdepth of water for 30 minutes.IP 68 (ifm specific definition)Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protectionagainst ingress of dust; protection when permanently immersed in water.According to ifm factory standard: 1 m depth of water for 7 days.IP 69KComplete protection against contact with dangerous parts, protectionagainst ingress of dust, protection against ingress of water during high-pres-sure steam cleaning

PTB / INERIS National bodies testing electrical equipment and approving it for hazardousareas.PTB = Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt Braunschweig und Berlin.INERIS = Institut National de L'Environnement Industriel et de Risques (France).

PUR cable Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for per-manent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should notbe moved if the temperature falls below -5 °C.

PUR/PVC cable (PPU cable) PVC cable with additional PUR sheathing. Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant tohydrolysis, therefore not suited for permanent contact with water. In orderto avoid breakage the cables should not be bent if the temperature fallsbelow -5 °C (-> plastics).

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

521

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

PVC cable Tried-and-tested standard cable. In order to avoid breakage the cablesshould not be moved if the temperature falls below -5 °C. PVC cables arenot designed for continuous operation in oily environments. They are neitherresistant to ozone nor to ultra-violet light.

Real sensing range (Sr) A value which is measured with a target to EN 60947-5-2 and at rated voltage and operating temperature (23.5 °C). It must lie between 90 % and110 % of the nominal sensing range.

Repeatability The repeatability of two measurements under standard conditions. The dif-ference of the measured values must not exceed 10 %.

Residual ripple The standing ripple component of the DC output voltage. It is either statedas root-mean-square value (rms) or as peak-to-peak value (pp).

Resistant to weld slag Units with “.../SC” (“safecoated”) in the designation have a protectiveTeflon-like coating which largely prevents weld spatter burning into the surface. The destruction of the units or malfunctioning due to deposits ofweld slag on the active face is thus avoided. Units with this protection incre-ase the operational reliability and the uptime of the installation.

Revolution, maximum mechanical

The maximum permissible revolution of the encoder shaft. The maximumvalue is stated in the data sheet together with the other mechanical data.

SELV SELV (Safe Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in which the vol-tage does not exceed the value of 60 V DC. It includes a protective measureagainst direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called“safe isolation” from the supply system. In contrast to a PELV system a SELVsystem must not be grounded.

Sensing range The sensing range is the distance at which an object approaching the sen-sing face of the sensor triggers a change of signal.

Setting range Within the setting range the flow monitors can be adjusted to any switchpoint. It is recommended to select the switch point if possible within the areaof the greatest sensitivity.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary Position sensors andobject recognition

522

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Shock and vibration resistance The shock and vibration resistance of all sensors is tested.

VibrationAccording to EN 60068-2-6 under the following conditions:along 3 mutually perpendicular axes,Frequency range: 10 Hz to 55 Hz

Example sensors:Amplitude: 1mm for inductive and capacitive sensors. 0.5 mm for photo-electric sensors.Vibration duration: 5 min.Duration of the time of exposure at resonant frequency or at 55 Hz: 30 minin each axis (at total of 90 min.).

Shock resistanceAccording to EN 60068-2-27 under the following conditions:6 shocks in each direction along axes perpendicular to each other (6 indivi-dual tests).

Example sensors:Pulse shape: half-sine.Peak acceleration: 30 g.Pulse duration: 11 ms.

Short-circuit protection Most ifm sensors are protected against excessive current by means of a pul-sed short-circuit protection.

Single-turn encoder Absolute encoder converting a mechanical revolution into a binary codedsignal.

Switch-point drift also called temperature drift. The shifting of the switch point owing to chan-ges in the ambient temperature. Within the range specified in the data sheetthe sensing range usually varies by max. ± 10 % referred to an operatingtemperature of 23 5 C.

Switching frequency The maximum number of signal changes at the output within one second(stated in Hertz).

Temperature drift also called switch point drift.The shifting of the switch point owing to changes in the ambient tempera-ture. Within the range specified in the data sheet the sensing range usuallyvaries by max. ± 10 % referred to an operating temperature of 23.5 °C.

TPR cable Cable for operating temperatures from -40 °C to +150 °C. Good resistanceto oils, fuels, acids and alkalies.

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

523

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

TTL TTL signals are square-wave pulse trains with a voltage level Uhigh: >= 2.5Vand Ulow: <>= 0.5 V.TTL = Transistor-transistor logic.

Voltage drop As the switching output consists of a semiconductor (transistor, thyristor ortriac), in the switched state a (small) drop in the voltage in series to the loadoccurs. In two-wire technology the voltage drop also serves to provide ener-gy to the electronics of the sensor. The voltage drop is measured across thesensor in its switched state at max. current load. EN 50008 - 025, 036, 038.

Wide-range power supply Power supplies with wide-range input can be used with different mains vol-tages without requiring manual or automatic changeover.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary Position sensors andobject recognition

524

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

525

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Other ifm products

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

526

Position sensorsand objectrecognition

Electromagnetic field immune and temperature shock resistant sensors · High-gradestainless steel housings · Protection up to IP 69 K · Versions with increased sensingrange · Analogue output · Use e.g. in hazardous areas, in the food industry and inmobile machines · Sensors with correction factor 0 or 1

Inductive sensors

High operational reliability by increased noise immunity · Adjustable sensing ranges ·Variable connection options by cable, connector or terminals · Versions for industrialapplications and use in hazardous areas

Capacitive sensors

Cylinder sensors: For robust industrial applications · For position detection of pistonsin pneumatic cylinders · Versions with ATEX approval · Accessories for all commoncylinder types · Magnetic sensors: For position detection · Polarity independent ·Ingress resistant to high-pressure cleaning

Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Sensors in compliance with the machinery directive · All four control categoriesavailable · Direct connection to PLCs and logic modules · Sensors operating withoutcoded target · Enable zone monitored for target position and dwell time

Safety technology

Absolutely safely with no wear at all · Protection rating IP 67 · Resistant to mechanicalstress such as shock or vibration · Special versions for AS-interface and hazardousareas · Quick and easy mounting

Valve sensors

Infrared and red light sensors: Through-beam, retro-reflective and retro-reflectivesensors with polarisation filter · Diffuse reflection sensors · Fibre optics · Laser sensors ·Colour and contrast detection · Glass and film detection· Laser distance sensors withPMD technology: 10 m range · Background suppression

Photoelectric sensors

Object recognition for assembly and manufacturing tasks and quality control · Orientation-independent recognition of contour and orientation · Ultra-flat back-lights for 4 times higher luminous power

Object recognition

Incremental encoders: Solid shaft encoders · Hollow shaft encoders with integratedstator coupling · Absolute encoders: Singleturn and multiturn · SSI interface · ProfibusDP gateway

Encoders

Pulse processing and display: Monitors with various pulse evaluation functions · Speedmonitors · Programmable counters · Digital displays · Hazardous dust areas · Trans-former and switched-mode power supplies: Versions from 1 to 40 A

Evaluation systems, power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

ifm informationand ordering service

527

Fluid sensorsand diagnosticsystems

Capacitive level sensors: For liquids and dry bulk material · Increased noise immunity ·Level sensors: Local level indication · Point level sensors: Versions with approvals to theGerman overspill standard WHG section 19

Level sensors

Flow sensors with integrated control monitor or external amplifier · Flow sensors forhazardous areas · Flow rate sensor for industrial applications · Airflow sensor ·Thermal compressed air meter for leakage monitoring · Consumed quantity meter forspecial gases

Flow sensors

High overload resistance · Universal process fitting via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Maintenance-free and with longterm stability · Setting of the switch pointspossible without system pressure · Special versions for process technology andintegration into hydraulic / pneumatic networks

Pressure sensors

Control monitors with integrated sensor or for the connection of probe / cable sensors ·Pt100 / Pt1000 versions · Universal process connection via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Analogue and / or switching outputs

Temperature sensors

Rolling element bearing diagnosis: Rolling element bearing damage can be detectedas it arises · Increased uptime of plants and machines · Real-time maintenance: Sensorswith serial or Ethernet interface · Visualisation software · Diagnostic electronics forvibration sensors

Diagnostic systems

Switching amplifiers: Threshold relay for standard signals with RS-232 interface ·Digital displays with LED or LCD display · Transformer / switched-mode powersupplies: Transformer power supply with 1 or 2 channels · Integrated sensor supply ·Switched-mode power supplies with a stable supply voltage

Evaluation systems, power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug ·Versions for different applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electro-magnetic fields, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

528

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Other ifm products

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Connection technologyHigh-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Bus systems

Identificationsystems

AS-i controller with integrated PLC · Masters · Gateways to all common bus systems ·AS-i repeaters · I/O modules · AS-i Safety at Work · Intelligent sensors with integratedAS-i slave · AS-i actuators · Extensive range of accessories · Software

Bus system AS-interface

AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting

Power supplies

Industrially compatible identification system for AS-interface · Read / write head orread head requiring little space due to the narrow design · Coding of workpiece car-riers in routing conveyors · Quick and easy set-up

RF-identification systems

Sensors for reading Data Matrix codes · High reading speed and data protection ·Small robust design · Direct PLC connection · Quick and easy set-up · High readabilityon rough, very reflective or structured surfaces with diffuser (cloudy day) or spotlight

DataMatrix code-reading systems

AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting

Power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

529

ifm informationand ordering service

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Controlsystems

Controllers and masters with CANopen gateway · Remote maintenance and diagnosis ·Displays and operating elements · Decentralised I/O modules to control proportionalhydraulic valves · Sensors · Data memory and logger

Control systems for mobile vehicles

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Internet service

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

530

*Some offered information is available country-specific.

www.ifm-electronic.comInformation around the clock andaround the globe in 18 languages on the internet.

• Information- product innovations- company news- exhibition info- locations- jobs

• Documentation- data sheets- operating instructions- manuals- approvals- CAD data

• Communication*- request for documents- recall service- live advice- newsletter

• Selection- interactive product selection aids- configuration tools- data sheet direct

• Animation- virtual product animations- flash movies (video sequences)

• Application- applications- product recommendations- calculation aids

• Transaction*- e-shop processing- e-procurement catalogues- B2B services

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

ifm informationand ordering service

531

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

**Available in Germany, France, United Kingdom, Switzerland and in the USA.More countries in preparation.

Convenient order processingvia the e-shop** on the internet.

Secured authentication

Customer-related priceindication

Real time availability check

Personal product favourites

Online parcel tracking

Individual order history

Convenient quick input form

Simple order processing

Management of shippingaddresses

Confirmations by e-mail

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Customer serviceOrdering service

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

532

The company in close contact with youifm is present on all important markets – in more than 70 countries world-wide. Wherever you export, we are always close to you. In Germany aloneover 100 employees in 7 branches advise our customers. ifm production sitesare located in Germany and the USA. We support you with work-shops andseminars in our worldwide training centres and in your plant.

At home in your industryWe provide you with standard solutions and concepts tailored to the require-ments of your industry. This is backed by the knowledge of our engineerswho are always up to date. Our worldwide application know-how is con-stantly updated via our company own Intranet.Our special project service helps you with tenders and project plannings.

Investments in product availabilityFor our customers we invested a lot in development and production capaci-ties. Due to state-of-the-art production technology we can manufacture bigquantities quickly and in a consistently high quality. The central logistic centre guarantees high availability of our products.

E-mail

ifm informationand ordering service

533

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

Request for quotation

Request for sample

Request for technical data

Quantity required Order no. Quantity required Order no.

Company

Department

Name

Street

Post code / town

Tel.

Date

First name

Signature

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

Addresses

534

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Argentina and UruguayAparatos ElèctricosAutomaticos S.A.C.I.F.Asunción 21301419 - Buenos AiresArgentinaTel. +54 / 11 / 45 74 1555Fax +54 / 11 / 45 74 [email protected]

Australiaifm efector pty ltd.P.O. Box 4084Suite 3, 745 Springvale RoadMulgrave VIC 3170Tel. 1300 365 088Fax 1300 365 [email protected]

Austriaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstraße 41Gebäude E1120 ViennaTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]

BangladeshSensotec AutomationRed Crescent Chamber87, Motijheel CommercialAreaDhaka 1000BangladeshTel. +880 171 546 [email protected]

BelarusDEPOSIT INVESTJoint-Stock CompanyBlock 2, 27 Zheleznodorovhnaya street220089 MinskRepublic of BelarusTel. +375-17-270 75 06Fax +375-17-270 75 [email protected]

Belgium and Luxembourgifm electronic n.v./s.a.Zuiderlaan 911731 ZellikBelgiëTel. +32 2 481 0220Fax +32 2 463 [email protected]

Brazilifm electronic Ltda.Rua Eleonora Cintra, 140Jardim Analia Franco03337-000 São Paulo/SPTel. +55-11-6672-1730Fax +55-11-6673-3501info.br@ifm-electronic.comwww.ifm-electronic.com.br

BulgariaANIPALVranja Str. 301233 SofiaTel. +359-2-33 32 37Fax +359-2-931 15 [email protected]

Canadaifm efector Canada Inc. 700 Dorval Drive/CorporateCentreOakville; L6K3V3 OntarioTel. +1-800-441-8246 Fax [email protected]

ChileElectronica IndustrialSchädler y Cia. Ltda.Av. Antonio Varas 1871Providencia6641545 SantiagoTel. +56 / 2 / 274 74 30Fax +56 / 2 / 204 93 [email protected]

Chinaifm electronic (Shanghai)Co., LtdBuilding 4 56 Meisheng RoadWaigaoqiao Free Trade ZoneShanghaiPeople’s Republic of ChinaTel. +86-21-51 17 27 18 Fax +86-21-51 17 27 19 [email protected] www.ifm-electronic.com.cnifm electronic (HK) LtdUnits 1103-1104, 11/F. Tower 2, MetroplazaNo. 223 Hing Fong Road KWAI CHUNGN.T., HONG KONGTel. +852 9457-0360Fax +852 3697-0222info.hk@ifm-electronic-comwww.ifm-electronic.hkEverharmony-Enterprise, Inc26, Lane 63Tung Hwa South Road, Sec. 2P.O. Box 96-47 Taipei Tel. +886 / 2 / 270 700 69 Fax +886 / 2 / 270 247 [email protected]

Croatiaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstr. 41Gebäude EA-1120 WienTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]

Czech Republicifm electronic spol.s.r.o.U Krízku 571252 43 PragueTel. +420 / 2 / 67 990 211 Fax +420 / 2 / 67 750 180 [email protected]

Denmarkifm electronic a/sRingager 4A, 1.sal tv.2605 BrøndbyTel +45 70 20 11 08Fax +45 70 20 11 [email protected]

Dominican RepublicWECH AUTOCONTROLES S. A.Ave. Romulo Betancourt 2158 Edificio WechUrb. RenacimientoSanto DomingoDominican RepublicTel.: + 1 809-531-0550Fax: + 1 [email protected]

EgyptEgyptian Establishment forElectromechanical SuppliesMr. Ahmed Gouda27 Al-Salam StreetAl Arezona, Al Haram RoadGiza 12111, CairoTel. +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Fax +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Mobile +20 10 10 61 [email protected]

EstoniaPesmel Estonia LTDSegu 476505 SaueEstoniaTel.: +372 674 73 30 Fax: +372 674 73 [email protected]

Finlandifm electronic oyVaakatie 5 00440 Helsinki Tel. +358 / 9 / 751 777 00 Fax +358 / 9 / 751 777 10 [email protected]

Franceifm electronicSiège :Savoie Technolac BP22673374 Le Bourget du LacAgence commerciale :Immeuble Uranus1-3 rue Jean Richepin93192 NOISY LE GRANDCEDEXTél: 0820 22 30 01Fax: 0820 22 22 [email protected]

Germanyifm electronic gmbhTeichstraße 445127 EssenTel. +49 201 2 42 20Fax +49 201 2 42 22 [email protected]

Greeceifm electronic monoprosopi E.P.E.27, Andrea Papandreou Street15125 AmaroussiGreeceTel +30 210 61 800 90Fax +30 210 61 994 [email protected]

Hungaryifm electronic kft.Közép u. 16. II.em. 208. irodaH-9024 GyörTel. +36-96 / 518-397Fax +36-96 / 518-398www.ifm-electronic.hu

Indiaifm electronic India Branch OfficePlot No. P-39/1MIDC Gokul ShirgaonKolhapur – 416234Maharashtra State, IndiaTel. +91 / 231 / 267 27 70Fax +91 / 231 / 267 23 [email protected]

IndonesiaPT Indoserako SejahteraJl. P. Jayakarta 121 No. 5910730 Jakarta PusatTel. +62 / 21 6 24 8923Fax +62 / 21 6 24 [email protected]

IranMEHR KANAZ Co.No. 31, Koosha St. Shariati Ave.P.O. Box 19395 - 4481 Teheran Tel. +98 / 21/ 2222 6994Fax +98 / 21/ 2222 [email protected]

Irelandifm electronic (Ireland) Ltd.No. 7, The CourtyardKilcarbery Business ParkNew Nangor RoadClondalkinDublin 22Tel. +353 / 1 / 413 60 66Fax +353 / 1 / 457 38 [email protected]

IsraelAstragal Ltd.3, Hashikma Str.Azur 58001P.O. Box 99Azur 58190Tel. +972 / 3 / 5 59 16 60Fax +972 / 3 / 5 59 23 [email protected]

Italyifm electronicCentro Direzionale ColleoniPalazzo Andromeda 2Via Paracelso No. 1820041 Agrate-Brianza (Milan)Tel. +39 / 68 99 982Fax +39 / 68 99 [email protected]

Japanefector co. ltd.Chiba Higashi Techno Green Park2-9-20 OkayamadaiTogane-shi, Chiba 283-0826Tel. +81 / 475 50 3003Fax +81 / 475 50 [email protected]

JordanAl Mashreqan Trading SuppliesP.O.Box.85105411185 SwaifiehAmman - Jordan.Tel. +962 6 581 8841Fax +962 6 581 [email protected]

Koreaifm electronic Ltd.2F Hyundai Liberty House 201Hannam-Dong 258, Yongsan-Gu, Seoul, KoreaTel +82 2-790-5610Fax +82 2-790-5613info.kr@ifm-electronic.comwww.ifm-electronic.krEnterprises Co., Ltd.Suite 404 Royal Plaza 864-1Jnaghang, Ilsan410-837 Goyang, Gyunggi-DoTel +82 31 903 3731Fax +82 31 908 [email protected]

LatviaEC SystemsKatlakalna Str. 4A1073 RigaLatviaTel.: +371 724 1231Fax: +371 724 [email protected]

LebanonMiddle East DevelopmentCo. SAL (MEDEVCO)Medevco Building Jeita Main Road Jeita - Kesrouan LebanonMail address :P.O.Box 67 Jounieh LebanonTel + 961-9-233550 Fax + 961-9-233554 [email protected]

ifm informationand ordering service

535

LithuaniaElinta UABPramones pr.. 16E51187 KaunasLithuaniaTel.: +370 37 351 987Fax: +370 37 452 [email protected]

Malaysiaifm electronic Pte. LtdMalaysian Branch Office12.03A Level 12, MenaraSummitPersiaran Kewajipan USJ 147600 UEP - Subang Jaya,Selangor.Tel. +60 / 3 / 8024 5022Fax +60 / 3 / 8024 [email protected] electronicAsia Regional OfficeNo. 21, Jalan Kemunting,Taman Kebun The80250 Johor BahruJohor, West MalaysiaTel. +60 / 7 / 332 5022Fax +60 / 7 / 332 [email protected]

Mexicoifm efector S. de R.L. de C.V.Anillo Periférico, 1816-1Col. Hacienda San JerónimoMonterrey, N.L.Mexico 64630Tel. +52-81-8040-3535Fax +52-81-8040-2343www.ifmefector.mx

Netherlandsifm electronic b.v.Deventerweg 1 E3843 GA HarderwijkTel. +31 / 341 438 438Fax +31 / 341 438 [email protected]

New Zealandifm efector pty ltd.Unit B, 20 Cain RoadPenrose, AucklandTel. +64 / 95 79 69 91Fax +64 / 95 79 92 [email protected]

NigeriaAutomated Process Ltd3rd Floor, 32 Lagos AbeokutaExpresswayNear Cement Bus StopDopemu, AgegeLagos State, NigeriaTel. + 234 / 01 / 4729 967Fax + 234 /01 / 4925 [email protected]

NorwaySiv.Ing. J.F.Knudtzen ASBillingstadsletta 971396 BillingstadPostboks 1601378 NesbruTel. +47 / 66 98 33 50Fax +47 / 66 98 09 [email protected]

OmanTechnical Engineering Company LLC.P.O.Box. 59 Madinat Al Sultan QaboosPostal Code 115 Sultanate of OmanTel + 968 24503593Fax + 968 [email protected]

PakistanAB AutomationShop No.2. Rubab ChamberM.A. Jinnah RoadOff Sarai RoadKarachiTel. +92 / 21 / 2412 278Fax +92 / 21 / 2422 [email protected]

Perudekatec s.a.c.Los Calderos 188Urb. Vulcano, AteLima / PeruTel. +511 / 348 0293Tel. +511 / 348 0458Tel. +511 / 348 2269Fax +511 / 349 [email protected]

PhilippinesGram Industrial, Inc.Unit 410 Common GoalTowerFinance cor. Industry St.,Madrigal Business Park,Ayala Alabang, MuntinlupaCity1770 Philipines Telefax: (+632) 850-8496 Tel.: (+632) [email protected]

Polandifm electronic Sp.z o.o.ul. Kosciuszki 175PL 40-524 KatowiceTel. +48 / 32 / 60 87 454Fax +48 / 32 / 60 87 [email protected]

Portugalifm electronic – Sucursal em PortugalAvenida da Republica 25034430-208 Vila Nova de GaiaTel. +351 / 22 / 37 17 108Fax +351 / 22 / 37 17 [email protected]

Romaniaifm electronic s.r.l.Str. Cristian Nr. 5550073 SibiuTel.: 0040 269 224550Fax: 0040 269 [email protected]

Russiaifm electronicIbragimova, 31, k.50office 607105318 MoscowTel.: +7 (095) 101-44-14Fax: +8 (501) [email protected]

Saudi ArabiaNoor Al-Shomoe for Electric & MaintenanceKing Khalid Street, Cross 5P.O. Box 2571Al-Khobar 31952Kingdom of Saudi ArabiaTel. +9 663 864 49 58Fax +9 663 894 63 [email protected]

Singaporeifm electronic Pte. Ltd.25, Intern. Business Park#03-104 German Center609 916 SingaporeTel. +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 61Fax +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 [email protected]

Slovakiaifm electronic spol. s.r.o.Rybnicna 40835 54 BratislavaTel. +421 / 2 / 44 87 23 29Fax +421 / 2 / 44 64 60 [email protected]

South AfricaShorrock Automation (Pty) Ltd.Postnet SuitePrivate Bag X8Elardus Park 2190047 PretoriaFor Visitors and mail-orderaddress: Shorrok House44 Sovereign DriveRoute 21, Corporate ParkIrene Ext. 30Centurion, Pretoria Tel. +27 / 12 / 345 44 49Fax +27 / 12 / 345 51 [email protected]

Spainifm electronic – Sucursal en EspañaEdificio Prima Muntadas AParc Mas BlauC/Berguedà 108820 El Prat de LlobregatTel. +34 / 93 / 479 30 80Fax +34 / 93 / 479 30 [email protected]

Swedenifm electronic abHallavägen 10 512 60 Överlida Office Gothenburg:Drakegatan 641250 GothenburgTel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 00 Tel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 50Fax +46 / 325 / 66 15 [email protected]

Switzerlandifm electronic agAltgraben 274624 HärkingenTel. +41 / 62 / 388 80 30Fax +41/ 62 / 388 80 [email protected]

SyriaI.E.C. Industrial Engineering CenterP.O. Box 15 Sehnaya, DamascusSyriaTel. + 963 11 532 13 19Fax. + 963 11 442 12 [email protected]

ThailandSang Chai Meter Co., Ltd.694/23-26 Phaholyothin RoadSamsen Nai, Phayathai Bangkok 10400 Tel. +66 / 2 / 616 8031Fax +66 / 2 / 616 [email protected]

Turkeyifm electronic Ltd. Sti.Perpa Ticaret Merkezi ElektrokentA Blok Kat:11 NO: 1557/155934384 Okmeydani/ IstanbulTelefon +90 / 212 / 210 5080Faks +90 / 212 / 221 [email protected]

Ukrainaifm electronicMariny Raskovoj 1102660 KievUkraineTel. +380 44 501 8543Fax +380 44 501 [email protected]

United Arab Emirates – DubaiNoor Al-Shomoe ElectricalEquipments Est.P.O.Box. 64052Unit no. 36Reef Real EstateJebel Ali Industrial Area no. 3DubaiUnited Arab Emirates.Tel.. + 971 4 880 3838Fax.+ 971 4 880 3883Mobile: + 971 [email protected] Arab Emirates – Abu DhabiAl Injazat Technical Trading ServicesP.O. Box 42895Abu DhabiUnited Arab EmiratesTel. +971 2 622 6030Fax +971 2 622 [email protected]

United Kingdomifm electronic Ltd.efector HouseKingsway Business ParkOldfield RoadHamptonMiddlesex TW12 2HDTel. +44 / 20 / 8213 0000Fax +44 / 20 / 8213 [email protected]

USAefector inc.805 Springdale Drive Exton, PA 19341 Tel. +1 / 610 524 2000 Fax +1 / 610 524 [email protected]

VenezuelaPetrobornas, C.A.Zona Industrial Los PinosAvda. Principal UD 304C. C. Los Pinos - Local "E"(8015) - Puerto Ordaz - Edo.BolivarVenezuelaTel. +58 / 286 / 717 31 52Fax +58 / 286 / 717 31 [email protected]

VietnamThien Viet Electrical Serviceand Trading Co., Ltd.784 Dien Bien Phu Str.Ward 11, Dist. 10Ho-Chi-Minh-City, Viet NamTel. +84 / 8 / 830 9916 Fax +84 / 8 / 830 [email protected]

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Ind

uct

ive

sen

sors

Cap

acit

ive

sen

sors

Mag

net

icse

nso

rs,

cylin

der

sen

sors

Safe

tyte

chn

olo

gy

Val

ve s

enso

rsPh

oto

elec

tric

sen

sors

Ob

ject

reco

gn

itio

nEn

cod

ers

Eval

uat

ion

syst

ems,

po

wer

su

pp

lies

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

ifm article no. 7511234 · Printed in Germany on non-chlorine paper.We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. · 01.2008

ifm electronic –

www.ifm-electronic.com

visit our website:

Overview ifm main catalogues:

Position sensorsand object recognition

Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors,cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensorsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Fluid sensorsand diagnostic systems

Level sensorsFlow sensorsPressure sensorsTemperature sensorsDiagnostic systemsEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Bus systems

Bus system AS-interfacePower suppliesConnection technology

Identification systems

DataMatrix code-readingsystemsRF-identification systemsPower suppliesConnection technology

Control systems

Control systemsfor mobile vehiclesConnection technology

Position sensors andobject recognition

Catalogue 2008/2009

ww

w.if

m-e

lect

ron

ic.c

om

fluid sensorsand diagnostic

systems

bus,identification

and control systems

positionsensors

and objectrecognition

Cat

alo

gu

e 20

08/200

9if

m e

lect

ron

icPo

siti

on

sen

sors

an

d o

bje

ct r

eco

gn

itio

n